resettlement planning document · 2018-03-09 · resettlement planning document this social...

Resettlement Planning Document

This social safeguards due diligence report has been prepared by the Indian Renewable Energy Development Agency, New Delhi for the Asian Development Bank and is made publicly available in accordance with ADB’s Public Communications Policy (2011). It does not necessarily reflect the views of ADB. This social safeguards due diligence report is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature. In preparing any country program or strategy, financing any project, or by making any designation of or reference to a particular territory or geographic area in this document, the Asian Development Bank does not intend to make any judgments as to the legal or other status of any territory or area.

Project Number: 46268-002 February 2018

IND: Clean Energy Finance Investment Program - Tranche 1 Subproject: 100.8MW Wind Power Project at Beluguppa, Anantapur District, Andhra Pradesh

Submitted by

Indian Renewable Energy Development Agency, New Delhi

1

DUE DILIGENCE REPORT

ON

SOCIAL SAFEGUARDS

(LOAN 3186 IND: CLEAN ENERGY INVESTMENT PROGRAM)

Subproject:

100.8MW Wind Power Project

at Beluguppa, Anantapur District, Andhra Pradesh

Subproject Developer:

Orange Uravakonda Wind Power Pvt Ltd

(Subsidiary of Orange Renewable Power Private Limited)

Prepared by M K MOHANTY, ADB TA, Social Safeguard Specialist

Review by

RUCHIKA DRALL, Environmental & Social Officer, ESSU, IREDA

Approved by

KHEKIHO YEPTHO, Head ESSU & Compliance Officer, IREDA

2

Table of Content

NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO. 1 Introduction 3 2 Subproject Description 3 3 Subproject Status 5 4 Scope of Review and Methodology 5 5 Social Safeguard Issues under the Subproject 6 6 Social Safeguard Categorization and Rationale 11 7 Social Safeguard Requirement for the Subproject 12 8 Other Subproject Specific Issues 13 9 Public Consultation under the Subproject 13

10 Grievance Redress Mechanism for the Subproject 13 11 Employment Opportunity from the Subproject 13 12 Community Development Initiatives by the Subproject 13 13 Summary Due Diligence Findings 14 14 Conclusion and Recommendations 15

NO. Annexure

1 ESIA of the project 2 NOC from Panchayat 3 Sample Sale Deed 4 Social Safeguard Screening Checklist & Categorization

3

SOCIAL DUE DILIGENCE REPORT

Subproject: 100.8 MW Wind Power Project at Beluguppa in Anantapur District of Andhra Pradesh

Developer: Orange Uravakonda Wind Power Private Limited (OUWPPL) an SPV of Orange

Renewable Power Private Limited

1. Introduction

Indian Renewable Energy Development Agency Limited (IREDA) is the single largest renewable energy financier in India and applied for ADB loan to fund as a part of its overall lending portfolio, to private sector renewable energy and energy efficiency subprojects in India, including small scale wind, biomass, small hydro, solar, cogeneration, and energy efficiency.

IREDA’s mandate is to minimize the energy sector’s negative environmental impact by promoting cleaner and more environmentally friendly technologies, and thus is committed to avoid and mitigate adverse environmental impacts, if any, resulting from the projects it finances. In order to identify and effectively address potential impacts from projects funded with the ADB line of credit, IREDA has formulated and adopted an Environment and Social Safeguard Unit (ESSU), which is in compliance with Indian national laws and Asian Development Bank (ADB) Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) 2009. The objective of the ESSU is to guide IREDA’s actions to safeguard against adverse environmental and social impacts for sub-projects using ADB’s funds.

Keeping in view the main objective of the ESSU, ADB social safeguard requirements and in confirmation with the national and local policy and legal framework, a social due diligence study has been carried out for the subproject i.e. 100 MW wind power plant in Andhra Pradesh being promoted by Orange Uravakonda Wind Power Private Limited (OUWPPL) an SPV of Orange Renewable Power Private Limited.

2. Subproject Description

The proposed project site is Beluguppa village of Anantapur District of Andhra Pradesh. The project site spreads across eight villages’ viz. Beluguppa, Srirangapuram, Thagguparthi, Yeragudi, Avulenna, Y. Rengapuram, Duddekunta and Narinjagundlapalli of Uravakonda Mandal in Anantapur District. The project site comprises low productive agricultural land depended on monsoon, part of which is being used by locals for farming with tube well water. Land use of the land selected for WTGs as per government records is agricultural for which certificate of conversion to Non Agricultural (NA) land use has been obtained.

OUWPPL has contracted Suzlon Gujarat Wind Park Ltd. to provide turnkey solutions for micro- siting, wind resource analysis, supply, erection, commissioning and operation & maintenance of the project WTGs. The project will involve installation of 48 numbers of WTGs of 2.1 MW capacity each, totaling to a capacity of 100.8 MW. The map of the project site with WTG locations is provided in Figure 1.

4

Figure: 1 Project Site Map

M/s Top View infrastructures Pvt. Ltd. and M/s Sai Ram Land Developers Pvt. Ltd. are two sub- contractors acting as land aggregators for the project was responsible for procuring land through willing buyer-willing seller basis after paying the proper market value to the original land owner in the name of Suzlon. Administering the Agreement to Sale (ATS) and Sale Deed with the original landowners the land purchasing and registration process has been completed for the subproject. Finally the land is transferred in the name of OUWPPL from Suzlon.

The power generated from the wind farm shall be transmitted to state govt. 400kV/220kV (substation) situated at Mopidi village for which OUWPPL has signed a power purchase agreement

5

with Andhra Pradesh Southern Power Distribution Company Limited (APSPDCL) at wind preferential Tariff as determined by Andhra Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (APERC) from time to time for the specified control period.

Suzlon Gujarat Wind Park Ltd. is responsible for laying of transmission line from polling station to State Government owned 220/400 kV Mopidi sub-station and the transmission line will be used as shared infrastructure by various developers including OUWPPL. OUWPPL will pay proportionate fees to transmit the power to Mopidi sub-station. Finally the transmission line will be handed over to the Andhra Pradesh Transmission Company Limited (APTRANSCO) for operation and maintainance.

The project requirement in terms of various components and activities involves the following:

• Procurement/direct purchasing of land through Land aggregator

• Installation of 48 wind turbines with a unit generating capacity of 2.1 MW each, totaling a generation capacity of 100.8 MW;

• Electrical connection with feeder underground cable from the turbines, to the distribution transformers and a connection to the substation.

• Construction of access roads and internal roads

• Power evacuation to 220/400 kV Mopidi substation

3. Subproject Status

As on 31st March 2017, the status of project implementation is as follows:

• Wind Resource Assessment completed;

• Micro-siting has been completed;

• Procurement of land for all components are fully completed;

• Demarcations and pathway finalization completed;

• Soil testing completed for all the site purchased;

• Pooling Substation and zero point storage yard completed;

• Approach and internal roads completed to WTG clusters and clusters to individual WTGs;

• All 48 WTGs towers erected and stringing completed;

• Site office of ANPWPL established and Project staff mobilization completed;

• Project is already commissioned.

4. Scope of Review and Methodology

This social due diligence report is prepared based on review of various subproject documents, consultation with developers, field staff and on site observation. The documents reviewed for the subproject includes Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Report and Inception Report, Sale deed and NoC from Village etc. Site visit conducted during April-2017 and Nov-2017 and consulted with the field staff of Project Developer and local people.

The ESIA study for the proposed subproject has been conducted as per applicable national regulations in India. The study includes collection and collation of baseline environmental and socio-economic information of the study area, assessment of potential project level environmental and social impacts and development of project specific mitigation and management plans. The ESIA report for the subproject is attached in Annexure 1.

6

5. Social Safeguard Issues under the Subproject

The social safeguard issues identified through the social due diligence process are discussed in the following section.

5.1 Land Requirement under the Subproject

The land requirement for the subproject was for tower locations and approach roads. Total land requirement for the purpose was 146.95 acres. The land requirements for various locations are presented in the Table: 1 below.

Table 1: Land Requirement for the Subproject

Sl. No.

Village Taluka District Area

(Acres) Name of Land Owner including

Shareholders

1

Srirangpuram

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Kummathi Ramanjaneyulu S/o Chendrayudu

2. Vuruvakili Rami Reddy, S/o Hanumanthappa

2

Srirangapuram

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. B.Venkata Ramananda Reddy S/o Yerrappa 2. B.Srinivasulu Reddy S/o Obi Reddy

3

Beluguppa

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Yennapusalla Pedda Kullaya Reddy S/o Chenna Rayudu 2. Yennapusalla Pedda Kullaya Reddy S/o Chenna Rayudu

4 Beluguppa Belugappa Anantpur 3.05 1. Uparra Oligappa S/o Chinna Anjinappa

5 Beluguppa Belugappa Anantpur

3.05 1. Jakkannagari Vijaya, W/o Eswara Reddy

6

Beluguppa

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Jakkanagari Jayarami Reddy and his wife Kavitha 2. Jakannagari Subadhramma W/o Sreeramulu 3. Jakkannagari Janakiram S/o Sreeramulu

7

Beluguppa

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Chekke Siddanna S/o Siddanna 2. Chekke Venkateswarlu S/o Chekke 3. Chekke Thippeswamy S/o Chekke

8

Narinjagundlapalli

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Pinjari Vannurappa 2. Khasimsab 3. Sakarappa 4. Kullayappa 5. Kummatthi Narsimha Reddy 6. K. Venkatesulu 7. K. Sreenivasulu

9

Thagguparthi

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Masineni Lakshmidevi W/o Late M.Ravanappa 2. Vanaja s/o Late M. Ravanappa 3. Ravichandra s/o M. Ravanappa 4. Dabbara Narayanamma W/o Late Pedda Parvathaiah

10

Beluguppa

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Galibe Sumangalamma 2. Kallasetti Manjula D/o Galibe Sumangalamma 3. Galibe Nagendra Prasad S/o Galibe Rudranna

7

11 Srirangapuram Belugappa Anantpur

3.05 1. Boya Lakshmi 2. M Sanjeeva Reddy s/o Muthyala Reddy

12 Duddekunta Belugappa Anantpur

3.05 1. Jarugula Chandra Sekhar s/o Jarugula Venkateswarlu

13

Yerragudi

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Malapati Venkata Narayana s/o Late Narayanappa 2. M.Manjula W/o Venkata Narayana 3. Malapati Sharmila Chowdary

14 Yerragudi Belugappa Anantpur

3.05 1. Morusu Pedda Ramaiah 2. Morusu Kamalakar Chowdary

15

Y.Rampuram

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Malapati Adimurthy 2. Bhagyamma 3. Mounika 4. Malapati Narappa 5. Konanki Gopal 6. Pallavi 7. Konanki Radhakrishna Murthy

16

Avulenna

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Andra Kondaiah Chowdary 2. Narayana Swamy 3. Ramamohan 4. Padmavathi 5. Andra Varadakshi Naidu

17

Avulenna

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Gonuguntla Sankaranarayana 2. Gonuguntla Anasuyamma 3. Santhosh Kumar 4. Sravan Kumar

18

Thagguparthi

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Sompalli Rajendra Prasad 2. S K Ramanjaneyulu 3. Malliakarjuna 4. Chandrasekhar 5. Dhanunjaya 6. Yerrappa 7. S Lakshmi w/o Late. Ravindra

19

Beluguppa

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Boya Vannuru Swamy s/o Narasimhappa 2. Boya Mallikarjuna s/o Narasimhappa

20

Srirangapuram

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Ustili Rami Reddy 2. Ustili Kamalamma 3. Ustili Yamuna 4. Ustil Suvarna

21

Beluguppa

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Jakkannagari Rameswara Reddy 2. Jakkannagari Sandhya 3. Rajasekhar Reddy 4. Vijaya Bhaskar Reddy 5. Ramamohan Reddy

22

Beluguppa

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. B.Shakunthala 2. Belagallu Prabhakar 3. Boya Shantha Kumar 4. Boya Thippe Rudra 5. Malapati Savithramma 6. Yennapusala Hanumantha Reddy

8

23

Beluguppa

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. B.Ramanjaneyulu 2. Kuruba Ramanjaneyulu 3. Buligondla Ramalakshmi 4. Kuruba Ramalakshmi 5. Buligondla Vannuramma 6. Kuruba Vannuramma w/o Late Thimmappa 7. Kuruba Jayaramulu s/o Hanumanthappa 8. Hanumantharayudu s/o Jayaramulu 9. Kuruba Ramu s/o Jayaramulu

24

Thagguparthi

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Chilamakuri Thiruamalesu s/o Rangaiah 2. Chilamakuri Ramanjinamma w/o Ramaswamy 3. Bodapati Chandrakala 4. C. Venkatalalshmamma w/o Rangaiah

25

Thagguparthi

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Meti Chinna Yerri Swamy 2. Meti Pedda Yerri Swamy 3. Meti Jayaramulu 4. Meti Gopal 5. Dabbara Narayana Swamy 6. Nirmala 7. Bhuvaneswara Chakravarthi

26

Srirangapuram

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Dovalo Kummathi 2. Jayarami Reddy 3. Govinda Reddy 4. Ramanjaneyulu 5. Narayana Reddy 6. Kummathi Sunil 7. Bhaskara Reddy 8. D.K. Lakshmidevi 9. D.K. Suresh 10. Lalsekhar Reddy 11. Chennakesavulu

27

Ankamaplli

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Morusu Narendra Naidu 2. Morusu Obula Naidu 3. Padmavathi w/o Obula naidu

28

Beluguppa

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Andra Sreeramulu s/o Venkataswamy 2. Andra Sreenivasulu 3. Andra Chakrapani 4. Andra Gopal s/o Lata Andra Venkataravanappa

29 Y.Rampuram Belugappa Anantpur

3.05 1. Marusu Raghuramulu 2. Marusu Jayaramulu

30 Beluguppa Belugappa Anantpur

3.16 1. Kalekurthi Sanjeeva Reddy 2. Kalekurthi Bheema Reddy

31

Thagguparthi

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.19

1. Egiddi Lakshmakka 2. Netyam Venkatalakshmi 3. Bodapati Chandrakala 4. Umapathi

32

Beluguppa

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Padma Thippeswamy s/o Venkataramanappa 2. Boya Thippaiah s/o Marenna

9

33

Srirangapuram

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Patil Lakshmi Devi w/o Patil Thimma Reddy 2. Patil Sreenivasa Reddy 3. Patil Satyanarayana Reddy s/o Patil Thimma Reddy 4. Reddipalli Hanumantha Reddy s/o Thippa Reddy 5. Janardhana Reddy s/o Reddipalli Hanumantha Reddy 6. Reddipalli Krishna Reddy 7. Diwakar Reddy s/o Reddipalli Krishna Reddy 8. Maruti Prasad s/o Reddipalli Krishna Reddy

34

Duddekunta

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Paineti Vani w/o Late Venugopal 2. Konaki Yerrapa s/o Pedda Pullaiah 3. Konanki Ranganayakulu s/o Konaki Yerrapa 4. Konanki Somshekhara s/o Konaki Yerrapa 5. Thammineni Naresh s/o Late Pedda Yerriswamy

35

Yerragudi

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. G Mallikarjuana s/o Rachanna 2. G Rajeshwari w/o G Mallikarjuna 3. G Veeresh s/o Rachanna 4. G Manohar s/o Rachanna 5. G Rachanna s/o Eswarappa

36

Yerragudi

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Chimbili Bhaskar Reddy s/o Ramachandraiah Reddy 2. Chimbili Trivedi Naidu s/o Ramachandraiah Reddy 3. Venkatesulu s/o Ramachandraiah Reddy 4. Chimbili Venkatappa s/o Late Chimbili Narayanappa 5. Chimbili Anil s/o Lokanath Chowdary

37

Beluguppa

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Keklekurthi Dhanunjaya Reddy s/o Late Sanjeeva Reddy 2. Kamireddy Yasoda w/oo Dhanunjaya Reddy 3. Kalekurthi Gopal Reddy s/o Late Shankar Reddy 4. Rajula Saritha w/o Rajula Sudhakar Reddy 5. Rajula Sudhakar Reddy s/o Bheema Reddy 6. Palavi Jyothi w/o Radha Reddy 7. Palavi Radha Reddy s/o Govind Reddy

8. Kalekurthi Thimmakka w/o Narayana Reddy

38

Srirangapuram

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.09

1. Gangavaram Akkamma w/o Prakash Reddy

2. Bodimalla Rammi Reddy s/o Hanumappa 3. Bodimalla Nagendra Reddy s/o Bodimalla Rammi Reddy 4. Bodimalla Rami Reddy s/o Late Obi Reddy 5. Bodimalla Sivamma w/o Bodimalla Rami Reddy

6. Bodimalla Prasanth s/o Bodimalla Rami Reddy

10

39

Beluguppa

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.18

1. Nara Radhika 2. Nara Sivaramakrishna 3. Chimbili Adilakshmi 4. Chimbili Venkatappa

40 Yerragudi Belugappa Anantpur

3.18 1. Chandrashekhar Reddy s/o Late Neelakanta Reddy

41

Yerragudi

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Kunduru Vijayalakshmi w/o Late Diwakar Reddy 2. Chippagiri Thimma Reddy s/o Rami Reddy 3. Chippagiri Vijayalakshmi w/o Chippagiri Thimma Reddy

42

Beluguppa

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Konanki Srinivasulu s/o Konanki Venkatanayudu 2. Konanki Praveen Kumar s/o Konanki Venkatanayudu

43

Ankamaplli

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Sontela Kuruba Yerikilappa 2. Sontela Yerriswamy 3. S K Yerriswamy 4. Sontela Chinna Narayanappa 5. K C Narayanappa s/o Hanumanthappa 6. Sontela Narayanappa s/o Hanumanthappa 7. Chinna Hanumanthappa s/o Sontela Narayanappa 8. Sontela Kuruba Mallikarjuna s/o Sontela Narayanappa 9. Sontela Kuruba s/o Sontela Narayanappa 10. K C Narayanappa s/o Yerikilappa 11. S K Sudhakar s/o Yerikilappa

44

Beluguppa

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Boya Uligamma w/o Late Thippaiah 2. Boya Gangappa s/o Late Thippaiah 3. Gulapalli 4. Gollapalli 5. Golla Lakshmi devi 6. Lakshmidevamma w/o Late Chennaiah 7. Gollapalli Ravindra s/o Late Chennaiah 8. G Venugopal s/o Late Chennaiah

45 Srirangapuram Belugappa Anantpur 3.05 1. Ediga Malikarjuna s/o Late Nagappa

46

Y.Rampuram

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Morusu Nagabhushana s/o Late Obulaiah 2. Morusu Nirmala w/o Morusu Nagabhushana

47

Beluguppa

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Kethireddi Vinod /Vinod Kumar 2. Kethireddi Obi Reddy 3. Boya Duggeppagri Marenna

48

Narinjagundlapalli

Belugappa

Anantpur

3.05

1. Boya Dasari Sreenivasulu 2. Boya Dasari Nagaraju 3. Boya Nagappa s/o Bheemappa 4. Boya Vanuramma w/o Late Mareppa 5. Boya Ramesh

Total 146.95

11

The developer has purchased the land through the land aggregator from the landowners on willing seller - willing buyer basis. The developer has obtained the NOC from Gram Panchayat and villages from where land is purchased to establish the plant and the copy of this NOC is provided in Annexure 2. The sample sale deed agreement administered for land purchasing is attached in Annexure 3. Based on the assessment of sale deed agreements, it is confirmed that the land has been purchased from the owners directly clarifying the purpose of purchase and the land register has verified and certified that the land is encumbrance free and without any kind of litigation.

5.2 Involuntary Resettlement Issues under the Subproject

Since there is no compulsory land acquisition involved the subproject as the land is directly purchased from the landowners on willing buyer – willing seller basis, there does not arise any issue of involuntary resettlement. The landowners have directly sold their land to the developer and the lands are either barren or low-productive agricultural land. During the land identification and purchase process attention has been paid and avoided purchasing of land from small and marginal farmer. Thus the landowners have only sold part of their land and not suffered any major livelihood loss. During the site visit it was observed that the land percales purchased for the subproject are away from the settlement area and therefore does not occurred any physical displacement.

5.3 Indigenous Peoples Issues under the Subproject

According to the Census of India 2011 statistics, Scheduled Tribe (ST) population of Anantpur district is below 3%. It is confirmed from the census information that no indigenous people are present in the subproject-affected villages and none of the land purchased for the subproject belongs to the ST community. Hence, there is no issue of indigenous people has been identified under the subproject. The project outcome is not directly benefiting the ST community as the power generated from the plat will be connected to transmission grid only and does not have any role in distribution system. However, at larger level, the power generation will definitely strengthen the power supply system of the area as a whole and hence indirectly benefit all communities including ST in the area.

6. Social Safeguard Categorization and Rationale

On the basis of the review of project information and site observation, the Social Safeguard Screening Checklist (Annexure 4) was completed as per the requirement set forth in IREDA’s Environmental and Social management System (ESSU). Based on the social safeguard checklist, it was established that the subproject is categorized as “Category-C” from both Involuntary Resettlement and Indigenous Peoples safeguard point of view. The Involuntary Resettlement Categorization form and the Indigenous Peoples Categorization form are attached in Annexure 4.

The rationale behind the social safeguard categorization as “C” i.e. the subproject does not require any further specific actions so far as the social safeguard point of view is because the subproject does not involve any involuntary acquisition of private land and does not have any negative impacts on people including indigenous community. The photograph of the subproject site is presented below in Figure-2.

12

Figure-2: Photograph of the Subproject Site

7. Social Safeguard Requirement for the Subproject

As per the Environmental and Social Management System (ESMS) adopted by IREDA, followings are the generic social safeguard requirements for a subproject to qualify for financing under ADB lines of credit:

• The subproject is not among the Prohibited Investment Activities List (PIAL) of the ADB Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) 2009.

• The subproject with potential significant social impacts are complies with Safeguard Requirements of the ADB Safeguard Policy Statement (2009).

• The subproject complies with the national laws, regulations, and related to involuntary resettlement, land acquisition, indigenous peoples/ scheduled tribes and management of physical cultural resources.

• The subproject addresses the gender and development issues and needs of disadvantaged and vulnerable groups.

• The subproject's contracts with civil works contractors, subcontractors and other providers of goods and services ensure provisions to employ local labor, whenever possible, and ensure compliance with ADB's social protection requirements.

Keeping in view the subproject context, the specific social safeguard requirements includes the following:

13

• Carry out social impact assessment for the subproject

• Carry out consultation with local community

• Engage an independent external party to validate and document the negotiation and land purchase process

• Make a gender assessment

• Disclosure of the social impact assessment and social management plan

• Establish grievance redressal mechanism

8. Other Subproject Specific Issues

The other specific social issues like consultation and disclosure, grievance redressal mechanism, employment opportunity from the subproject and corporate social responsibility etc. discussed in the following section.

9. Public Consultation under the Subproject

During various stages of subproject preparation, public consultation meetings were carried out involving various stakeholders. The project developer has informed the villagers about the project during very inception stage. The stakeholders engaged in the consultation process included village panchayat, village community, landowners, local administration, revenue officers, and various line departments. However, there is no clear documentation on consultation. The subproject ESIA document is not properly disclosed to the stakeholders.

10. Grievance Redress Mechanism for the Subproject

OUWPPL does not have any formal stakeholder engagement plan or grievance redressal mechanism. However, during the site visit, it is observed that a complain register was available in their site office but found no complain registered in it.

11. Employment Opportunity from the Subproject

The subproject has created employment opportunities for local people and utilizing local resources in terms of employment of local laborers, hiring machines and manpower for transportation of materials and equipment during construction.

Mostly local unskilled laborers engaged during construction were local people. At present, the operation and maintenance service team engaged by the developer has at least 15 local villagers and another 6 local persons are engaged for providing security services.

12. Community Development Initiatives by the Subproject

As a part of its corporate social responsibility (CSR) program, the contractor has assessed some local needs and indented the following activities to be taken up as a part of Community Development Plan for the villages near the plant.

• Helping setting up medical facilities in the villages, organizing health check-up camps

• Upgrading Infrastructure in schools like, provision of Library and Computer rooms, furniture and fans in schools.

• Strengthening of existing roads in the villages during construction period and post construction period

14

• Conduct veterinary camps for livestock in the project villages.

The contractor has already implemented some of the community development initiatives like supplying of kits to school children, repairing and maintenance of common road used for the plant and villages and organizing health check-up camps in the villages etc.

13. Summary Due Diligence Findings

Based on the subproject assessment, the summary social safeguard due diligence findings are listed below:

• The subproject does not involve involuntary land acquisition and resettlement issue as the land required for the subproject were directly purchased from the landowners on willing seller willing buyer basis.

• Social impact assessment has been carried out under the subproject but it does not specifically address the issues as per ADB requirement.

• No public consultation has been carried out for the subproject and the social assessment report has not disclosed to the communities.

• There does not have any specific grievance redressal mechanism established under the subproject except placing a complain register at site.

During the due diligence visit in 14th November 2017, 12 number of landowners including their legal hire were consulted at various villages and confirmed that the land purchase process was very much transparent and they had got a good deal in comparison to the prevailing market price. The summary consultation findings and list of participants are presented in the Table: 2 below and the photographs are presented in Figure: 2.

Table: 2 Summary Consultation Findings and list of Participants

Sl. No. Name of Participants Village Summary Findings

1 Mr. Jaysimha Belaguppa • After land survey, the contractor directly approached the farmers and start negotiating for the land.

• During the negotiation process the farmers had a fair chance of bargaining.

• The got a good price in comparison to the prevailing market price

• Even more farmers in the villages are ready to sell their land because low productivity of land.

• All the farmers have additional land with them

• The farmers have utilised the money for their loan repayment, house construction, investment in new business or maintaining a part of it as fixed deposit in the bank.

2 Mr. Mrityunjay Belaguppa 3 Mr. S. K. Siddhya Belaguppa 4 Mr. Pratap Rangaiah Thagguparthy 5 Mr. Ampanna Yerri Swami Thagguparthy 6 Mr. Narendra Reddy Srirangapuram 7 Mr. K. Sundarya Thagguparthy 8 Mr. Narayana Swami Avulenna 9 Ms. Nirmala Belaguppa

10 Ms. Lakshmidevi Belaguppa 11 Mr. V R Reddy Srirangapuram

12 Mr. Yerrappa Belaguppa

15

Figure-2: Consultation with Landowners at Subproject Site

14. Conclusion and Recommendations

The social due diligence study of current subproject reveals that there will not be any adverse social impact due to the intervention. The subproject is categorized as Category "C" form social safeguard point of view. The private land required for the subproject is directly purchased from landowners by paying market value to the landowners and no compulsory acquisition of land occurs in the subproject, therefore no involuntary resettlement occurs.

As per the ESMS requirement, no further action including resettlement planning, livelihood planning or indigenous peoples planning is required for the subproject. However, the developer will continue to engage the local villagers throughout the operation period and carry out CSR activities in the area.

Based on the findings of due diligence study the subproject is recommended for funding under the proposed project using ADB line of credit. IREDA will ensure compliance of ESSU and carry out periodic monitoring of the social safeguard issue and report to ADB as agreed in the ESMS.

ANNEXURE 1 Copy of ESIA Report

The Business of Sustainability

OUWEPL: Environmental and Social

Impact Assessment for 100.8 MW Wind

Power Project: Beluguppa, Anantapur

District, Andhra Pradesh, India

Final Report

August 2016

www.erm.com

Orange Uravakonda Wind Power

Private Limited

FINAL REPORT

Orange Uravakonda Wind Power Private

Limited

OUWEPL: Environmental and

Social Impact Assessment for 100.8

MW Wind Power Project:

Beluguppa, Anantapur District,

Andhra Pradesh, India

07 August 2016

Reference # I11419/0330571

Prepared by : Rohan Fernandes, Pooja Menon

and Chaitanya Krishna

This report has been prepared by ERM India Private Limited a member of Environmental Resources Management Group of companies, with all reasonable skill, care and diligence within the terms of the Contract with the client, incorporating our General Terms and Conditions of Business and taking account of the resources devoted to it by agreement with the client.

We disclaim any responsibility to the client and others in respect of any matters outside the scope of the above.

This report is confidential to the client and we accept no responsibility of whatsoever nature to third parties to whom this report, or any part thereof, is made known. Any such party relies on the report at their own risk.

Reviewed by:

Manish Singh

Principal Consultant

Karunakaran

Nagalingam

Principal Consultant

Approved by:

Neena Singh

Partner

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 INTRODUCTION 1

1.1 BASIS OF THE REPORT 1

1.2 APPLICABLE REFERENCE FRAMEWORK 1

1.3 ORANGE RENEWABLE POWER PVT. LTD. 2

1.4 OVERVIEW OF THE PROJECT 2

1.5 PURPOSE OF THIS REPORT 7

1.6 OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY 7

1.7 SCOPE OF THE STUDY 7

1.8 APPROACH AND METHODOLOGY 8

1.8.1 Preliminary Discussions with Project Proponent 9

1.8.2 Scoping Study 9

1.8.3 Document Review 9

1.8.4 Site Survey and Preliminary Consultations 9

1.8.5 Environmental Baseline Data Collection 10

1.8.6 Stakeholder Consultation 10

1.8.7 Impact Assessment 11

1.8.8 Environmental and Social Management Plan 11

1.9 LIMITATIONS 11

1.9.1 Uses of the Report 12

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 14

2.1 PROJECT SETTING 14

2.1.1 Project location and Setting 14

2.2 LAND REQUIREMENTS 23

2.3 LAND DETAILS 23

2.3.1 Project related land procurement and specific issues 24

2.3.2 Land details and existing procurement status for specific components 27

2.3.3 Land Purchase Process 28

2.3.4 Stakeholder engagement and GRM 29

2.3.5 Labour 30

2.4 PROJECT COMPONENTS 30

2.4.1 Wind Turbine Generators (WTGs) 30

2.4.2 Wind Farm 30

2.4.3 Pooling Sub Station and Power Evacuation Arrangements 31

2.4.4 Supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA)/ Condition Monitoring

System (CMS) 33

2.4.5 Storage Yard 33

2.4.6 Batching Plant 33

2.4.7 Access Road and Site Access 34

2.5 PROJECT ACTIVITIES 35

2.5.1 Planning Phase 35

2.5.2 Construction 35

2.5.3 Operations & Maintenance 36

2.5.4 Decommissioning 36

2.6 RESOURCE REQUIREMNTS FOR THE PROJECT 37

2.6.1 Water Requirement 37

2.6.2 Raw Materials and Equipment 37

2.6.3 Fuel requirement and Storage 38

2.6.4 Power Requirement 39

2.6.5 Pollution Control-Embedded Measures 39

2.6.6 Air Emissions 39

2.6.7 Noise Emissions 40

2.6.8 Waste Management 40

2.6.9 Wastewater Management 41

2.6.10 Fire Safety and Security 42

2.7 PROJECT ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE 43

2.7.1 Orange Uravakonda Wind Power Pvt. Ltd. 43

2.7.2 Suzlon Gujarat Wind Park Ltd. 43

2.8 CORPORATE POLICIES 44

2.8.1 Suzlon Gujarat Wind Park Ltd. 44

3 ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK 45

3.1 INTRODUCTION 45

3.1 PERMITTING STATUS OF THE PROJECT 45

3.1.1 EIA Notification (2006) and its amendments 45

3.1.2 Central Pollution Control Board 45

3.1.3 Andhra Pradesh Wind Power Policy of 2015 45

3.2 INSTITUTION FRAMEWORK- ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES 46

3.3 APPLICABLE REGULATORY/ POLICY FRAMEWORK 49

3.4 NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS 52

3.5 INTERNATIONAL SAFEGUARD REQUIREMENTS 52

3.5.1 IFC Requirements 52

4 SCREENING AND SCOPING 56

4.1 SCREENING METHODOLOGY 56

4.1.1 Kick-off Meeting 56

4.1.2 Document Review 56

4.2 PROJECT CATEGORISATION 57

4.2.1 Equator Principles Financial Institutions (EFPI) and International

Performance Standards (IFC) 57

4.3 SCOPING METHODOLOGY 58

4.4 SCOPING RESULTS 59

4.4.1 Cumulative Impacts 59

5 ENVIRONMENTAL ECOLOGICAL AND SOCIAL BASELINE 64

5.1 LOCATION AND ADMINISTRATIVE SETTING 64

5.2 AREA OF INFLUENCE 64

5.2.1 Study Area 64

5.3 ENVIRONMENTAL BASELINE METHODOLOGY 67

5.4 ENVIRONMENTAL BASELINE FINDINGS 68

5.4.1 Land cover and use 68

5.4.2 Local Topographical Features 71

5.4.3 Geology and Hydrogeology 74

5.4.4 Hydrology and Drainage Pattern 76

5.4.5 Climate and Meteorology 78

5.4.6 Natural Hazards 79

5.4.7 Ambient Air Quality 86

5.4.8 Noise Quality 92

5.4.9 Water Quality 95

5.4.10 Soil Quality 103

5.5 ECOLOGICAL BASELINE 106

5.5.1 Objectives 106

5.5.2 Study area 107

5.5.3 Approach and Methodology 107

5.5.4 Floral Assessment 109

5.5.5 Faunal Assessment 110

5.5.6 Protected Areas 120

5.5.7 Migratory Routes 121

5.6 SOCIO ECONOMIC BASELINE 122

5.6.1 Study Area 122

5.6.2 Approach and Methodology 122

5.6.3 Administrative set up of the Study Area 124

5.6.4 Demographic Profile 124

5.6.5 Education profile 127

5.6.6 Land Profile 131

5.6.7 Occupation and Livelihood 133

5.6.8 Drinking Water Supply 139

5.6.9 Irrigation 141

5.6.10 Health Infrastructure 141

5.6.11 Others physical infrastructure 142

5.6.12 Civil Society Organisations 143

6 STAKEHOLDER MAPPING AND IDENTIFICATION 144

6.1 INTRODUCTION 144

6.2 STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATION AND DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE

PROJECT 144

6.3 STAKEHOLDER CATEGORISATION 145

6.4 APPROACH AND METHODOLOGY FOR STAKEHOLDER ANALYSIS 145

6.5 STAKEHOLDER ANALYSIS 146

7 IMPACT ASSESSMENT 153


7.2 SCOPE OF THE ASSESSMENT 153

7.3 ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY 153

7.4 KEY POTENTIAL IMPACTS 159

7.4.1 Key Environmental Impacts 159

7.4.2 Key Ecological Impacts 159

7.4.3 Key Social Impacts 159

7.5 KEY ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS 159

7.5.1 Change in land use 159

7.5.2 Impact on Water Resources 175

7.5.3 Impact on Air Quality 183

7.5.4 Aesthetics and Landscape concerns 186

7.5.5 Occupational health and Safety of Workers 190

7.5.6 Ambient Noise Levels 194

7.6 KEY ECOLOGICAL IMPACTS 204

7.6.2 Impacts during construction Phase 209

7.6.3 Impacts during Operation Phase 217

7.6.4 Cumulative Impact Assessment for Flying Fauna 223

7.7 KEY SOCIAL IMPACTS 225

7.7.1 Impacts to local communities 225

7.7.2 Economic Loss/Displacement due to selling of land 239

7.7.3 Impact on local employment opportunity 241

7.7.4 Social Development through Corporate Social responsibility (CSR) Initiatives242

7.7.5 Cumulative environmental and social impacts 243

8 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 244


8.2 OUWPPL’S ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE 244

8.2.1 OUWPPL’s EHS Management 244

8.3 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 245

8.3.1 Environmental, Health and Safety Department (EHS Department) 245

8.4 INSPECTION, MONITORING AND AUDIT 245

8.5 REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION 246

8.5.1 ESMP Review and Amendments 247

8.6 TRAINING PROGRAMME AND CAPACITY BUILDING 247

8.6.1 Environmental and Social Management Plan 248

9 IMPACT SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION 259


9.2 IMPACTS REQUIRING DETAILED ASSESSMENT 259

9.3 CONCLUSION 260

List of Table

Table 1.1 Salient Features of the Project: Snapshot of the Project 3

Table 1.2 Contractors associated with Suzlon for the Project 3

Table 1.3 Structure of the report 12

Table 1.4 Annexes in the report 13

Table 2.1 WTG Profiling of the 100.8 MW Project (up to a distance of 500 m from the

WTG) 16

Table 2.2 Summary of the land required for the Project 24

Table 2.3 Technical Specifications of Suzlon S111 turbine 30

Table 2.4 List and quantity of raw material to be utilised for the WTG foundation

activities during the construction phase (tonnes per WTG) 37

Table 2.5 Equipment type and quantity to be utilised during the construction phase 38

Table 2.6 Waste Generated, their sources and method of disposal 41

Table 3.1 Categorisation of wind power projects as per A.P. Wind Power Policy, 2015 45

Table 3.2 Enforcement Agencies relevant to the Project 46

Table 3.3 Applicable environmental and social legislative framework for wind power

projects 50

Table 3.4 IFC Performance Standards 54

Table 4.1 Potential interactions matrix for the 100.8 MW Project, near the village of

Beluguppa. 60

Table 4.2 Interactions identified that are likely to result in significant impacts 61

Table 4.3 Scoped- out interactions during the proposed Project's life cycle 63

Table 5.1 Primary Baseline Data Collection 67

Table 5.2 Secondary Baseline Data Collection 68

Table 5.3 Land use break detail of the Project 69

Table 5.4 Climatological Data, Anantapur 78

Table 5.5 Predominant Wind Direction 79

Table 5.6 Details of Ambient Air Monitoring Stations 86

Table 5.7 Details of Methods and Detection Limits for different Air Quality Parameters88

Table 5.8 Ambient Air Quality in the Study Area 88

Table 5.9 Details of Noise Sampling Locations 92

Table 5.10 Noise Level in the Study Area 92

Table 5.11 Details of Water Sampling Locations 95

Table 5.12 Surface Water Quality observed during the monitoring Period 98

Table 5.13 Primary Water Quality Criteria for Designated-Best-Use-Classes 99

Table 5.14 Groundwater Quality observed during the monitoring Period 101

Table 5.15 Details of soil sampling location 103

Table 5.16 Analysis report of the soil sample (So1) 104

Table 5.17 Vegetation Classification of the Region 107

Table 5.18 Water bodies surveyed in the study area 108

Table 5.19 Time utilization for ecology assessment 110

Table 5.20 Amphibians reported from the study area 111

Table 5.21 Reptiles reported from the study area 111

Table 5.22 Avifaunal Species observed in the Study Area 114

Table 5.23 Avifaunal Species recorded in the Study Area 118

Table 5.24 Details of Mammals recorded from the Study area 120

Table 5.25 Demographic profile of the study region 124

Table 5.26 Demography of the study area villages 125

Table 5.27 Religion wise classification of data 127

Table 5.28 SSC and intermediate results of Anantapur district 128

Table 5.29 Schools facilities in study region 129

Table 5.30 Hostel facilities provided by government in study region 130

Table 5.31 Land use classification of villages under study area 132

Table 5.32 Land holding pattern of the study region 133

Table 5.33 Occupational pattern of the villages under study area 134

Table 5.34 Drinking water source availability 140

Table 5.35 Health care facilities in study region 141

Table 6.1 Overview of Disclosure and stakeholder consultation requirement 144

Table 6.2 Stakeholder Group categorisation 145

Table 6.3 Stakeholder Significance and Engagement Requirement 145

Table 6.4 Assessing significance of stakeholder for the Project 147

Table 6.5 Summary of overall stakeholder influence 152

Table 7.1 Impact Characteristic Terminology 154

Table 7.2 Impact Type Definitions 155

Table 7.3 Definitions for Likelihood Designations 155

Table 7.4 Sensitivity Assessment Criteria for Land Use 160

Table 7.5 Criteria for Impact Magnitude for Assessment of Impact to Land Use 160

Table 7.6 Periodic alteration of land use 161

Table 7.7 Impact on land use as a result of the Project 162

Table 7.8: Sensitivity Assessment Criteria for Soil quality (compaction, erosion and

contamination) 163

Table 7.9 Criteria for Impact Magnitude for Assessment of Impact to Soil 164

Table 7.10 Impacts on land and soil environment during the project life cycle 164

Table 7.11 Soil Erosion impacts during construction phase 165

Table 7.12 Soil Compaction impacts during construction phase 166

Table 7.13 Impact on land due to improper waste disposal during construction phase 168

Table 7.14 Soil contamination due to Leaks/spills during construction phase 170

Table 7.15 Impact on land due to improper waste disposal during the Operation and

Maintenance Phase 171

Table 7.16 Leaks/Spills during operation phase 173

Table 7.17 Impact to Soil and Land environment during decommissioning phase

activities 174

Table 7.18 Sensitivity Assessment Criteria for Water Resources (Surface water and

Ground water) 175

Table 7.19 Criteria for Impact Magnitude for Assessment of Impact to Surface and

Ground water Resources 176

Table 7.20 Impact on Water Resources during the Construction Phase 179

Table 7.21 Impact on water quality 180

Table 7.22 Impact on water availability during operation phase 181

Table 7.23 Impact on water quality during operation phase 182

Table 7.24 Sensitivity Criteria for Air quality 183

Table 7.25 Criteria for Impact Magnitude for Assessment of Impact to Air Quality

(Construction Phase) 184

Table 7.26 Impact on air quality during construction phase 185

Table 7.27 Impact on air quality during decommissioning phase 186

Table 7.28 Landscape- aesthetic impacts during the Construction Phase 188

Table 7.29 Landscape- aesthetic impacts during the Operation and Maintenance Phase189

Table 7.30 Impact Significance on Occupational Health and Safety: Construction phase

and installation phase 191

Table 7.31 Impact Significance on Occupational Health and Safety: Operation and

Maintenance Phase 192

Table 7.32 Impact Significance on Occupational Health and Safety: Decommissioning

Phase 194

Table 7.33 Assumed construction equipment sound pressure level inventory 195

Table 7.34 Noise generation from construction activities and transportation of man/

material 196

Table 7.35 Predicted Noise Levels at Noise Receptors during Operation Phase of Project

with normal wind conditions. 201

Table 7.36 Noise generation from operation of the WTGs – day time 202

Table 7.37 Noise generation from operation of the WTGs – day time 203

Table 7.38 Identified interactions that are likely to result in significant impacts 204

Table 7.39 Habitat-Impact Assessment Criteria 206

Table 7.40 Species-Impact Assessment Criteria 207

Table 7.41 Impact significance of vegetation clearance during the construction phase 211

Table 7.42 Impact significance of construction activities during the construction phase 214

Table 7.43 Impact significance of approach road laying during construction phase 217

Table 7.44 Impact significance of collision and mortality risk to avifauna and bats from

operating wind turbine blades 220

Table 7.45 Impact significance of collision and electrical hazards from transmission

infrastructure on avifaunal species 222

Table 7.46 Summary of cumulative impacts 223

Table 7.47 Impact Magnitude for Local Communities 225

Table 7.48 Receptor Sensitivity for Local Communities 225

Table 7.49 Impact Significance Matrix 225

Table 7.50 Impact Significance on Community Health and Safety due to Traffic Hazards226

Table 7.51 Shadow Flicker Analysis for Receptors observed to be within 500 m of the

WTGs 234

Table 7.52 Impact Significance of Shadow flickering on sensitive receptors 237

Table 7.53 Significance of impacts of accidents to communities as a result of natural

disasters and blade throw incidents 239

Table.7.54 Significance of impact due to economic loss due to selling of land 241

Table.7.55 Significance of employment opportunity 242

Table 7.56 Significance of Social Development Opportunities 243

Table 8.1 Environmental and social management and monitoring plan for OUWPPL’s

wind Power Project 249

Table 9.1 Impact Assessment Summary 259

List of Figure

Figure 1.1 Map Showing Location of the Project 5

Figure 1.2 Map showing the the location of WTGs in the Project Area 6

Figure 1.3 Approach adopted by ERM for the project 8

Figure 2.1 Map Showing Physical Features of the Project Area 15

Figure 2.2 Land Purchase process for the project 29

Figure 2.3 33/ 220 kV Substation located near the village of Beluguppa 32

Figure 2.4 Evacuation of power from the 220 KV DCOH line from the pooling Sub

Station, eventually termination at the Government Substation, in the village of

Mopidi. 32

Figure 2.5 Storage yard in the village of Gangavaram used for storage of WTG

components. The site office is also located, here. 33

Figure 2.6 Equipment set up in the batching plant for the Project (Location:

Mylarampalle village) 34

Figure 2.7 Type of Roadways present within the Project Area (a) Kuccha Roads

Beluguppa Village (b) Internal Access Roads- Avulenna village (c) State

Highway -82 and (d) Heavy vehicles plying on State Highway -82 35

Figure 2.8 Project Organisational structure: Orange Uravakonda Wind Power Pvt. Ltd 43

Figure 2.9 Organisational structure of Suzlon 44

Figure 5.1 Physical feature map of the Project AoI 66

Figure 5.2 Land use in the Project AoI 70

Figure 5.3 Contour Map of the Project AoI 72

Figure 5.4 Digital Elevation Map of the Project AoI 73

Figure 5.5 Geological and Hydrogeological map of Anantapur District 75

Figure 5.6 Waterbodies observed in the Project AoI at the time of the ERM site visit (a)

Jeedipalli Reservoir (b) Dried up Kanekallu Tank. 76

Figure 5.7 Ahobilam/ PABR Dam located approximately 10 km north east of the Project76

Figure 5.8 Drainage Map of the Project AoI 77

Figure 5.9 Earthquake Hazard Map of the District of Anantapur 81

Figure 5.10 Wind and Cyclone Hazard Map of the District of Anantapur 83

Figure 5.11 Flood Hazard Map of the District of Anantapur 85

Figure 5.12 Map showing the location of ambient air quality (AAQ) stations in the Project

AoI 87

Figure 5.13 PM10 Concentration in the Study Area 89

Figure 5.14 PM2.5 Concentration in the Study Area 89

Figure 5.15 SO2 Concentration in the Study Area 90

Figure 5.16 NOx Concentration in the Study Area 91

Figure 5.17 Map showing the location of Noise quality (NQ) stations in the Project AoI 93

Figure 5.18 Day Time Noise Levels 94

Figure 5.19 Night Time Noise Levels 95

Figure 5.20 Map showing the locations for surface water and ground water locations in

the Project AoI 97

Figure 5.21 Map showing the soil sampling location in the Project AoI 105

Figure 5.22 Map of the Study Area 107

Figure 5.23 Habitat surveyed in the Study Area 110

Figure 5.24 Avifaunal Species observed in the Study Area 112

Figure 5.25 Congregation of aquatic birds in the study area 117

Figure 5.26 Blackbuck observed in the study area 120

Figure 5.27 Map showing estimated migration routes for Anatidae species in the Central

Asian Flyway 121

Figure 5.28 Consultation with one of the affected community in Project study area 123

Figure 5.29 Administrative set up of the study areas 124

Figure 5.30 Literacy profile of the study area villages 128

Figure 5.31 A study centre run by RDT in one of the study area village 131

Figure 5.32 Distribution of main working population in the study area 135

Figure 5.33 Water Supply sources in the study area 140

Figure 5.34 Health facilities in the study area (a) PHC at Beluguppa b) RDT Hospital at

Venkatadiripilli 142

Figure 7.1 Impact Assessment Process 154

Figure 7.2 Impact Significance 156

Figure 7.3 Map showing the 48 WTGs and the Noise Sensitive Receptors in the Project

Area 199

Figure 7.4 Noise map showing 48WTG locations, noise locations and wind speed under

strong wind conditions (8 m/s) 200

Figure 7.5 Schematic representation of collision risk zones to birds and bats 219

Figure 7.6 Map showing WTG and shadow receptor for the Project 232

Figure 7.7 Map showing WTG and shadow receptor for the Project: real case scenario 233

ERM OUWPPL: ESIA FOR 100.8 MW WIND POWER PROJECT, BELUGUPPA, ANANTAPUR DISTRICT, A.P. PROJECT # I11419/0330571 AUGUST 2016

1

1 INTRODUCTION

Environmental Resource Management India Pvt. Ltd. (ERM) has been

engaged by Orange Uravakonda Wind Power Pvt. Ltd. (hereinafter referred to

as ‘OUWPPL’), a subsidiary of Orange Renewable Power Pvt. Ltd. (hereinafter

referred to as ‘Orange’) for undertaking an Environmental and Social Impact

Assessment (ESIA) study for a 100.8 MW wind farm project located near the

village of Belupguppa in the state of Andhra Pradesh. Orange is working with

Suzlon Gujarat Wind Park Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as ‘Suzlon’), an Indian

wind turbine manufacturer. ERM had conducted a site visit to ascertain the

environmental, social and ecological impacts of the project during May 2016.

The Project comprises of 48 wind turbine generators (WTGs) of 2.1 MW

capacities each. The WTGs being utilized for the project are the Suzlon S-111

model. The proposed wind farm is spread primarily around the villages of

Beluguppa, Srirangapuram, Thagguparthi, Yeragudi, Avulenna, Y.

Rengapuram, Duddekunta and Narinjagundlapalli, Nakkalapalli

andSreerangapuram in Beluguppa Mandal of Anantpur District in the state of

Andhra Pradesh.

In the above context, Environment Resources Management (ERM) has been

commissioned by Orange to undertake Environmental and Social Impact

Assessment (ESIA) of the project to meet the requirements of the specified

reference framework in the following section.

1.1 BASIS OF THE REPORT

ERM understands that OUWPPL intends to develop the Project with financial

assistance from its lenders. The Project requires evaluating the environmental

and social risks associated with the proposed project and to implement

mitigation measures in order to avoid potential impacts during the project

lifecycle. It is imperative that the proposed project is in line with the

applicable International Finance Corporation (IFC)/World Bank (WB)

guidelines pertaining to the environment, social issues and occupational

health and safety aspects as well as in compliance with State & National laws

and regulations. The report discusses the environmental and social baseline

within which the proposed wind farm project will be commissioned. In

addition to this, the report will aim to assess the potential adverse and

beneficial impacts that the project could have, along with suitable mitigation

measures followed by an Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP)

for the Project.

1.2 APPLICABLE REFERENCE FRAMEWORK

The applicable reference framework for the ESIA study includes the following

set of standards and guidelines:


2

IFC Performance Standards (2012) 1 to 8;

The applicable IFC / World Bank Guidelines: o The General EHS Guidelines,

o EHS Guidelines for Wind Energy, August 2015; o Guidelines for Power Transmission and Distribution, 2007 (for

construction and operation of transmission lines in windfarm); and

o EHS Guidelines for Toll Roads, 2007 (for road infrastructure of wind

farm); and

Applicable local, national and international environmental and social legislation will also be considered as part of the study.

*Note: Wind energy projects in India do not require an Environmental Clearance under the

EIA Notification, 2006. The ESIA is thus being undertaken as an internal management tool.

Thus, ERM is not preparing the ESIA for any regulatory requirements, hence, if any

deliverable if used for the same purpose, ERM needs to be communicated by the Client.

1.3 ORANGE RENEWABLE POWER PVT. LTD.

Orange Renewable Power Pvt. Ltd. is involved in the development of power

projects of over 7,500 MW, with a portfolio ranging from biomass, small hydro

power, wind power and solar power. In India, Orange has been involved in

the operations of wind power projects viz.

39.9 MW Wind Energy Project in Bhesada, Jaisalmer, Rajasthan (fully

commissioned in FY 2013 and is selling 100% of its output to Jodhpur

Vidyut Prasaran Nigam Ltd.under the terms of a 25-year power purchase

agreement);

19.5 MW Wind Energy Project in Dalot, Pratapgarh, Rajasthan (fully

commissioned in FY 2013 and is selling 100% of its output to Jaipur Vidyut

Prasaran Nigam Ltd. under the terms of a 25-year power purchase

agreement);

100.5 MW Wind Energy Project in Mamatkheda, Ratlam and Mandsaur,

Madhya Pradesh (commissioned in April, 2015);

22.5 MW wind power project at Dalot & Devgarh, district, Pratapgarh,

Rajasthan commissioned in FY-2014-15;

100 MW at Nimbagallu, Anantapur (Andhra Pradesh) , commissioned in

FY 2016;

50 MW at Berchha, Ratlam (Madhya Pradesh), commissioned in FY 2016;

34 MW in Khanapur, Sangli, Maharashtra, of which 24 MW has been

commissioned in FY 2015 and 10 MW to be commissioned in FY 17.

1.4 OVERVIEW OF THE PROJECT

Orange is in the process of developing a 100.8 MW Project near the village of

Beluguppa. Suzlon has been engaged as the EPC (Engineering, Procurement

and Construction) contractor for the project. They are also responsible for

other project activities such as land procurement, pathway development,


3

WTG foundation, DP yards, substation, and transmission lines etc. which are

being performed by contractors that are responsible for executing tasks

pertaining to the project. The salient features of the Project have been

summarized in Table 1.1. The location of the project is presented in Figure 1.1

and the location of the WTGs is presented in Figure 1.2. The contractors that

are responsible for various components related to the Project are listed in

Table 1.2.

Table 1.1 Salient Features of the Project: Snapshot of the Project

Particulars Orange Uravakonda Wind Power Pvt. Ltd., 100.8 MW,

Beluguppa, Andhra Pradesh

Location National Institute of Wind Energy (NIWE) approved site

near Beluguppa village in Andhra Pradesh.

Villages Beluguppa, Srirangapuram, Thagguparthi, Yeragudi,

Avulenna, Y. Rengapuram, Duddekunta and

Narinjagundlapalli

Terrain The site comprises of flat terrain. The ground cover is a mix

of irrigated and unirrigated land.

Type of Wind Turbines Suzlon S111-2.1 MW model wind turbines, 48 no:s

Power evacuation details Pooling Substation (PSS)

Construction of the PSS is under process and is located

near the village of Beluguppa; and

Capacity: 33/220 KV.

Internal Transmission Line and External Transmission Line

Internal Transmission Line: Contsruction of the internal

transmission line is currently ongoing. The total length

of the 33 kV line is approximately 25.0 km and will be of

Rolled Steel Joist (RSJ) type. The Internal access line will

evacuate power via a network of 4 feeders at the PSS

(viz.#2, 4, 5 and 6); and

External Transmission Line: Construction of the 220 kV

line is currently ongoing. The total length of the external

transmission line is approximately 22.2 km and will

comprise of lattice type towers and in the final stages of

construction. Power will be evacuated to the 400/220 kV

APTRANSCO government sub station whichis situated

in the village of Mopidi.

Project Status at time of ESIA

study

WTG foundation casting activities: ongoing;

Purchase of Land/ Right of Way (RoW) clearance

process: ongoing.

Project Commissioning date FY 2017

Source: OUWPPL

Table 1.2 Contractors associated with Suzlon for the Project

SN. Contractor’s Name Scope of Work

1 M/s Top View Pvt Ltd. Land aggregator and Batching Plant

2 M/s Sai Ram Land

Developers Pvt. Ltd.

Land aggregator

3 M/s Aspen Pvt. Ltd. Construction of PSS

4 M/s KSA Electrical work at the PSS


4

SN. Contractor’s Name Scope of Work

4 M/s Harsha Engineering Pvt.

Ltd.

Construction of 33 kV Internal Transmission Line

5 Suzlon Gujarat Wind Park

Ltd.

Road construction, particularly internal access roads

linking project components and WTGs with one

another

6 M/s Top View Pvt Ltd. WTG Foundation Casting

7 M/s Chaitanya Pvt. Ltd. WTG Foundation Casting

Source: OUWPPL


5

Figure 1.1 Map Showing Location of the Project

Source: Maps of India


6

Figure 1.2 Map showing the the location of WTGs in the Project Area


7

1.5 PURPOSE OF THIS REPORT

OUWPPL is undertaking this ESIA as part of lender requirements against the

specified reference framework (1) relating to the environment, social issues

and occupational health and safety matters, in addition to complying with

Indian laws and regulations. The report discusses the environmental and

social baseline within which the proposed wind farm project will be

commissioned and assesses the potential adverse and beneficial impacts that

the project could have, along with suitable mitigation measures and an

Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) for the Project.

1.6 OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY

The ESIA study has been undertaken with the following objectives:

To facilitate an understanding of the elements of the existing baseline

conditions prevailing in the study area (5 km zone from project

boundary is considered as study area);

To identify the aspects of the Project likely to result in significant

impacts to resources/receptors;

To predict and evaluate the significance of the impacts of the Project;

To document the stakeholder consultation during the study;

To determine the significance of residual impacts, taking into account

the implementation of mitigation measures; and

To develop plans for the management and monitoring of impacts,

including plans for ongoing stakeholder engagement.

1.7 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

In order to meet the objectives as specified in Section 1.6 , the scope of Work

for the ESIA broadly entails:

Identification and review of the applicable local, state, national and

international environmental legislation and regulatory framework;

Primary Baseline data collection through field surveys and monitoring

with respect to ambient air quality, Noise quality, ground water quality,

surface water quality and soil quality within the study area;

Collection of baseline information through secondary documents with

respect to meteorology, soil quality, land use pattern, geology,

geomorphology, hydrology, ecology and socio economic profile within

the study area of 5km radius of the project site;

(1) The specified framework consists of: IFC Performance Standards, Indian environmental and social regulations and the

Applicable Sectoral EHS Guidelines;


8

Identification of any instances of shadow flicker that would potentially

effect human settlements in the vicinity Project, and if identified, to

develop mitigation measures to reduce the effects;

Ascertain whether Project or its immediate environment is considered to

be of value regarding specially protected species birds and bats;

Prediction and identification of environmental impacts of the project

followed by evaluation of significance of the predicted impacts;

Suggesting appropriate mitigation/ enhancement measures for

identified environmental and social impacts;

Comparison and analysis of the alternatives considered for the project

with respect to location and power generation technology; and

Formulation of Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) in

accordance with IFC’s Performance Standard 1 addressing the various

aspects considered in IFC’s Performance Standards 2 through 8 with

management tools and techniques including monitoring and reporting

requirements for effective implementation.

1.8 APPROACH AND METHODOLOGY

ERM’s approach and methodology (Figure 1.3) for Project Dossier is

summarized below:

Figure 1.3 Approach adopted by ERM for the project

Source: The ERM Impact Assessment Standard. v1


9

1.8.1 Preliminary Discussions with Project Proponent

Discussions were held with OUWPPL and Suzlon personnel to understand

the Project, current status of agreements (i.e. land allocation, power

purchase agreement, electricity generation license, etc.), Project milestones,

legal requirements and scope of ESIA; and

Collation of relevant project documents such as WTG micro-siting, wind

assessment report, organization charts, land purchase process, health and

safety plan, company’s HR policies, , transportation routes, transmission

routes, etc.

1.8.2 Scoping Study

The main objective of the scoping was to ascertain the environmental issues

associated with the Project on which ESIA study will be focussed. For this

purpose, the project documents were reviewed and site survey was

undertaken to understand the environmental and social sensitivities

prevailing in the project area. Based on this, likely environmental issues

associated with the Project activities were ascertained through matrices during

construction, operation and decommissioning phases.

1.8.3 Document Review

Desk based review of the relevant documents and available imagery of the

project site and its surroundings was carried out to have a clear understanding

of the Project and to assess environmental and social sensitivities around the

Project. The desk-based review focused on the following key information

about the Project and the facilities under the purview of the Project:

Detailed Project Report prepared by OUWPPL;

Technical Due Diligence Proposed wind farm layout and micro-siting map;

Topographical maps of Survey of India;

Permission letter of Transmission Corporation of Andhra Pradesh

(APTRANSCO) for grid connectivity to the project;

Approval latter from New and Renewable Energy Development

Corporation of Andhra Pradesh ( NREDCAP); and

Organizational Chart and Human Resources Policies.

1.8.4 Site Survey and Preliminary Consultations

ERM team has undertaken a site reconnaissance survey and limited

stakeholder consultation in the project area. During the visit, following was

identified:

Key social and environmental risks/receptors in the Project influence area;

Human resource and labour issues, inclusive of potential occupational

health and safety;

Issues of environmental pollution and resource usage;

Prevailing community engagement processes;


10

Aspects of community health and safety, if any, linked to the proposed

operations;

Significance of impacts on biodiversity and natural resource management;

and

Discussions with the local communities in the vicinity to understand their

views of the project.

1.8.5 Environmental Baseline Data Collection

Environmental baseline data was collected through primary monitoring and

surveys of the study area (5 km distance from project area). Secondary

information through literature surveys was also collected for the study area.

The baseline study included the following:

Primary environmental baseline data collection within study area between

the 3rd of May and the 7th of May, 2016. The primary environmental

baseline data was collected with respect to ambient air quality, water

(surface and groundwater) quality, soil quality, ambient noise quality,

ecology and socio-economics;

The GIS mapping of the study area was done to present details on land use

pattern, forest/ vegetation cover, settlements, water bodies, drainage

pattern, spot heights and contours; and

Reconnaissance surveys of the project site and surrounding area within 5

km distance around the project site (defined as study area) to ascertain

prevailing features of the biophysical and social environments;

Information on geology, meteorological conditions, water and ecological

resources, socio-economic status etc. was also collected from secondary

sources.

1.8.6 Stakeholder Consultation

During site visit for ESIA, following groups of stakeholders were consulted

with the objective of collecting baseline data/information and to understand

specific issues;

OUWPPL and Suzlon Representatives;

Land Sellers;

Land Aggregators;

Contract workers;

Contractor Representatives of M/s KSA and M/s Top View;

Panchayat President of Beluguppa;

Panchayat Secretary of Narasapuram Panchayat;

Senior Doctor at Beluguppa Primary Health Centre;

Education Officer, Rural Development Trust;

Members of local women self-help groups; and

Local Community.


11

1.8.7 Impact Assessment

Assessment of potential impacts on the various environmental and social

elements due to the Project activities was carried out for this ESIA study. The

likely impacts on loss of land, land-based and non-land based livelihoods,

vulnerable groups (women, youth etc.), labour, water environment, air

environment (including traffic volume count), biological environment and

socio-economic environment has been identified based on the actual and

foreseeable events/Project activities. For the impact assessment, wherever

necessary, professional judgement, experience and knowledge on similar

projects have been used. The extent and potential consequences of the impacts

have been compared against applicable standards and guidelines. Mitigation

measures have been suggested for each of the identified adverse impacts.

1.8.8 Environmental and Social Management Plan

The Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) has been developed

to include the following:

Introduction of purpose and aims of the ESMP;

Summary of significant adverse impacts and potential risks;

Mitigations and control technologies, safeguards etc. to minimize adverse

impacts on air, water, soil, ecological and socioeconomic environment;

Occupational health related mitigation measures including occupational

health surveillance programme;

Institutional mechanism - roles and responsibilities for ESMP

implementation, training of ESMP implementation team;

Action Plans for effective control measures to minimize adverse

impacts/risks; and

Monitoring program for effective implementation of the mitigations and

ascertain efficacy of the environmental management and risk control

systems in place;

1.9 LIMITATIONS

This ESIA report is based on scientific principles and professional judgment

applied to facts with resultant subjective interpretations. Professional

judgments expressed herein are based on the analysis of available data and

information. The ESIA report was prepared with the following limitations:

At the time of the site visit, the WTG profiling of 21 sites was performed as

land parcels for the remaining sites were at various stages of negotiation

and purchase. The remainder of the sites were assessed after finalisation

by the client with the help of the latest satellite imagery data; and

The stakeholder consultation was done with the land owners who had

willingly sold their land, hence may not be representative of all concerned

stakeholders.


12

1.9.1 Uses of the Report

ERM is not engaged in consulting or reporting for the purpose of advertising,

sales promotion, or endorsement of any client interests, including raising

investment capital, recommending investment decisions, or other publicity

purposes. The client acknowledges this report has been prepared for their and

their clients’ exclusive use and agrees that ERM reports or correspondence

will not be used or reproduced in full or in part for such purposes, and may

not be used or relied upon in any prospectus or offering circular. The client

also agrees that none of its advertising, sales promotion, or other publicity

matter containing information obtained from this assessment and report will

mention or imply the name of ERM.

Nothing contained in this report shall be construed as a warranty or

affirmation by ERM that the site and property described in the report are

suitable collateral for any loan or that acquisition of such property by any

lender through foreclosure proceedings or otherwise will not expose the

lender to potential environmental or social liability.

Table 1.3 Structure of the report

Section Title Description

Section 1 Introduction (this section) Introduction to the Project and ESIA

methodology

Section 2 Project Description Technical description of the Project & related

infrastructure and activities

Section 3 Administrative

Framework

Discussion of the applicable environmental and

social regulatory framework and its relevance for

the Project.

Section 4 Screening and Scoping Description of the outcomes of the Screening

exercise and description of the outcome of the

Scoping exercise undertaken as part of the ESIA

process.

Section 5 Environmental, Ecological

and Social Baseline

An outline of the Environmental, Ecological and

Social Baseline status in the area of the Project.

Section 6 Stakeholder Mapping and

Identiciation

An outline of the engagement with the stakeholder

groups undertaken as part of the assessment process

and the key issues identified from the same.

Section 7 Impact Assessment This section includes details of identified

environmental impacts and associated risks due to

project activities, assessment of significance of

impacts and presents mitigation measures for

minimizing and /or offsetting adverse impacts

identified.

Section 8 Environmental and Social

Management Plan

Outline of the Environmental and Social

Management Plan (ESMP) taking into account

identified impacts and planned mitigation measures

and monitoring requirements.

Section 9 Impact Summary and

Conclusion

Summary of impacts identified for the Project

The Annexes are as follows (Table 1.4):


13

Table 1.4 Annexes in the report

Annex No. Title

A Photo documentation

B Policies of Orange

C Applicable Environmental Standards

D Environmental Monitoring Results: Ambient Air Quality

E Environmental Monitoring Results: Noise Quality

F Environmental Monitoring Results: Surface Water Quality

G Environmental Monitoring Results: Ground Water Quality

H Environmental Monitoring Results: Soil Quality

I Project Shadow Flicker Assessment Data Overview

J Project Shadow Calendar Graphical


14

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

This section provides a detailed description of the Project location, its key

components, current status, Project permitting requirements and

organizational management systems.

2.1 PROJECT SETTING

2.1.1 Project location and Setting

As mentioned in Chapter 1, the wind farm project is spread across the villages

of Beluguppa, Srirangapuram, Thagguparthi, Yeragudi, Avulenna, Y.

Rengapuram, Duddekunta and Narinjagundlapalli, Nakkalapalli and

Sreerangapuram in Beluguppa Mandal of Anantpur District in the state of

Andhra Pradesh. The Project is located between Easting coordinates of

723078.00 m E and 737563.00 m E and Northing coordinates of 1628880.00 m N

and 1625983.00 m N, respectively and is approximately 40 km south of the

town of Bellary (also known as Ballari), in Karnataka. The city of Anantapur

(Andhra Pradesh) lies approximately 45 km East of the Project. Road access

for both clusters is via State Highway 82 (also known as SH-82 or Bellary-

Anantapur Road) which bisects the Project area in a west to east direction and

is a primary means of access and material movement. The State Highway 82,

in turn connects to State Highway 32 and eventually to National Highway 67,

which starts at the junction of NH 48 near Hubli of Karnataka and ends at

Krishnapatnam Port road in Andhra Pradesh (1) (2) . In addition to this, the

Project area is also accessible by a network of internal village roads

(bituminous and non-bituminous) that originate from State Highway 82. No

national park, wildlife sanctuaries, biosphere reserves, notified historical and

cultural sites etc. have been observed to be located within 5 km radius from

the Project site. The physical features map of Project and its study area is

shown in Figure 2.1. The photo documentation of each of the WTGs direction-

wise is provided in Annex A.

(1) NH-63 (previously National Highway 67) passes through Ramnagar, Huballi, Ballary, Gooty, Tadapatri, Muddanru,

Maidukuru, Nellore, Krishnapatnam port Road. (2) Roads and Buildings Department (Government of Andhra Pradesh).

http://aproads.cgg.gov.in/getInfo.do?dt=1&oId=33. Accessed on 25/06/2016.


15

Figure 2.1 Map Showing Physical Features of the Project Area


16

Table 2.1 WTG Profiling of the 100.8 MW Project (up to a distance of 500 m from the WTG)

S

N

.

WT

G

ID

WTG Co-ordinates

(in UTM)

WTG

Site

Elevatio

n (m)

WTG Footprint Area Nearest house/ structure Nearest Village Nearest Waterbody Nearest

Cultural/

Religious Site

Approach/ Access Road

Condition

Distanc

e from

the

nearest

Paved

Road

(km)

Land use around WTG

Location

Easting

(m)

Northing

(m)

Topograp

hy

(undulatin

g land/flat

land/on

plateau or

hill ridge)

Landuse

(Based on

Land

Records* )

Identificati

on (Name/

ID in Map)

Distanc

e (km)

and

Directio

n

Use of

Structure

(residentia

l/

agricultur

e/ storage)

Name

Distanc

e (km)

and

Directio

n from

WTG

Identificati

on ID

Distanc

e (km)

and

Directio

n from

WTG

Are

there

religiou

s sites?

Are

there

religiou

s sites?

Is

there

moto

r

able

acces

s to

site?

Conditio

n of

Road

and

Type

Distanc

e from

the

nearest

Approac

h Point

(km)

Nort

h

Eas

t

Wes

t

Sout

h

1 BLG

-123

735742.0

0 m E

1626712.

00 m N 495 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land

Structures were not observed in the vicinity of

the proposed WTG

Thagguparty

Approx.

2.1 km

N

No Yes Church

Approx

. 2.4 km

N

Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.090

km S

Approx

. 0.874

km km

N

Private Agricultural

land

2 BLG

-124

736052.0

0 m E

1626397.

00 m N 495 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land


the proposed WTG Thagguparty

Approx.

2.4 km

N

No Yes Church

Approx

. 2.6 km

N

Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.090

km S

Approx

. 0.91

km km

N


land

3 BLG

-125

736336.0

0 m E

1625936.

00 m N 493 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land


the proposed WTG Thagguparty

Approx.

2.8 km

N

No Yes Church

Approx

. 3.1km

N

Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.12 km

S

Approx

. 0.99

km km

N


land

4 BLG

-077

731816.0

0 m E

1628201.

00 m N 485 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land


the proposed WTG Belaguppa

Approx.

1.62 km

W

No NA

2

temple

s

Approx

. 1.65

km W

Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.14 km

N

Approx

. 0.14

km N


land

5 BLG

-078

731900.0

0 m E

1627827.

00 m N 483m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land



Approx.

1.77 km

W

No NA

2

temple

s

Approx

. 1.82

km W

Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.54 km

N

Approx

. 0.54

km N


land

6 BLG

-075

731375.0

0 m E

1629040.

00 m N 486 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land


the proposed WTG, except for proposed

pooling substation, which is located within

500 m, southwards.

Belaguppa

Approx.

1.65 km

SSW

No NA

2

temple

s

Approx

. 1.65

km

SSW

Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.75 km

S

Approx

. 0.75

km S


land

7 BLG

-025

727976.0

0 m E

1627668.

00 m N 491 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land



Approx.

1.72 km

E

No NA

2

temple

s

Approx

. 1.76

km E

Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.13 km

N

Approx

. 0.13

km N


land

8 BLG

-017

726612.0

0 m E

1627617.

00 m N 491 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land



Approx.

3.0 km

E

No NA

2

temple

s

Approx

. 3.2 km

E

Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.15 km

S

Approx

. 0.15

km S


land

9 BLG

-018

726736.0

0 m E

1627032.

00 m N 490 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land


the proposed WTG

Belaguppa

Tanda

Approx.

1.8 km

E

No NA No NA Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.45 km

S

Approx

. 0.45

km S


land


17

S

N

.

WT

G

ID

WTG Co-ordinates

(in UTM)

WTG

Site

Elevatio

n (m)


Cultural/

Religious Site


Condition

Distanc

e from

the

nearest

Paved

Road

(km)

Land use around WTG

Location

Easting

(m)

Northing

(m)

Topograp

hy

(undulatin

g land/flat

land/on

plateau or

hill ridge)

Landuse

(Based on

Land

Records* )

Identificati

on (Name/

ID in Map)

Distanc

e (km)

and

Directio

n

Use of

Structure

(residentia

l/

agricultur

e/ storage)

Name

Distanc

e (km)

and

Directio

n from

WTG

Identificati

on ID

Distanc

e (km)

and

Directio

n from

WTG

Are

there

religiou

s sites?

Are

there

religiou

s sites?

Is

there

moto

r

able

acces

s to

site?

Conditio

n of

Road

and

Type

Distanc

e from

the

nearest

Approac

h Point

(km)

Nort

h

Eas

t

Wes

t

Sout

h

1

0

BLG

-007

724235.0

0 m E

1626859.

00 m N 489 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land


the proposed WTG

Narinjagundlapa

lle

Approx.

2.9 km

W

No NA No NA Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.20 km

S

Approx

. 0.20

km S


land

1

1

BLG

-016

726124.0

0 m E

1627974.

00 m N 481 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land


the proposed WTG Nakkalapalli

Approx.

0.90 km

N

No NA No NA Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.065

km W

Approx

. 0.065

km W


land

1

2

BLG

-015

725966.0

0 m E

1628436.

00 m N 481 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land

Primarily Pucca structures observed to be

within 500 m radius Nakkalapalli

Approx.

0.43 km

N

No NA No NA Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.132

km W

Approx

. 0.132

km W


land

1

3

BLG

-028

727472.0

0 m E

1629035.

00 m N 491 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land



Approx.

1.02 km

W

No NA No NA Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.21 km

S

Approx

. 0.21

km S


land

1

4

BLG

-085

731541.0

0 m E

1624148.

00 m N 498 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land


the proposed WTG Avulena

Approx.

0.59 km

W

No NA No NA Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.30 km

S

Approx

. 0.30

km S


land

1

5

BLG

-084

732151.0

0 m E

1624801.

00 m N 494 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land



Approx.

1.34 km

W

No NA No NA Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.25 km

W

Approx

. 0.25

km W


land

1

6

BLG

-082

731369.0

0 m E

1625525.

00 m N 496 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land



Approx.

1.83 km No NA

Yes,

temple

Approx

/ 1.9

km S

Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.21 km

W

Approx

. 0.21

km W


land

1

7

BLG

-157

737381.0

0 m E

1629014.

00 m N 491 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land

Primarily Pucca structures observed to be

within 500 m radius (overlapping with BLG-

158)

Tagguparthy

Approx.

0.28 km

SSW

No NA Yes,

church

Approx

. 0.26

km

SSW

Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.23 km

W

Approx

. 0.23

km W


land

1

8

BLG

-156

737446.0

0 m E

1629375.

00 m N 490 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land


the proposed WTG Tagguparthy

Approx.

0.28 km

SSW

No NA Yes,

church

Approx

. 0.26

km

SSW

Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.23 km

W

Approx

. 0.23

km W


land

1

9

BLG

-154

737491.0

0 m E

1630225.

00 m N 490 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land



Approx.

1.45 km

SSW

No NA Yes,

church

Approx

. 1.46

km

SSW

Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.2 km E

Approx

. 1.45

km S


land

2

0

BLG

-027

727359.0

0 m E

1628568.

00 m N 488 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land



Approx.

1.0 km

NNW

No NA No NA Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.28 km

N

Approx

. 0.28

km N


land


18

S

N

.

WT

G

ID

WTG Co-ordinates

(in UTM)

WTG

Site

Elevatio

n (m)


Cultural/

Religious Site


Condition

Distanc

e from

the

nearest

Paved

Road

(km)

Land use around WTG

Location

Easting

(m)

Northing

(m)

Topograp

hy

(undulatin

g land/flat

land/on

plateau or

hill ridge)

Landuse

(Based on

Land

Records* )

Identificati

on (Name/

ID in Map)

Distanc

e (km)

and

Directio

n

Use of

Structure

(residentia

l/

agricultur

e/ storage)

Name

Distanc

e (km)

and

Directio

n from

WTG

Identificati

on ID

Distanc

e (km)

and

Directio

n from

WTG

Are

there

religiou

s sites?

Are

there

religiou

s sites?

Is

there

moto

r

able

acces

s to

site?

Conditio

n of

Road

and

Type

Distanc

e from

the

nearest

Approac

h Point

(km)

Nort

h

Eas

t

Wes

t

Sout

h

2

1

BLG

-026

727542.0

0 m E

1628115.

00 m N 485 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land



Approx.

1.4 km

NNW

No NA No NA Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.41 km

S

Approx

. 0.41

km S


land

2

2

BLG

-008

724425.0

0 m E

1627329.

00 m N 486 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land



Approx.

2.3 km

NNE

No NA No NA Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.018

km S

Approx

. 0.19

km S


land

2

3

BLG

-009

724157.0

0 m E

1627761.

00 m N 490 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land



Approx.

2.3 km

NNE

No NA No NA Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.017

km S

Approx

. 0.62

km S


land

2

4

BLG

-010

723818.0

0 m E

1628120.

00 m N 490 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land


the proposed WTG

Narinjagundlapa

lle

Approx.

0.7 km

S

No NA No NA Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.042

km N

Approx

. 0.1 km

S


land

2

5

BLG

-011

723366.0

0 m E

1628655.

00 m N 490 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land


the proposed WTG Sreerangapuram

Approx.

1.8 km

N

No NA No NA Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.39 km

S

Approx

. 0.74

km W


land

2

6

BLG

-012

723078.0

0 m E

1628880.

00 m N 491 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land


the proposed WTG Sreerangapuram

Approx.

1.6 km

N

No NA No NA Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.065

km N

Approx

. 0.40

km W


land

2

7

BLG

-013

723227.0

0 m E

1629369.

00 m N 490 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land

BLG-013-H1

BLG-013-H2

0.29 km

NNW

0.40 km

NNW

NA

NA

Residenti

al

structure

Residenti

al

structure

and used

for

storage of

agricultur

al

produce.

Sreerangapuram

Approx.

1.1 km

N

No NA No NA Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.07 km

N

Approx

. 0.40

km W


land


19

S

N

.

WT

G

ID

WTG Co-ordinates

(in UTM)

WTG

Site

Elevatio

n (m)


Cultural/

Religious Site


Condition

Distanc

e from

the

nearest

Paved

Road

(km)

Land use around WTG

Location

Easting

(m)

Northing

(m)

Topograp

hy

(undulatin

g land/flat

land/on

plateau or

hill ridge)

Landuse

(Based on

Land

Records* )

Identificati

on (Name/

ID in Map)

Distanc

e (km)

and

Directio

n

Use of

Structure

(residentia

l/

agricultur

e/ storage)

Name

Distanc

e (km)

and

Directio

n from

WTG

Identificati

on ID

Distanc

e (km)

and

Directio

n from

WTG

Are

there

religiou

s sites?

Are

there

religiou

s sites?

Is

there

moto

r

able

acces

s to

site?

Conditio

n of

Road

and

Type

Distanc

e from

the

nearest

Approac

h Point

(km)

Nort

h

Eas

t

Wes

t

Sout

h

2

8

BLG

-014

723151.0

0 m E

1629821.

00 m N 491 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land

BLG-014-H1 0.47 km N

NA

Residenti

al

structure

and used

for

storage of

agricultur

al

produce.

Sreerangapuram

Approx.

1.1 km

N

No NA No NA Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.14 km

S

Approx

. 0.17

km W


land

2

9

BLG

-024

728225.0

0 m E

1627147.

00 m N 491 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land

Primarily Pucca structures observed to be within 500 m radius

Beluguppa 0.31 km

SSE No NA No NA Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.80 km

W

Approx

. 0.24

km S


land

3

0

BLG

-076

726967.0

0 m E

1629378.

00 m N 492 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land

BLG-076-H1

BLG-076 H2

BLG-076-H3

0.44 km

SSW

0.49 km

SSW

0.46 km

SSW

NA

Residenti

al

structure

and used

for

storage of

agricultur

al

produce.

Nakalapalli 0.44 km

SSW No NA No NA Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.43 km

S

Approx

. 0.43

km S


land

3

1

BLG

-079

731311.0

0 m E

1627167.

00 m N 488 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land


the proposed WTG Beluguppa

1.3 km

NNW No NA No NA Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.11km

NNW

Approx

. 1.12

km N


land

3

2

BLG

-080

730875.0

0 m E

1626724.

00 m N 488 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land

2 Warehouses observed to be within 500 m

radius Beluguppa

1.03 km

NNW No NA No NA Yes

Village

Road-

Pucca

Type

Approx.

0.26 km

S

Approx

. 0.26

km S


land


20

S

N

.

WT

G

ID

WTG Co-ordinates

(in UTM)

WTG

Site

Elevatio

n (m)


Cultural/

Religious Site


Condition

Distanc

e from

the

nearest

Paved

Road

(km)

Land use around WTG

Location

Easting

(m)

Northing

(m)

Topograp

hy

(undulatin

g land/flat

land/on

plateau or

hill ridge)

Landuse

(Based on

Land

Records* )

Identificati

on (Name/

ID in Map)

Distanc

e (km)

and

Directio

n

Use of

Structure

(residentia

l/

agricultur

e/ storage)

Name

Distanc

e (km)

and

Directio

n from

WTG

Identificati

on ID

Distanc

e (km)

and

Directio

n from

WTG

Are

there

religiou

s sites?

Are

there

religiou

s sites?

Is

there

moto

r

able

acces

s to

site?

Conditio

n of

Road

and

Type

Distanc

e from

the

nearest

Approac

h Point

(km)

Nort

h

Eas

t

Wes

t

Sout

h

3

3

BLG

-081

731317.0

0 m E

1626022.

00 m N 488 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land



1.86 km

NNW No NA No NA Yes

Village

Road-

Pucca

Type

Approx.

0.98 km

W

Approx

. 0.98

km W


land

3

4

BLG

-083

731263.0

0 m E

1624968.

00 m N 488 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land



1.76 km

NNE No NA No NA Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.47 km

E

Approx

. 0.47

km E


land

3

5

BLG

-086

734097.0

0 m E

1625966.

00 m N 489 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land


the proposed WTG Yerragudi

0.95 km

W No NA No NA Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.36 km

W

Approx

. 036

km W


land

3

6

BLG

-087

733847.0

0 m E

1626377.

00 m N 491 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land


the proposed WTG Yerragudi

0.74 km

W No NA No NA Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.54 km

S

Approx

. 0.54

km S


land

3

7

BLG

-088

733666.0

0 m E

1627040.

00 m N 490 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land


the proposed WTG

Yerragudi 0.87 km

SSW No NA No NA Yes

Village

Road-

Kuccha

Type

Approx.

0.064

km S

Approx

. 1.1 km

S


land

3

8

BLG

-089

733379.0

0 m E

1627474.

00 m N 490 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land


the proposed WTG

Yerragudi 1.27 km

SSW No NA No NA Yes

Village

Road-

Pucca

Type

Approx.

1.07 km

N

Approx

. 1.07

km N


land

3

9

BLG

-090

733382.0

0 m E

1627933.

00 m N 489 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land


the proposed WTG

Yerragudi 1.55 km

SSW No NA No NA Yes

Village

Road-

Pucca

Type

Approx.

0.64 km

N

Approx

. 0.64

km N


land


21

S

N

.

WT

G

ID

WTG Co-ordinates

(in UTM)

WTG

Site

Elevatio

n (m)


Cultural/

Religious Site


Condition

Distanc

e from

the

nearest

Paved

Road

(km)

Land use around WTG

Location

Easting

(m)

Northing

(m)

Topograp

hy

(undulatin

g land/flat

land/on

plateau or

hill ridge)

Landuse

(Based on

Land

Records* )

Identificati

on (Name/

ID in Map)

Distanc

e (km)

and

Directio

n

Use of

Structure

(residentia

l/

agricultur

e/ storage)

Name

Distanc

e (km)

and

Directio

n from

WTG

Identificati

on ID

Distanc

e (km)

and

Directio

n from

WTG

Are

there

religiou

s sites?

Are

there

religiou

s sites?

Is

there

moto

r

able

acces

s to

site?

Conditio

n of

Road

and

Type

Distanc

e from

the

nearest

Approac

h Point

(km)

Nort

h

Eas

t

Wes

t

Sout

h

4

0

BLG

-152

737582.0

0 m E

1631468.

00 m N 486 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land



2.3 km

SSW No NA No NA Yes

No

access

Approx.

2.3 km

SSW

Approx

. 2.7 km

S


land

4

1

BLG

-153

737555.0

0 m E

1630743.

00 m N 486m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land



1.8 km

SSW No NA No NA Yes

No

access

Approx.

1.8 km

SSW

Approx

. 1.97

km S


land

4

2

BLG

-155

737569.0

0 m E

1629824.

00 m N 486m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land



1.15 km

SSW No NA No NA Yes

No

access

Approx.

0.57 km

S

Approx

. 1.08

km S


land

4

3

BLG

-158

737223.0

0 m E

1628529.

00 m N 487 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land

Village of Tagguparthy falling within 500 m of

WTG Tagguparthy

0.205

km N No NA No NA Yes

No

access

Approx.

0.27 km

N

Approx

. 0.27

km N


land

4

4

BLG

-159

737084.0

0 m E

1628064.

00 m N 488 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land



0.63 km

N No NA No NA Yes

No

access

Approx.

0.07 km

N

Approx

. 0.76

km N


land

4

5

BLG

-160

737217.0

0 m E

1627595.

00 m N 488 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land



0.63 km

N No NA No NA Yes

No

access

Approx.

0.07 km

N

Approx

. 0.76

km N


land

4

6

BLG

-161

737660.0

0 m E

1626908.

00 m N 489 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land



2.0 km

N No NA No NA Yes

No

access

Approx.

1.7 km

N

Approx

. 1.7 km

N


land


22

S

N

.

WT

G

ID

WTG Co-ordinates

(in UTM)

WTG

Site

Elevatio

n (m)


Cultural/

Religious Site


Condition

Distanc

e from

the

nearest

Paved

Road

(km)

Land use around WTG

Location

Easting

(m)

Northing

(m)

Topograp

hy

(undulatin

g land/flat

land/on

plateau or

hill ridge)

Landuse

(Based on

Land

Records* )

Identificati

on (Name/

ID in Map)

Distanc

e (km)

and

Directio

n

Use of

Structure

(residentia

l/

agricultur

e/ storage)

Name

Distanc

e (km)

and

Directio

n from

WTG

Identificati

on ID

Distanc

e (km)

and

Directio

n from

WTG

Are

there

religiou

s sites?

Are

there

religiou

s sites?

Is

there

moto

r

able

acces

s to

site?

Conditio

n of

Road

and

Type

Distanc

e from

the

nearest

Approac

h Point

(km)

Nort

h

Eas

t

Wes

t

Sout

h

4

7

BLG

-162

737660.0

0 m E

1626908.

00 m N 489 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land



2.3 km

N No NA No NA Yes

No

access

Approx.

2.3 km

N

Approx

. 2.3 km

N


land

4

8

BLG

-163

737660.0

0 m E

1626908.

00 m N 489 m Flat

Private

Agricultur

al land



2.7 km

N No NA No NA Yes

No

access

Approx.

2.7 km

N

Approx

. 2.7 km

N


land


2.2 LAND REQUIREMENTS

Land for a typical wind power project is required for the following

components:

Wind Turbine Generators;

Internal and approach Roads;

Right of way (RoW) for internal transmission line extending upto PSS;

Pooling sub-station;

Batching plant; and

Stockyard.

The details of land requirement for the various components and the present

status of the land procurement and the process followed for the same is

captured below.

2.3 LAND DETAILS

The total land requirement for each of the project component, type of land,

village from which land is procured, and the status of the land procurement is

captured in Table 2.2.

The developer i.e. Suzlon, is directly responsible for negotiating and

purchasing the identified land parcels from the local farmers.

Suzlon has a land team working in Anantpur area and comprises of 6 – 7

members.

There are two Suzlon personnel handling land matters for this project, one

from the land team and the other from the legal.

Suzlon has two land facilitators, M/s Top View and M/s Sairam Land

Developers for the project.

The land purchase process for the project started around November 2015

and purchase of all the locations have been completed by the end of June

2016.

Suzlon is purchasing the land for the project and then transferring it to

OUWPPL. At the time of ERM site visit, purchase for 34 locations was

completed of the 48 locations and among them 6 locations were

transferred in the name of OUWPPL.


Table 2.2 Summary of the land required for the Project

S

N.

Project

Component

Land Area (in

acre)

Type of

Land

Village Status of procurement

1. Wind Turbine

Generators (48

Nos)

Approx. 3.5-5

acres per

WTG

including the

land for

approach

roads per

WTG

Private

Agricultural

8 villages in

Beluguppa

mandals

Purchase of land for 34

locations was completed at

the time of site visit and the

remaining has been

completed by end of June

2016.

2. Pooling Sub

Station (1)

28 acres Private

Agricultural

Beluguppa Land has been purchased

from 6 landsellers and sale

deed has been executed in

the name of Suzlon

3. Transmission

Line (31km)

Information

not available

Private

Agricultural

Transmission lines to be

erected parallel to the

access roads and therefore

no additional land for

transmission lines were

foreseen.

4. Labour Camps NA Suzlon did not have labor

camps for the project as

most of the labourers were

sourced locally. 5. Operational &

Maintenance

facility area

20 acres Private land Gangavaram

village The land is on lease from 2-

3 land owners

6. Batching Plants 10 acres Mylarampalle

village The project utilises the

batching plant set up by

M/s Top View. Source: ERM Site Visit May 2016, Beluguppa; NA: Not Applicable

2.3.1 Project related land procurement and specific issues

On the basis of the information available presently, some of the observations

especially with respect to the project related land procurement are mentioned

below.

Schedule V Area1

The project area does not fall under Schedule V area as defined in the Indian

constitution.

1.In the Constitution of India, the expression “Scheduled Areas” means such areas as the President may by order declare to

be Scheduled Areas. The criteria followed for declaring an area as Scheduled Area are preponderance of tribal population;

compactness and reasonable size of the area; under-developed nature of the area; and marked disparity in economic

standard of the people. These criteria are not spelt out in the Constitution of India but have become well established.

(Source: Official website of the Ministry of Tribal Affairs (MoTA), Government of India (GoI). url:

http://tribal.nic.in/Content/DefinitionofScheduledAreasProfiles.aspx. Accessed on 15.07.2015).


Forest land

The WTG locations are being developed only on private agricultural or

unirrigated single crop lands. Therefore, there is no risk to forest ecology, and

no issues related to individual claims or community claims over the forest

land.

Tribal (Scheduled Tribe) land1

The land mostly belongs to caste Hindus such as Reddy, Kamma, and Balijas,.

The land sellers are medium and semi-medium farmers2.

The study area does not fall under the Schedule V area. As observed in Table

5.25, there were few ST families in the study area and during the consultations

it was observed that the ST households in the area have patta lands and have

built houses on their land. No land has been purchased from the ST

population in the area and therefore their livelihoods have not been directly

affected by land purchase for the project.

Landlessness

As reported by Suzlon land team, none of the land sellers will be rendered

landless or economically vulnerable after the sale. The land sellers with whom

ERM undertook consultations confirmed the same.

Most of the land owners in the area are medium and semi-medium

farmers with more than 2 hectares of land. As reported during

consultations with land sellers and Suzlon land team, most farmers still

are left with many acres of land after the land sale.

As reported by Suzlon team, land was only being purchased from farmers

having more than 5 acres of land and they also do not purchase land from

the marginal communities such as SC/STs in the area.

Moreover, it was understood from the interactions with the land facilitator

that the large farmers (having greater than 5 acres of land) were

approaching the aggregators for selling their land. Since the area is

1.Article 366 (25) of the Indian Constitution defines scheduled tribes as "such tribes or tribal communities or parts of or

groups within such tribes or tribal communities as are deemed under Article 342 to be Scheduled Tribes for the purposes of

this constitution”. The criterion followed for specification of a community, as scheduled tribes are indications of primitive

traits, distinctive culture, geographical isolation, shyness of contact with the community at large, and backwardness. This

criterion is not spelt out in the Constitution but has become well established. (Source: Official website of the Ministry of

Tribal Affairs (MoTA), Government of India (GoI). url: http://tribal.nic.in/Content/DefinitionpRrofiles.aspx. 2 Agriculture Census 2010-11: Schedules and Instructions for Land Record

Sl.No Size Class (Ha.) Farmer Category

1 Below 0.50 ha. 01 Marginal Farmers

2 0.50 ha. – 0.99 ha. 02

3 1.00 ha. – 1.99 ha. 03 Small Farmers

4 2.00 ha. – 2.99 ha. 04 Semi Medium

5 3.00 ha. – 3.99 ha. 05

6 4.00 ha. – 4.99 ha. 06 Medium

7 5.00 ha. – 7.49 ha. 07

8 7.50 ha. – 9.99 ha. 08

9 10.00 ha. – 19.99 ha. 09 Large Farmers


drought prone and productivity is low, farmers were eager to sell their

land for a lump sum amount.

It was also understood during consultations that most of the land owners are

considering the sale because the agricultural situation in the area is grim being

a rain shadow region and this has been detailed in the subsequent social

baseline section. Therefore, farmers find it more prudent to sell the land at

market price than holding them for cultivation. They are utilising the land sale

money to meet social obligations (daughter’s marriage etc.), for business

investment or children’s education.

Encroachment

No encroachments were observed in the purchased land parcels as the lands

belong to individual farmers with the necessary title deeds.

Common Property Resources (CPR)

No Common Property Resources were reported or observed to have been

involved or impacted by the project.

NOC from Panchayat

The project proponents have obtained NoCs from the concerned gram

panchayats and the copies of the same in the local language were shared with

ERM. It was also assessed during the field visit that the Suzlon representatives

have cordial relations with the local panchayat.

Wind power policy of the state of Andhra Pradesh

The Energy, Infrastructure and Investment Department of Andhra Pradesh

government has come out with a new Wind Power Policy this February (2016)

following the expiry of its previous policy in 2013.

The policy exempts wind power projects from obtaining any

NOC/Consent for establishment under pollution control laws from AP

Pollution Control Board.

As per the Policy, deemed non-agricultural status will be accorded for the

land where the wind power project is coming up, on payment of

applicable statutory fee.

Cultural heritage

No Cultural heritage sites were reported or identified to have been involved

or impacted by the project.

Status of land Transfer/ Mutation

3.05 acres of land per WTG has been transferred in the name of OUWPPL.

Prior to this the necessary mutation in the land records in the Revenue


Department and the process for Change in Land Use (CLU) has been

completed by Suzlon. These documents were not available for review.

Non-agricultural status

The non-agricultural status for the land purchased has also been obtained by

Suzlon prior to the execution of sale deed by paying the required amount to

the Kalyandurga Revenue department.

2.3.2 Land details and existing procurement status for specific components

The land requirement for the various components and the existing

procurement status is captured below.

WTGs

All the WTGs for the project are located on private agricultural land. The

overall land requirement for establishment of 1 WTG is approximately ~3.05

acres.

The land requirement totals to approximately 5 acres per WTG including

the safety zone area and approach roads.

At the time of ERM site visit, Suzlon had completed the land purchase

process for 34 locations of the 48 WTG locations.

The sale deeds have been executed initially in the name of Suzlon and

transfer of sale deed in the name of OUWPPL has been completed for 6

locations at the time of ERM site visit.

Copies of sale deed executed in the name of Suzlon were made available

for review.

Access Roads

The total land requirement for the access road has not been confirmed by

Suzlon/OUWPPL. Each approach road shall be approximately 3 m wide as

reported.

It was reported that in most cases, the existing roads will be upgraded and

used for the project.

The internal road length is estimated to be about 32.3 km and the land

purchase process for the approach roads have been completed along with

the land purchase for the WTGs.

Sale deeds for the internal road land area have also been completed for 34

locations out of the 48 in the name of Suzlon and the same was made

available for review.


Pooling sub station

The 2X100MVA, 33/220KV pooling sub-station for the project is located at

Beluguppa on 28 acres of land. The land was previously agricultural land and

has been purchased from 6 farmers through willing buyer-willing seller

negotiations. The construction work at the sub-station was about to be

completed at the time of ERM site visit.

Transmission Line

The route for internal transmission lines have been finalised by the client and

process of obtaining easement rights for the transmission lines need to be

initiated.

The total length of the internal transmission line has been estimated to be

approximately 25 km. However, the number of poles and the number of

easement deeds to be registered has still not been finalised.

Suzlon reported that most of the internal transmission line will be laid

parallel to the internal roads and therefore they do not foresee much

requirements for easement rights as the roads for internal roads have

already been purchased.

The aerial distance between proposed Pooling sub-station of OUWPPL

and the existing power evacuation gird of AP Transco is 22.2 km. This is

proposed to be connected through the 220 KV external transmission line.

Approximately 85 towers are proposed to be established in the 24.5 km.

proposed transmission line. Land area for establishment of one tower is 10

x 10 sq.mt.

Batching Plant

The project has a single batching plant set up by M/s Top View at

Mylarampalle village. The land where the batching plant has been set up is

owned by Top View and is a 10 acre plot. Top View also has about three

rooms for their batching plant workers within the premises.

2.3.3 Land Purchase Process

Identification/Procurement of land

During the site visit it was reported that the land for the WTG is being

purchased through willing buyer-willing seller negotiations. Suzlon works

through local land aggregators for the negotiation and purchase of land.

Suzlon does not have any land policy or policy for procurement of land.

The criteria for selecting land included:

identification of land by wind resource department of Suzlon;

accessibility – availability of access roads;

affordability – pricing; and

clear title deed.


The land was initially purchased in the name of Suzlon and following further

mutation of ownership details in the revenue records and the CLU process, 3

acres of WTG land parcels have been transferred in the name of OUWPPL.

Figure 2.2 Land Purchase process for the project

Source: Suzlon

LPI-Land Purchase Intimation

FMB-Field Measurement Book

WTG-Wind Turbine Generator

LAF-Land Acceptance Form

WR-Wind Resource

CAD- Computer aided, design or drawing

Market Rate

The prevailing guidance value was reported to be INR. 90,000 to 1,20,000 per

acre for unirrigated land and Rs. 1,20, 000 to 1,40,000 per acre for irrigated

land by the local Mandal official.. But as observed from the sale deeds, Suzlon

was offering a higher rate of land purchase to the farmers and was reported to

be approximately INR 5 lakhs/acre.

2.3.4 Stakeholder engagement and GRM

Suzlon or OUWPPL does not have any formal stakeholder engagement plan

or grievance redressal mechanisms. There are no minutes recorded even for

the land purchase negotiations. However, Orange Power has a Coporate CSR

Policy and their CSR team will undertake a need assessment survey in the

local villages prior to rolling out their CSR activities in the local villages post

commissioning of the project.


2.3.5 Labour

At peak construction, Suzlon and its contractors are expected to have more

than 300 labourers. Most of the civil workers are locally sourced and there will

be no labour camps set up for the project. Moreover, few migrant laborers

were working at the sub-station site for M/s KSA, their electrical sub-

contractor and under M/s Top View, their batching plant sub-contractor.

However, since the construction work at the sub-station was nearing

completion, most of the migrant workers of KSA had left the site and there

were only about 10 migrant labourers from Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan.

Their camps were temporary structures made from tin sheets that will be

demolished once they leave the site.

2.4 PROJECT COMPONENTS

2.4.1 Wind Turbine Generators (WTGs)

2.4.2 Wind Farm

As mentioned in Chapter 1, the Wind Farm project will comprise of 48 WTGs

of the Suzlon S111 model, each with individual capacities of 2.1MW, hence

totalling to approximately 100.8 MW. The technical specifications have been

elaborated upon in Table 2.3

Table 2.3 Technical Specifications of Suzlon S111 turbine

Parameters Values

Operating Data

Wind Class IEC IIIA

Rated Power 2,100 kW

Cut-in Wind Speed 3 m/s

Rated Wind Speed 10 m/s

Cut-out Wind Speed 21 m/s

Rotor

Rotor Diameter 111.8 m

Swept area 9,817 m2

Generator

Frequency 50/ 60 Hz

Type Asynchronous 3 phase

induction generator with slip

rings operated with rotor

circuit inverter system ( DFIG)

Tower Hub Heights 90 m

Type Tubular Steel Tower /

Hybrid Lattice - Tubular

Tower*

Blade Suzlon Make SB54

Asynchronous Induction Generator with 6 poledesign and

DFIG enable variable speed operation and accommodate

fluctuating utility demands through optimal reactive

power to feed the necessary consumption patterns. It

makes the S111 turbines grid friendly and fully compliant

with stringent grid related requirements, such as Indian

Electricity Grid Code 2014.


Parameters Values

Wind Class IEC IIIA

Key Design features

Six yaw drives enable enhanced control, balancing and

load sharing, making the S111 turbine more stable and

responsive.

The SB54 blades, designed and manufactured by Suzlon

are tested for the total lifecycle (one million cycle).

Safe & efficient nacelle design features improved

ventilation for better air cooling within the nacelle and an

onboard crane for ease of maintenance.

Source: 2.1 MW Platform Brochure (S97/ S111)

Associated ancillary facilities and utilities such as the following will be

required as part of larger wind farm site planning:

Transmission line for power evacuation connecting to 33kVA substation;

Transmission line for connecting the 220 KV, D/C EHV line from wind

farm substation to the existing government sub station in Mopidi;

Metering point for measuring production from each WTGs;

Pathways and access roads – both inter-site and intra-site;

Material storage yards and stores;

Scrap yards;

Parking bays;

Transit storage areas; and

Central Monitoring Station (CMS) building and facilities.

2.4.3 Pooling Sub Station and Power Evacuation Arrangements

The pooling substation is situated approximately 1.3 km east of the village of

Beluguppa. At the time of the site visit, in May 2016, construction of the

pooling sub station was still under progress with electrical components being

installed for eventual commissioning of the Project. It was understood that

the power generated from each of the 48 WTGs will be stepped up to 33 KV

via transformers that are installed within each of the 48 WTGs. The power will

be transmitted through OFC cables from each WTG to DP yard and then

connected to 33 KV DCOH internal transmission line (totalling to

approximately 25 km) that are of Rolled Steel Joist (RSJ) type, from where it

will be transmitted to the pooling substation located in the village of

Beluguppa. It was understood that the construction for the internal

transmission line was in progress. Approximately 10x10 m area of land has

been utilised for the installation of the poles for the transmission line. The 48

WTGs are connected via a system of 4 feeders (viz. Feeder #.5, Feeder #4,

Feeder #6 and Feeder #2) , each utilising the S/C AL59 Dog Line.

With regard to the external transmission line, evacuation from the Pooling Sub

Station will be via network of 220 KV DCOH zebra conductor line of approx.

22 .2 km and was in the final stages of construction.The external transmission

line passes evacuates its power to the 400/ 220 kV Government Sub Station in

the village of Mopidi (Figure 2.4).


Figure 2.3 33/ 220 kV Substation located near the village of Beluguppa

Source: ERM site visit, May 2016.

Figure 2.4 Evacuation of power from the 220 KV DCOH line from the pooling Sub

Station, eventually termination at the Government Substation, in the village

of Mopidi.


ERM OUWPPL: ESIA FOR 100.8 MW WIND POWER PROJECT, BELUGUPPA, ANANTAPUR DISTRICT, A.P PROJECT # I11419/0330571 AUGUST 2016

33

2.4.4 Supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA)/ Condition Monitoring

System (CMS)

Based on the discussion with the OUWPPL personnel, it was understood that

the Supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA)/ Condition Monitoring

System (CMS) would be set up within the pooling sub station building, near

the village of Beluguppa and would be responsible for day to day monitoring

and real time reporting of the 48 WTGs that form the scope of the Project.

2.4.5 Storage Yard

Based on discussions with the Suzlon and OUWPPL, it was understood that

WTG components as well as heavy lifting vehicles and earth moving locations

were stored at the storage yard (of area of 20 acres) in the village of

Gangavaram that was managed by Suzlon (Figure 2.5). The site office was also

situated within the storage yard premesis.

Figure 2.5 Storage yard in the village of Gangavaram used for storage of WTG

components. The site office is also located, here.


2.4.6 Batching Plant

The project has a single batching plant set up by M/s Top View at

Mylarampalle village. The 10 acre plot has been utilised for storage of raw

material for construction purposes as well as construction equipment (viz.

Excavator /Breakers, JCB’s, supporting cranes etc.) It was also understood

that a mobile batching plant was being utilised for the Project.


34

Figure 2.6 Equipment set up in the batching plant for the Project (Location:

Mylarampalle village)


2.4.7 Access Road and Site Access

The road connectivity to the Project area is via State Highway 82, which is

located towards the south of the Project area and is a primary means of access

and material movement. Site access is also available via the Zilla Parishad/

village (bituminous and ‘Kuccha’) roads that are means of access to villages

within the Project area. Access to some of the locations involved travelling

over unpaved roads. The road nertwork has been utilised for the

transportation of WTG components by a majority of the wind power

companies that are operating in the area. The types of roads that are situated

in the Project area of influence are presented in Figure 2.7.


35

Figure 2.7 Type of Roadways present within the Project Area (a) Kuccha Roads

Beluguppa Village (b) Internal Access Roads- Avulenna village (c) State

Highway -82 and (d) Heavy vehicles plying on State Highway -82

Source: ERM Site Visit, June 2016

2.5 PROJECT ACTIVITIES

The Project activities can be divided into four phases as follows: (a) Planning;

(b) Construction; (c) Operations & Maintenance; and (d) Decommissioning.

2.5.1 Planning Phase

The pre-construction phase has four components:

Identification of land area and site;

Site surveys as topographic, geo-technical investigations, micro-siting

studies, electrical grid studies etc.;

All necessary approvals/clearances; and

Design and finalization of contractors;

2.5.2 Construction

Construction stage activities in a wind farm site would include the following:

Site preparation, including subcontractor mobilisation, erection of fencing

or suitable barriers, construction of site compound and lay down areas;

Upgrading and construction of internal roads;

Site clearance;


36

Establishment of borrow pits;

Laying of turbine foundations, turbine delivery and installation;

Completion of pooling substations;

Completion of internal electrical connections and external transmission

line;

Turbine testing to verify proper operation of the facility; and

Commissioning.

2.5.3 Operations & Maintenance

The list of activities to be carried out in the operation and maintenance phase

would be:

Half yearly and Annual maintenance scheduled activities at each WTG

location;

Routine inspection of all WTGs;

Operation and maintenance of ancillary facilities such as yards, stores,

CMS building facilities;

Inspection and maintenance of transmission lines; and

Inspection and maintenance of intra-site pathways/access roads.

The wind turbines will operate at all times provided wind speeds are suitable

with the exception of downtime required for maintenance activities. For the

most part, day to day facility operations will be automated through the use of

computerised networking systems. A team of technical wind farm

maintenance specialists would be employed by the project during the

operations phase. The team will also comprise of administrative staff, security

for general maintenance of the wind farm site.

2.5.4 Decommissioning

The decommissioning activities include:

Replace operating WTG turbine with new one of higher capacity or

superior technology;

Abandon the project operations and remove WTG parts and ancillary

facilities;

Remove transmission lines; and

Return intra-site access roads.

If decommissioned all components, excluding turbine foundations and

internal roads of the Project would be removed and the site be rehabilitated.

The concrete pedestals of the turbine foundations would be cut down and

concrete removed to below finished ground level and covered with topsoil.

Infrastructure (such as roads, transmission lines etc.) is likely to be handed

over to the government for their use. Some roads will be removed, covered

with soil and replanted to allow for a return to previous land-use (forest, one-

time cultivation and grazing).


37

2.6 RESOURCE REQUIREMNTS FOR THE PROJECT

2.6.1 Water Requirement

Construction Phase

As per discussions with Suzlon personnel, approximately 3360 m3 of water

will be required for civil works during the construction of the foundation for

all WTGs estimating 70 m3 of water to be utilised for each WTG.

Approximately 12 m3 of water would be utilised during the construction of the

DP Yard. Potable water (reverse osmosis treated) for the workers for drinking

and sanitation purposes, assuming 10 workers at one WTG site and

construction of 5 WTGs at a given point of time, is envisaged to be

approximately 6 m3 per day.

Operation Phase

Approximately 2-3 m3 per day of water is envisaged to be required during the

operational activities considering that 15 employees are present at any given

time. Water will be sourced via tankers from nearby villages, particularly,

Beluguppa, Srirangapuram, and Thagguparthi.

2.6.2 Raw Materials and Equipment

Construction Phase

For the construction of the foundation of each WTG, raw materials like steel,

sand, stone and cement will be required. The estimated quantities for the raw

materials are provided in Table 2.4. lists the quantity of raw material to be

utilised during the construction phase. The type of equipment as seen during

the site visit has been presented in Table 2.5.

Table 2.4 List and quantity of raw material to be utilised for the WTG foundation

activities during the construction phase (tonnes per WTG)

List of

Construction

materials

Quantity (tonnes)

per WTG

Quantity

(tonnes) to be

utilsied for DP

Yard

Source of

Material

Mode of

transportation and

storage site

Cement (in MT) 189 3.25

Private venders Truck/Cement

shed at Batching

Plant

Grouting cement

(in MT) 3 0

Private venders Truck/Storage yard

Sand (in MT) 409 7 Private venders Truck/Storage yard 20 mm Aggregate

(in MT) 307

8


10 mm Aggregate

(in MT) 307

0


Steel (in MT) 27 0.6 Private venders Truck/Storage yard Admixture (in ltr) 1250 0 Private venders Truck/Storage yard Source: OUWPPL


38

Table 2.5 Equipment type and quantity to be utilised during the construction phase

Construction equipment Approximate Equipment Number

Equipment for Electrical Work

DG set (15 kVA) 1

Welding M/C 1

Cutter, Drill M/c 1

Vehicle (Tractor/Utility) 1

Hydra 1

Boring/piling M/C 1

JCB 1

Equipment for civil work

Batching Plant 1

Transit Mixers -TM 6

Cube test Machine 1

Concrete pumps 1

Cube Moulds 200

Grouting cube moulds 15

Trailer 1

Water tank 1

shutter set 2

Excavator /Breaker 1

Hydra 1

JCB 2

DG set (15 kVA) 4

Welding M/C 1

Equipment for mechanical work

650 T Main crane 1

180 T supporting crane 1

80T supporting crane 1

70T supporting crane 1

Hydra 1

JCB/Excavator 1

Source: OUWPPL

2.6.3 Fuel requirement and Storage

Construction Phase

The onsite fuel requirement during construction will be about approximately

80-90 liters /day, which shall be transported by tanker trucks. The fuel will be

stored in a diesel bunker which is located at the storage yard in Gangavaram.

Operation Phase

For each WTG, about 20 litres per annum of oil would be required for the

gearbox and the generator maintenance activities. After the installation of each

WTG, the first service of the WTG will be carried out twice every 3 months

and is called Class A service and the second services will be undertaken again

after 3 months and is termed as Class B service. Subsequently, half yearly

maintenance is carried out and the waste oil is sent to oil recycler. The waste

oil generated is very negligible.


39

2.6.4 Power Requirement

Construction Phase

Power will be supplemented using DG Sets during the installation of the

WTGs as well as for the storage area. Permanent power has been established

at both the batching and site office. Each location has 1 DG set. There are 5

mobile DG sets that operate the concrete pumps during excavation. Each DG

set is of the capacity of 15 kVA.

Operations Phase

No power back up source is envisaged during the operation stage. WTG

maintenance will be done with the aid of battery packs that are charged and

available at each WTG.

2.6.5 Pollution Control-Embedded Measures

2.6.6 Air Emissions

Construction Phase

Likely emissions into the ambient air from the project during the construction

phase will include:

Fugitive emissions from WTG site preparations works, such as excavation,

clearing, filling etc. and use of construction machinery;

Fugitive dust emissions from unpaved roads owing to transportation of

manpower and equipment;

Vehicular emission from increased traffic activity during the construction

stages;

Emissions form DG sets; and

Dust emissions from batching plant

The control measures for these emissions are as follows:

Fugitive dust emission from site preparation and the use of construction

machinery will be mitigated through maintaining the vehicular speed to

10 – 15 km/hr;

Soil will be used for back filling. Vehicular emission will be controlled

through proper maintenance of vehicles and vehicles with proper PUC

will be operated at project site;

DG sets to be used will have adequate stack height as per CPCB norms;

Fugitive dust emission arising out of various activities in the batching

plants will be mitigated through better material handling and provision of

enclosure around the facility

Operations and Maintenance Phase


40

During the operations phase there will be no air emissions form the WG areas.

However, there will be gaseous and fugitive dust emissions owing to plying

of maintenance vehicles. It will be ensured that well maintained vehicles with

proper PUC are used for maintenance purposes. DG sets deployed as back-up

power, will emit a limited amount of gaseous pollutants into the ambient air.

2.6.7 Noise Emissions

Construction Phase

During the construction phase noise will be generated primarily during the day time. Noise will be generated from moving vehicles as well as construction equipment, including the DG sets utilized for power. Since there are no localities in the vicinity of the proposed Project area, the only receptors of noise pollution are the construction workers.

As a control measure it will be ensured that noise emission from the vehicles and equipment’s shall not exceed 91 dB(A) (for Passenger or commercial vehicles with gross vehicle weight above 12000 kg as specified in Central Motor Vehicles Rules, 1989). DG sets will be provided with acoustic enclosures and workers near noise generating machines will be provided with ear plugs as safeguard against high noise hazards.

Operations Phase

While in operation, wind turbines produce noise from mechanical and

aerodynamic sources:

Aerodynamic noise emanates from the movement of air around the

turbine blades and tower. The types of aerodynamic noise may include

low frequency, impulsive low frequency, tonal, and continuous

broadband. In addition, the amount of noise may rise with increasing

rotation speed of the turbine blades, therefore turbine designs which allow

lower rotational speeds in higher winds will limit the amount of noise

generated;

Mechanical noise may be generated by machinery in the nacelle of the

wind turbines.

As mentioned earlier in this report, the Wind Farm project will comprise of 48

WTGs of the Suzlon S111 model, each with individual capacities of 2.1MW,

hence totalling to approximately 100.8 MW. The technical specifications have

been elaborated upon in Table 2.3.

2.6.8 Waste Management

Construction Phase

The solid waste generated by the project will consist of labour camp waste,

garbage waste, metal scrap, and excess construction materials. The main types

of waste that will be generated and sources are shown in Table 2.6.


41

Table 2.6 Waste Generated, their sources and method of disposal

SN. Waste Type Source and location Method of Disposal

1 Domestic solid waste Labour activities on

site, canteen/rest area

Waste will be segregated onsite and will

be disposed of at site as approved by

local authority.

2 Construction Debris

(excavated earth)

Construction of WTG,

Access road,

substation, Storage

yard etc.

All excavated materials to be used for

backfilling and levelling and other

debris shall be used for road

construction.

3 Packaging waste

containing wood,

cardboard and other

recyclables

Packing material for

WTGs and

Accessories and

storage yard

Return back to the suppliers or used as

storage boxes/racks at site.

4 Sludge from

Wastewater Septic

Tanks

Site Office, toilets

Collected and disposed of through

contractors

5 Used oil/ waste oil DG set, construction

machinery on site


approved recyclers in accordance to

Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management

and Transboundary Movement) Rules,

2016, as amended.

6 Oil contaminated

rags

Cleaning activities at

WTG sites and

substation


Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management

and Transboundary Movement) Rules,

2016, as amended

Operations Phase

During operation phase, the waste generated from project will include

domestic solid waste at SCADA and substation and hazardous waste like

waste oil, lubricants and oil contaminated rags will be generated during

maintenance activities;

The hazardous wastes will be stored onsite at separate designated covered

area provided with impervious flooring. The storage containers/ bins/

drum will be clearly marked and identified for their hazards;

The hazardous wastes will be disposed of in accordance to Hazardous

Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules,

2016, as amended, through APPCB/ CPCB approved vendors;

Non-recyclable material will be collected, segregated onsite and handed

over to local Municipal Corporation for disposal;

Sewage will be disposed of through septic tanks and soak pits.

2.6.9 Wastewater Management

Construction Phase

The liquid effluents generated during the construction phase will include

domestic sewage from project site office;

As part of the site preparation stage, a drainage and sewerage system will

be constructed for the site office. The sewerage system will consist of soak

pits for the collection of waste water from the camp kitchen and washing

areas. Sewage from the toilets will go into lined septic tanks. Sewage


42

disposal trucks will be used to periodically remove the sludge/sewage

from the site.

Operations Phase

The operation phase will have negligible wastewater generation. Septic tank

and soak pits will be provided at SCADA building and CMS monitoring

station for disposal of sewage.

2.6.10 Fire Safety and Security

Construction

Appropriate firefighting system and equipment shall be provided throughout

the construction period. The fire extinguishers will be placed at all strategic

locations such as camp site, site office, storage yard, heavy construction

machinery etc. Besides this, emergency contact numbers shall also be

displayed onsite.

Operations Phase

Structural fire protection

Wind Turbines are designed with fire-resistant material, with a majority of

components to be made up of metal. Potentially flammable components

would include rotor blades and the panelling of the machine house, which are

made from glass-fibre reinforced plastic, electric cables and electrical

components, Gear box, transformer and hydraulic oils, hoses and other plastic

components.

Fire prevention

The service personnel will take all appropriate measures to prevent fires.

Lightening and Fire protection system will be based on relevant standards.

Overcurrent protection via the Suzlon Control System (SCS) and air circuit

breaker, which is available as a standard in all WTGs that are manufactured

by Suzlon. Local regulations shall take precedence where these are more

restrictive than the above international standards.

Fire extinguishers

Fire extinguishers and sand buckets will be maintained at each WTG and will

be of dry chemical type. These extinguishers are meant for immediate fighting

of fire in early stages until the fire responders arrive.


43

2.7 PROJECT ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

2.7.1 Orange Uravakonda Wind Power Pvt. Ltd.

The main responsibility of the project activities comes under the purview of

the Project Manager. Personnel assigned to responsibilities pertaining to (i)

Health, Safety and Environment (ii) electrical concerns (iii) civil engineering

concerns (iv) mechanical engineering concerns (v) store and supplies and (v)

legal affairs. The organisation chart has been detailed in Figure 2.8.

Figure 2.8 Project Organisational structure: Orange Uravakonda Wind Power Pvt. Ltd

Source: OUWPPL

2.7.2 Suzlon Gujarat Wind Park Ltd.

Suzlon Gujarat Wind Park Ltd. is the overall developer of the Project and is

also responsible for the installation of the electro-mechanical works of the

wind turbines. At Suzlon, the organization is led by the Head- projects who in

turn reports to the overall Project Head at the corporate level. The Project

Coordinator at the site who works in close liaison with the Suzlon personnel

at the site. The organisational structure of Suzlon Gujarat Wind Park Ltd. has

been presented in Figure 2.9.

C Balakrishnan

Project Manager

Projects

Aakash Kumar

Senior Engineer

Civil

Aman Sharma

Deputy Manager

Electrical

Pradip Shewale

Senior Engineer

Mechanical

Venugopal Reddy

Executive

Stores

Vijay Bhaskar

Manager

HSE

KSVSS Murthy

Deputy Manager

Legal


44

Figure 2.9 Organisational structure of Suzlon Gujarat Wind Park Ltd.

Source: Suzlon

2.8 CORPORATE POLICIES

Orange Renewable Power Pvt. Ltd.

Orange Renewable Power Pvt. Ltd. have an overarching Health, Safety and

Environment (HSE) Policy (dated 21/09/2015) which ensures that;

No harm is caused to people, property and environment;

Sustainable development is ensured to minimised any adverse impacts to

the environment and communities surrounding the projects;

Legal requirements and best practices are complied with pertaining to

HSE; and

Contractors associated with Orange projects are aligned with Orange’s

policies.

The HSE policy of Orange is presented in Annex B.

2.8.1 Suzlon Gujarat Wind Park Ltd.

Suzlon Gujarat Wind Park Ltd. has listed all their corporate governance

policies on their website and these include Code of Ethics, CSR Policy and

Corporate Governance Policy. However, HSE policy was not available on the

webite nor was the same shared by the client.


45

3 ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK

3.1 INTRODUCTION

This section highlights the environmental and social regulations applicable to

the Project. At the outset, it should be emphasized that this administrative

framework focuses on:

IFC Performance Standards (2012) 1 to 8;

The applicable IFC / World Bank Guidelines: o The General EHS Guidelines, o EHS Guidelines for Wind Energy, August 2015; o Guidelines for Power Transmission and Distribution, 2007 (for

construction and operation of transmission lines in windfarm); and

o EHS Guidelines for Toll Roads, 2007 (for road infrastructure of wind farm); and

Applicable local, national and international environmental and social legislation will also be considered as part of the study.

3.1 PERMITTING STATUS OF THE PROJECT

3.1.1 EIA Notification (2006) and its amendments

As per the EIA Notification (2006) and its amendments, the project does not

require any environmental clearance from the Ministry of Environment Forest

and Climate Change (MoEFCC) or the State Environmental Impact

Assessment Authority (SEIAA).

3.1.2 Central Pollution Control Board

As per latest notification from the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB),

dated 07/03/2016 (Ref No: B-29012/ ESS (CPA)/2015-2016, “Solar power

generation through solar photovoltaic cell, wind power and mini hydel power

(less than 25 MW)” has been classified to “white category” from “green

category” and therefore “there shall be no necessity in obtaining ‘Consent to

Establish and Operate” for white category of industries and an intimation to

the concerned SPCB and PCC office”.

3.1.3 Andhra Pradesh Wind Power Policy of 2015

As per the Andhra Pradesh Wind Power Policy of 2015, wind Power Projects

have been categorized into three categories i.e. Category I, Category II and

Category III and have been elaborated in the table below:

Table 3.1 Categorisation of wind power projects as per A.P. Wind Power Policy, 2015

Category Parameter

Category I Projects set up in government/revenue lands

or forest areas or assigned lands and also in


46

Category Parameter

private lands selling power within the state.

Category II Projects set up for captive use or group captive

use/3rd party sale within or outside the state.

Category III Sale of power at average power purchase cost

and availing Renewable Energy Certificate

(REC)

As per the policy, the project falls under Category I. The guidelines of

Category 1 projects have been elaborated in the Box, below.

Box 3.1 Category I guidelines, as per the A.P. Wind Power Policy, 2015

Source: A.P. Wind Power Policy, 2015

3.2 INSTITUTION FRAMEWORK- ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES

A brief description of the relevant enforcement agencies with respect to the

institutional framework is described in the following Table 3.2:

Table 3.2 Enforcement Agencies relevant to the Project

Agency Functions Relevance & Applicability to the

project

National

Institute of

Wind Energy (

formerly

Centre for

Wind Energy

Technology (C-

WET))

Research & Development

Wind Resource Assessment Unit:

Standards and Certification Unit:

R&D Testing unit

Not a regulatory requirement.

Ideally, the report will be prepared

by a 3rd party vendor (e.g. 3 Tier,

AWS True power, etc.) on behalf of

Suzlon, for OUWPPL.

Ministry of

New and

Renewable

Energy

(MNRE)

The Ministry of New and Renewable

Energy (MNRE) is the nodal Ministry

of the Government of India for all

matters relating to renewable energy.

The broad aim of the Ministry is to

Project has to be based on MNRE

guidelines.

Power generated from the wind power projects installed entirely or partly on

government/ revenue land or forest areas shall be for sale within the State only.

The Govt. of A.P. may consider proposals for allotment of revenue land if available –

at the wind power potential areas on first come first serve basis- based on

recommendation of NREDCAP, as per the provisions of New Land Allotment Policy

announced by the Government vide G.O. Ms. No: 571, Dt: 14-09-2012 of Revenue

(Assignment-I) Dept.;

To facilitate faster execution of projects, the district collector shall handover advance

possession of land including pathways to NREDCAP and the land shall be allotted in

the joint name of NREDCAP and the Developer. The concerned district collector after

taking into account all the necessary undertakings of land proposal shall permit the

developer to start the construction. NREDCAP shall withdraw its rights from the land

once the project gets commissioned.

In case of forest areas, the developers shall submit the application through the Nodal

Agency to the forest department, to consider for allotment as per the

guidelines/regulations laid down by the forest department from time to time.

If the wind farm is set up in private land then the Eligible Developer shall procure the

land from landholders on their own.


47


project

develop and deploy new and

renewable energy for supplementing

the energy requirements of the country.

The Ministry facilitate research, design,

development, manufacture and

deployment of new and renewable

energy systems/devices for

transportation, portable and stationary

applications in rural, urban, industrial

and commercial sectors.

Central

Electricity

Authority

(CEA)

The Central Electricity Authority (CEA)

is a statutory organization constituted

under Section 3 of the repealed

Electricity (Supply) Act, 1948, here in

after replaced by the Electricity Act,

2003. Some of the functions performed

by CEA include the following :

Advise the Central Government on

the matters relating to the national

electricity policy, formulate short-

term and perspective plans for

development of the electricity

system and coordinate activities of

the planning agencies for the

optimal utilization of resources to

sub-serve the interests of the

national economy and to provide

reliable and affordable electricity

to all consumers;

Specify the technical standards for

construction of electrical plants,

electric lines and connectivity to

the grid;

Specify the safety requirements for

construction, operation and

maintenance of electrical plants

and electric lines;

Advise any State Government,

licensees or the generating

companies on such matters which

shall enable them to operate and

maintain the electricity system

under their ownership or control in

an improved manner and where

necessary, in coordination with

any other Government, licensee or

the generating company owning or

having the control of another

electricity system; etc.

Project will be developed based on

technical standards of CEA for

electrical lines and connectivity to

grid.

Indian

Renewable

Energy

Development

Agency Ltd.

(IREDA)

The main objectives of IREDA is to

promote, develop and extend financial

support to specific projects and

schemes for generating electricity and /

or energy through new and renewable

sources and conserving energy through

energy efficiency.

Not mandatory, however required if

loan is taken from IREDA


48


project

New and

Renewable

Development

Corporation of

Andhra

Pradesh Ltd.

The objectives of the NREDCAP are:

To survey, develop and implement

renewable energy programmes of

the State and Central Government;

To generate electricity through

renewable sources like wind and

solar on decentralised manner;

To conserve energy in rural areas;

To import and adopt viable

technology and machinery in the

areas of Non-Conventional energy

sources and ensure post

installation service.;

To impart training and to promote

research and development in the

field of Non-conventional energy

sources; and

To provide technical consultancy

services in implementation of

power projects through renewable

energy sources.-conventional

energy sources.

Project should be developed based

on the NREDCAP guidelines for

renewable energy

Andhra

Pradesh

Transmission

Corporation

(APTRANSCO)

The main responsibility of

APTRANSCO are:

Operating the transmission

infrastructure within the state

Commissioning , operation and

maintenance of EHV substation

Energy received at EHV substation

and energy delivered to electricity

distribution companies.

The Project should be developed

based on APTRANSCO’s Policy for

promoting generation of electricity

from wind.

State Labour

Department

All issues pertaining to implementation

of labour laws in any establishment,

shop or factory.

Labours to be involved during the

construction phase and few in the

operation should be provided with

wages and other facilities with state

as well as local labour laws and acts.

National Green

Tribunal

The tribunal will have jurisdiction over

all civil cases relating to

implementation of the following

regulations:

The Water Act, 1974;

The Water Cess Act, 1977;

The Forest Conservation Act, 1980;

The Air Act, 1981;

The Environment Protection Act,

1986;

The Public Liability Insurance Act,

1991; and

The Biological Diversity Act, 2002

The Act provides for compensation on

account of following

Relief and compensation to the

victims of pollution and other

environmental damage arising

U/s 17, any person responsible for

any untoward incidents (defined in

Schedule II of the Act) is liable to pay

relief or compensation as determined

by the tribunal, failing which a

penalty (u/s 26 and 27) is imposable

which may lead to imprisonment up

to 3 years or fine up to INR 10 Crores

or both and an additional fine of INR

25,000 per day for any delay, which

may further be increased to INR one

lac per day.


49


project

under enactment of the above acts;

Restitution of property damaged;

and

Restitution of the environment.

Gram

Panchayats

The local Panchayats are empowered

with management of local resources

like forests, groundwater, common

land and infrastructure like roads,

buildings, etc.

NOCs are required from the

Panchayats at the time of initiating a

project in local area. Panchayats are

also empowered to levy and collect

local taxes on land, property and

provisioning of facilities.

District

Administration

(Collector’s

Office)

Private land purchase process by the

land aggregator will be regularized by

the state government under Andhra

Pradesh Rules under Registration Act

1908 through District collector and

revenue department

Land purchase process for the

various components of project such

as WTG, substation, roads , batching

plant etc would be followed as per

State Land revenue code and land

registration act of Andhra Pradesh.

3.3 APPLICABLE REGULATORY/ POLICY FRAMEWORK

Table 3.3 summarizes the key regulations that are relevant to the project

across its lifecycle. This table should be used to update/develop a

comprehensive legal register for the Project which can be regularly monitored

for compliance as well as updated to reflect changes/non-applicability of

regulations, policies and standards.


50

Table 3.3 Applicable environmental and social legislative framework for wind power projects

Applicable Indian Legislation/Guidelines

Pre

-co

nst

ruct

ion

Co

nst

ruct

ion

Op

era

tio

ns

Dec

om

mis

sio

nin

g Agency Responsible Remark/ Status

Land Purchase

A. P. Land Revenue Code X X District collector

and revenue

department

The applicability of these regulations is for purchase of private land.

Forest Conservation Act 1980 and as amended in 1988 X X MoEFCC The applicability of these regulations is for diversion of forest land for non-forest purposes.

Environment Protection

Environment Protection Act, 1986 and as amended APPCB

CPCB

MoEFCC

Permissible limits for ambient air quality, water quality, noise limits has been laid down by CPCB

under EP Act, 1986, which requires to be complied with.

The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, as amended X X X X APPCB

As per A.P. Wind Power Policy, 2015, the project is exempted from obtaining Consent to Establish

(CTE) before start of construction activities and Consent to Operate (CTO) before commissioning of

the project from APPCB.

The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act 1981, as amended X X X X APPCB

As per A.P. Wind Power Policy, 2015, , the project is exempted from obtaining Consent to Establish

before start of construction activities and Consent to Operate before commissioning of the project

from APPCB

The Noise (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000 and as amended up to 2010

APPCB

As per the Act, ambient noise levels are to be maintained as stipulated in the rules for different

categories of areas such as residential, commercial, industrial and silence zones. Considering the

context of the project, OUWPPL and Suzlon will need to abide by the limits prescribed for

residential zones.

Handling of Hazardous Wastes

Hazardous Wastes (Management Handling and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2008 and

as amended

X APPCB Generation of waste oil and transformer oil at site attracts the provisions of Hazardous and Other

Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016, as amended. The hazardous

wastes have to dispose through approved recyclers only.

Labour and Working Conditions

Andhra Pradesh Factories Rules 1950 X X Deputy Chief

Inspector of

Factories

OUWPPL/ Suzlon needs to comply to all requirement of factories rules and participate in periodic

inspection during the Operations Phase

Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of

Service) Act, 1996;

Inter-state Migrant Workmen (Regulation of Employment and Condition of Service) Act,

1979;

Contract Labour Act, 1970

X State Department of

Labour

OUWPPL/ Suzlon and their contractors need to comply to the requirements of the these

regulations

The Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, 1986;

The Bonded Labour System (Abolition) Act 1976;

Minimum Wages Act, 1948;

Equal Remuneration Act 1976;

Workmen's Compensation Act, 1923;

Maternity Benefit Act, 1961.

X State Department of

Labour

OUWPPL/ Suzlon will need to comply to the requirements of the these regulations

Companies Act, 2013 X X X OUWPPL/ Suzlon According to Schedule 135 sub-section 1, the companies meeting the threshold criteria specified should spend in every financial year, at least 2% of the average net profits of the company made during the three immediately preceding financial years, in pursuance of CSR Policy.


51

Applicable Indian Legislation/Guidelines

Pre

-co

nst

ruct

ion

Co

nst

ruct

ion

Op

era

tio

ns

Dec

om

mis

sio

nin

g Agency Responsible Remark/ Status

The project will need to comply with the requirements as stated in the law, if it attracts provision under above mentioned schedule.

Applicable International Conventions

Conventions on the Conservation of Migratory species of wild animals and migratory species State Forest

Department

Migratory bird in the project area bears protection from killing under Convention of Migratory

Species (CMS) to which India is a signatory.

Kyoto Protocol: The 3rd Conference of the Parties to the Framework Convention on Climate

Change (FCCC) in Kyoto in December 1997 introduced the Clean Development Mechanism

(CDM) as a new concept for voluntary greenhouse-gas emission reduction agreements.

NATCOM The project being a wind power generation project becomes the basis for qualifying for Clean

Development Mechanism.

IFC/ World Bank Guidelines

IFC Performance Standards IFC The ESIA report has been prepared on lines of IFC Performance Standards (2012).

IFC/WB General EHS Guidelines X IFC

During the construction, operation and eventual decommissioning of the site, these guidelines need

to be followed. IFC Guidelines for Power Transmission and Distribution X

IFC Guidelines for Wind Energy Projects X

IFC Guidance on Worker Accommodation X


52

3.4 NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS

The Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) has stipulated different

environmental standards w.r.t. ambient air quality, noise quality, water and

waste water for the country as a whole under EP Act, 1986. Following

standards are applicable to the project and need to be complied with during

the project life cycle.

National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQ Standards), as

prescribed by MoEFCC vide, Gazette Notification dated 16th November, 2009;

Drinking water quality- Indian Drinking Water Standard (IS 10500: 2012);

General standards for discharge as prescribed under the Environment

Protection Rules, 1986 and amendments (G.S.R 422 (E) dated 19.05.1993

and G.S.R 801 (E) dated 31.12.1993 issued under the provisions of E (P) Act

1986);

Noise standards specified by the MoEFCC vide Gazette notification dated

14th February, 2000 (Noise Pollution (Regulation and control) Rules, 2000);

and

The Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary

Movement) Rules, 2016.

Details of different environmental standards are provided in Annex C.

IFC/ WB Standards

The General EHS guidelines (30th April 2007) of IFC/ WB have outlined

following environmental standards which needs to be complied for the

project.

IFC/WB Air Emissions and Ambient Air Quality Standards;

IFC/WB Guidelines for treated sanitary sewage discharges;

IFC/WB Noise Standards.

3.5 INTERNATIONAL SAFEGUARD REQUIREMENTS

3.5.1 IFC Requirements

IFC applies the Performance Standards (1) to manage social and environmental

risks and impacts and to enhance development opportunities in its private

sector financing in its member countries eligible for financing. The

Performance Standards may also be applied by other financial institutions

choosing to support them in the proposed project. These performance

standards and guidelines provide ways and means to identify impacts and

affected stakeholders and lay down processes for management and mitigation

(1) http://www.ifc.org/ifcext/sustainability.nsf/Content/PerformanceStandards


53

of adverse impacts. Together, the Client is required to meet the stipulations of

all the eight Performance Standards throughout the life of an investment in

the case such an investment is being sought either form IFC or any other

institution which follows IFC standards.


54

Table 3.4 IFC Performance Standards

IFC-

PS.

Description Objectives

1 Assessment and

Management of

Environmental and Social

Risks and Impacts

To identify and evaluate environmental and social risks and impacts of the project;

To adopt a mitigation hierarchy to anticipate and avoid, or where avoidance is not possible, minimize and,

where residual impacts remain, compensate/offset for risks and impacts to workers, Affected Communities,

and the environment;

To promote improved environmental and social performance of clients through the effective use of

management systems;

To ensure that grievances from Affected Communities and external communications from other stakeholders

are responded to and managed appropriately; and

To promote and provide means for adequate engagement with Affected Communities throughout the project

cycle on issues that could potentially affect them and to ensure that relevant environmental and social

information is disclosed and disseminated.

2 Labour and Working

Conditions

To promote the fair treatment, non-discrimination, and equal opportunity of workers;

To establish, maintain, and improve the worker-management relationship;

To promote compliance with national employment and labor laws;

To protect workers, including vulnerable categories of workers such as children, migrant workers, workers

engaged by third parties, and workers in the client’s supply chain;

To promote safe and healthy working conditions, and the health of workers; and

To avoid the use of forced labor.

3 Resource Efficiency and

Pollution Prevention

To avoid or minimize adverse impacts on human health and the environment by avoiding or minimizing

pollution from project activities;

To promote more sustainable use of resources, including energy and water; and

To reduce project-related GHG emissions.

4 Community Health, Safety

and Security

To anticipate and avoid adverse impacts on the health and safety of the Affected Community during the project

life from both routine and non-routine circumstances; and

To ensure that the safeguarding of personnel and property is carried out in accordance with relevant human

rights principles and in a manner that avoids or minimizes risks to the Affected Communities.

5 Land Acquisition and

Involuntary Resettlement

To avoid, and when avoidance is not possible, minimize displacement by exploring alternative project designs;

To avoid forced eviction;

To anticipate and avoid, or where avoidance is not possible, minimize adverse social and economic impacts


55

IFC-

PS.

Description Objectives

from land acquisition or restrictions on land use by (i) providing compensation for loss of assets at replacement

cost and (ii) ensuring that resettlement activities are implemented with appropriate disclosure of information,

consultation, and the informed participation of those affected;

To improve, or restore, the livelihoods and standards of living of displaced persons; and

To improve living conditions among physically displaced persons through the provision of adequate housing

with security of tenure5 at resettlement sites

6 Biodiversity Conservation

and Sustainable

Management of Living

Natural Resources

To protect and conserve biodiversity;

To maintain the benefits from ecosystem services; and

To promote the sustainable management of living natural resources through the adoption of practices that

integrates conservation needs and development priorities.

7 Indigenous Peoples To ensure that the development process fosters full respect for the human rights, dignity, aspirations, culture,

and natural resource-based livelihoods of Indigenous Peoples;

To anticipate and avoid adverse impacts of projects on communities of Indigenous Peoples, or when avoidance

is not possible, to minimize and/or compensate for such impacts;

To promote sustainable development benefits and opportunities for Indigenous Peoples in a culturally

appropriate manner;

To establish and maintain an ongoing relationship based on Informed Consultation and Participation (ICP)

with the Indigenous Peoples affected by a project throughout the project’s life-cycle;

To ensure the Free, Prior, and Informed Consent (FPIC) of the Affected Communities of Indigenous Peoples

when the circumstances described in this Performance Standard are present; and

To respect and preserve the culture, knowledge, and practices of Indigenous Peoples.

8 Cultural Heritage To protect cultural heritage from the adverse impacts of project activities and support its preservation; and

To promote the equitable sharing of benefits from the use of cultural heritage.

Source: Source: IFC Performance Standards on Environmental and Social Sustainability, 2012 ed.


56

4 SCREENING AND SCOPING

At the initial stage of the ESIA process, preliminary information was provided

to aid in the determination of what legal and other requirements apply to the

Project. This step was conducted utilising a high level description of the

Project and its associated facilities. The screening process involved the

following:

Reviewing of applicable regulatory framework for the proposed Wind

Power Project;

Reviewing of available Project related activities and their impacts on

various components of environment;

Collection and compilation of available secondary baseline data from

different sources; and

Categorisation of Project as per IFC guidelines.

4.1 SCREENING METHODOLOGY

For the screening exercise, ERM undertook discussions with, both, the

OUWPPL and Suzlon team and a review of the documents available. The

following sub sections provide an understanding of the methodology

followed.

4.1.1 Kick-off Meeting

The ERM team had a brief kick-off meeting with the OUWPPL team prior to

site reconnaissance visit. A discussion was also held with regard to the

expectations from this assessment in terms of scope of work, deliverables,

timeline and the methodology to be followed for the same.

4.1.2 Document Review

Desk based review of the relevant documents of the project site and its

surroundings were carried out to have a clear understanding of the Project

and its impacts. Following documents were made available for review as part

of ESIA:

Co-ordinates of all the 48 WTGs and;

Various documents for the Project;

A review of the secondary information available on the project area, the

administrative block, the district and the state was undertaken so as to allow

for the primary data to be substantiated and complimented.


57

4.2 PROJECT CATEGORISATION

4.2.1 Equator Principles Financial Institutions (EFPI) and International

Performance Standards (IFC)

Equator Principles Financial Institutions (EFPIs) are required to categorise

projects according to the magnitude of its potential impacts based on the

environmental and social screening criteria of the International Performance

Standards (IFC) as per the following understanding:

Category A: Projects with potential significant adverse social or

environmental impacts that are diverse, irreversible or unprecedented;

Category B: Projects with potential limited adverse social or

environmental impacts that are few in number, site-specific, largely

reversible, and readily addressed through mitigation measures; or

Category C: Projects with minimal or no adverse social or environmental

impacts.

With reference to the IFC’s environmental and social screening criteria, it is

anticipated that the proposed Project will fall under ‘Category B’ for the

following reasons:

Environmental and impacts of the project are anticipated during the

construction phase will encompass in increase noise & vibration and air

quality during the site preparation including setting and operation of

batching plants, labour camps, excavations for WTGs, Transmission Line

Towers, vehicular transport, Impact on terrestrial ecology in and around

WTG’s; Internal and external transmission line towers, pooling substations

etc.;

The project does not involve any involuntary resettlement as only private

farmlands have been purchased for the project. Also most of the land

sellers are semi-medium to medium farmers and no one reportedly has

been rendered landless due to the project;

The census record reports only a minor presence of Scheduled Tribe

population within the project footprint area and as reported by Suzlon

management no land has been purchased from any marginalised

communities. The project also does not fall under Schedule V area;

There could be potential livelihood losses for vulnerable communities in

the area whose primary occupation is agricultural labour due to the

cumulative effect of farmland sales in the study area. However, this could

be mitigated with targeted and appropriate CSR interventions;

The study area is surrounded by numerous wind farms and more

windfarms are anticipated to be developed around the Project Area.

Therefore, this project could also add to the cumulative impacts of

increased traffic in the area owing to people and materials movement for

the O&M phase of the existing wind farm projects and for the construction

of new wind farm projects. This could be mitigated by appropriate traffic

management in the Project Area.


58

No significant cultural heritage sites are located in the project area and

therefore no impact on any local cultural properties is anticipated due to

the project activities;

During the construction phase, there will be site-specific reversible

impacts to Endangered and Near Threatened mammals and birds in the

area. However, the project is not anticipated to lead to a reduction in the

population of the Endangered and Near Threatened species or a loss in

area of the habitat concerned, such that the persistence of a viable and

representative host ecosystem is compromised; and

During the operation phase, there will be site-specific adverse irreversible

impacts to birds and bats from operating wind turbine blades and the

electrical transmission infrastructure. Once, the project is decommissioned,

the impacts will be non-existent and all else being equal, the status of birds

and bats will revert to the pre-project baseline.

4.3 SCOPING METHODOLOGY

Scoping has been undertaken to identify the potential Area of Influence for the

Project (and thus the appropriate Study Area), to identify potential

interactions between the Project and resources/receptors in the Area of

Influence and the impacts that could result from these interactions, and to

prioritize these impacts in terms of their likely significance. It is to be noted

here that during the period of ESIA study, Project is in the Planning and Pre-

Construction phase, therefore, the scoping exercise includes all the phases of

the project, i.e., planning and pre-construction, construction, operation and

maintenance and decommissioning into consideration.

The scoping exercise was undertaken on the basis of the information available

on the project, the discussions with the Project team and the prior

understanding of ERM of wind power projects. Potential impacts have been

identified through a systematic process whereby the features and activities

(both planned and unplanned) associated with the construction, operation and

maintenance and decommissioning phases of the Project have been

considered with respect to their potential to interact with resources/

receptors. However, social impacts are assessed retrospectively for the land

purchase process during preconstruction phase. Potential impacts have each

been classified in one of three categories:

No interaction: where the Project is unlikely to interact with the resource/

receptor (e.g., wholly terrestrial projects may have no interaction with the

marine environment);

Interaction likely, but not likely to be significant: where there is likely to

be an interaction, but the resultant impact is unlikely to change baseline

conditions in an appreciable/detectable way; and

Significant interaction: where there is likely to be an interaction, and the

resultant impact has a reasonable potential to cause a significant effect on

the resource/receptor.


59

As a tool for conducting scoping, the various Project features and activities

that could reasonably act as a source of impact were identified, and these have

been listed down the vertical axis of a Potential Interactions Matrix. The

resources/receptors relevant to the Baseline environment have been listed

across the horizontal axis of the matrix.

Each resulting cell on the Potential Interactions Matrix thus represents a

potential interaction between a Project feature/activity and a resource/

receptor.

The under construction wind power Project will involve the following key

activities during its life cycle which will include planning/ pre-construction,

construction, operation and maintenance and decommissioning phases and

the same has been detailed in Section 2.

4.4 SCOPING RESULTS

The completed potential interactions matrix for Project activities and likely

impacted resources/ receptors is presented in Table 4.1. Those cells that are

coloured ‘white’ are ‘scoped out’ for further consideration in the ESIA Process.

Those interactions that are ‘grey’ are also ‘scoped out’, but the ESIA report

includes a discussion that presents the evidence base (e.g., past experience,

documented data, etc.) used to justify the basis upon which this decision was

made. Those interactions that are shaded ‘black’ are retained for further

consideration in the ESIA Process.

Interactions that are likely to lead to significant impacts are presented in Table

4.2 and will be the focus of the impact assessment. Owing to site conditions

there are certain possible interactions that will not take place. As a result these

interactions have been “scoped out” and are presented in Table 4.3.

4.4.1 Cumulative Impacts

It was observed during site reconnaissance survey, that existing wind farms,

managed by Suzlon, are present in the Project area especially towards the

south and east of the Project. Wind Farms are known to present in the villages

of Venkatadri Palli, approximately 0.7 km south of BLG-086, approximately

1.9 km east of WTG BLG-085, approximately 2.4- 3 km east of WTGs BLG-155

to BLG 163, which could lead to some environmental, social and ecological

cumulative impacts. Cumulative impacts have been elucidated, further in

Chapter 7 of the report.


60

Table 4.1 Potential interactions matrix for the 100.8 MW Project, near the village of Beluguppa.

Environmental and Social

Resources/ Receptors

Project Phase and Activity

La

nd

use

So

il Q

ua

lity

an

d L

and

En

vir

on

me

nt

Wa

ter

En

vir

on

me

nt

Am

bie

nt

Air

Qu

ali

ty

Vis

ua

l L

an

dsc

ap

e

Am

bie

nt

No

ise

Le

ve

ls

Eco

log

y

Occ

up

ati

on

al

Hea

lth

an

d S

afe

ty

De

mo

gra

ph

y (

In

flu

x a

nd

D

isp

lace

me

nt

Lo

cal

Eco

no

my

an

d E

mp

loy

me

nt

Na

tura

l /C

om

mo

n P

rop

ert

y

Re

sou

rce

s

La

nd

ba

sed

Liv

eli

ho

od

s

Co

mm

un

ity

He

alt

h a

nd

Sa

fety

So

cia

l In

fra

stru

ctu

re a

nd

Se

rvic

es

Cu

ltu

re a

nd

he

rita

ge

Planning Phase

Wind Master/ Meteorological Master Installation

Design and Finalization of Contractors

Land acquisition

Construction Phase

Pathways and access road construction

WTG location preparation – site clearance

Construction material transport and storage

Labour camp

Mobilization of Construction machinery

Mobilizing and operating DG sets

Establishment of Batching Plant

Foundation excavation and construction

Transportation of WTG components to site

WTG parts and other equipment – transit storage yards

Office building construction

Transmission line – Pole laying and line installation

Internal electric connections

Wind farm commissioning

Operation and Maintenance Phase

Normal operation of windfarm

Routine inspection and maintenance scheduled activities at each WTG location

Operation and maintenance of ancillary facilities such as yards, stores.

Inspection, maintenance and operation of transmission lines

Inspection, maintenance and operation of intra-site pathways/access roads

Structural Failure of WTG due to Natural Hazard like cyclone, earthquake.

Decommissioning Phase

Remove WTG parts and ancillary facilities

Remove transmission lines

Return intra-site access roads

Restoration of wind farm site land

= Represents “no” interactions is reasonably expected

= Represents interactions reasonably possible but none of the outcome will lead to significant impact

= Represents interactions reasonably possible with one of the outcomes may lead to potential significant impacts


61

Table 4.2 Interactions identified that are likely to result in significant impacts

Interaction

(between Project

Activity and

Resource/Receptor)

Justification for Expectation of Potentially Significant Impacts

Change in land use Construction of temporary structures – stockyard, batching

plant, and will change the land use for short period;

Clearing of vegetation for Project related activities;

Laying of transmission lines and towers, paving and widening

of access roads, erection of WTG towers and site office will lead

to permanent change in land use; and

Restoration of wind farm site after Project cycle will reverse the

land use to the original one.

Impacts on Land

and Soil

Environment

Decrease of soil quality due to loss of vegetation cover;

Higher soil evaporation and loss of soil moisture because of loss

of vegetation cover;

Impact on land environment because of widening and paving of

access/internal roads and laying of transmission lines;

Erosion of loose soil during monsoon season and windy periods;

Sedimentation of nearby water bodies due to excessive soil

erosion and run-off;

Compaction of soil due to foundation construction and heavy

traffic use;

Removal of top soil at WTGs, ancillary facilities and

transmission tower sites;

Generation of construction debris, solid municipal waste and

decommissioning waste;

Impact on soil and land environment due to improper

management of domestic solid waste generated;

Storage and handling of hazardous waste (e.g. fuel and

lubricant) and accidents/negligence leading to leaks and soil

contamination;

Generation of hazardous waste during operation of the Project

e.g. small amounts of waste oil; and

Restoration of wind farm site after Project cycle.

Impact on Water

Resources

Requirement of water for domestic and construction purposes

may put a stress on local water resources;

Impact on surface water quality due to run-off from storage

area during monsoon; and

Discharge of wastewater into water bodies.

Impact on air

quality

Fugitive dust emissions due to movement of machinery and

vehicles;

Dust emissions from operation of batching plant, excavation,

back-filling activities, etc.;

Decreased environmental resilience to air pollution because of

loss of forest vegetation; and

Air emissions due to operations of DG sets to be used for

emergency power backup and batching plant.

Visual Landscape The visual landscape of the study area will be altered due to the

WTGs and supporting facilities;

Presence of construction equipment during construction phase;

Decreased visual aesthetic of converting land atop the

mountains to open plains with scattered vegetation; and

Presence of internal and external transmission lines.

Increased Ambient

Noise Levels

Generation of noise during clearing of vegetation;

Noise generation due to movement of vehicles and heavy earth

moving machineries during construction phase;


62

Interaction

(between Project

Activity and

Resource/Receptor)


Noise generation during excavation and drilling of rocky land

for WTGs;

Noise generation due to widening and paving of access roads;

Generation of noise during operation of batching plant and

from DG Sets;

Generation of noise due to operation of WTGs; and

Generation of noise while decommissioning the WTG

components and ancillary facilities at the end of the Project life

cycle.

Ecological

Impacts

Loss of habitat and resulting impact on flora & fauna due to

clearance of vegetation;

Disturbance due to increased anthropogenic presence and

activity due to construction activities;

Faunal mortality due to vehicular movement on roads;

Collision and mortality risk to avifauna and bats from

operating wind turbine blades; and

Collision and electrical hazards to birds from electrical

transmission infrastructure.

Occupational Health

and Safety

There is a likelihood of some risks to health and safety of workers.

Community Health

and Safety

Potential shadow flickering effect on the habituations located close to

the WTGs area;

The community living in the vicinity of the WTGs will be exposed to

risk of structure failure of WTGs.

Cumulative impact of increased traffic in the project area owing to

the many wind farm projects in the area.

Livelihood Job opportunities due to project, especially for unskilled and semi-

skilled laborers and security workers. But the major impact due to

employment opportunities is during the construction phase where

they have recruited locals for mainly unskilled jobs during

construction. Since the project is about to be operational, only few

locals may find employment as security staffs at the WTG locations.

Therefore the impact on the local economy due to employment

opportunity during the operation phase of the project is positive, but

negligible.

The diversion of the cultivable land for non-agricultural use will

reduce the availability of land for agricultural laborers in the area

may be affected due to reduced availability of land. This can have a

minor impact on the livelihoods of local agricultural laborers.

However, there might be a cumulative impact of livelihood loss for

agricultural laborers in the area owing to the numerous wind farm

projects in the area.

Land Sellers for the WTG locations have gained financially. But the

land purchase process had been completed during ERM site visit,

and no further individual economic impact is foreseen during the

operations phase of the project.

Social Development

through CSR

Suzlon and Orange have a robust corporate CSR team and have a

CSR personnel employed in their site location. Andhra Pradesh has a

CSR employee of Suzlon and 20 villages; 18 in Anantapur and 2 in

Cuddapah districts are being covered by Suzlon CSR. Orange too has

a CSR representative in the area and has reportedly undertaken CSR

activities in the other wind farm projects in the locat

Some of the CSR activities undertaken include provision of village

RO filters, Tree plantation, eye camp, water harvesting structures,

eye-camps, skill training for women, micro-enterprise initiative etc.

As part of this project, another 7-8 villages of Vidapanankallu


63

Interaction

(between Project

Activity and

Resource/Receptor)


Mandal will also be brought under the CSR umbrella of Suzlon. CSR

initiatives, if effectively implemented can have a major impact on the

project area, which is one of the most backward districts in the state.

The Scoped- out interactions during the proposed Project's life cycle have been

elaborated in Table 4.3.

Table 4.3 Scoped- out interactions during the proposed Project's life cycle

SN. Impact Title Reason for Scoping-out

1 Impact on local

demographics

There is no significant influx of migrant workers during the

construction phase of the wind farm project, since most of the

unskilled and semi-skilled laborers have been sourced locally.

However, since the project was about to being operational,

there were no migrant workers on-site.

Wind farm projects also require very little manpower during

operations phase, therefore no significant influx of population

is expected.

2 Prevalence of

communicable

diseases

Since there are no significant migrant workers involved for

the project, the potential for introduction of communicable

disease due to outside labour in the area has been scoped out.


64

5 ENVIRONMENTAL ECOLOGICAL AND SOCIAL BASELINE

Baseline refers to the physical, biological, cultural and human conditions that

will prevail in the absence of the project, including interactions amongst them.

Establishing baseline helps in understanding the prevailing environmental,

ecological and socio-economic status of the study area. It provides requisite

information of the biophysical and social environment for decision makers to

take appropriate measures regarding the project.

Establishing baseline provides the background environmental and social

conditions for prediction of the future environmental characteristics of the

area before setting up of the project. It also helps in environmental and social

management planning and provides a basis to finalize a strategy for

minimizing any potential impact due on surrounding environment due to

setting up of the project.

This section establishes the baseline environmental, ecological and socio-

economic status of the wind farm site and surrounding area to provide a

context within which the impacts of the wind farm project are to be assessed.

5.1 LOCATION AND ADMINISTRATIVE SETTING

5.2 AREA OF INFLUENCE

For the purpose of the baseline establishment and impact assessment, an Area

of Influence (AoI) has been identified. This sub section provides an

understanding of the AoI thus identified and the reasons for the same.

5.2.1 Study Area

The study area considered for ESIA includes an area within 5 km radius from

farthest of WTGs. The study area of 5 km has been selected based on the

location of Project site and its footprint, nature and spatial distribution of

potential social and environmental impacts (based on similar type of projects).

Project footprint Area

The Project Footprint is the area that may reasonably be expected to be

physically touched by Project activities, across all phases. Physically, there is

no demarcation or fencing for the Project Site boundary and hence it is

contiguous with the rest of the area.

The Project Footprint for Project includes land used for the erection of WTGs,

substation, storage of materials, site office, access roads, and internal and

external transmission lines.


65

Project Area of Influence (AoI)

The effects of the Project and Project activities on a particular resource or

receptor will have spatial (distance) and temporal (time) dimensions, the scale

of which is dependent on a number of factors. These factors are incorporated

in the definition of the Project’s Area of Influence (AoI).

The AoI considered for the existing Project with respect to the environmental

and social resources was based on the following reach of impacts:

Environmental parameters: Project site boundary, immediate vicinity,

access road and surroundings, i.e. a study area of approximately 5 km

(hereafter referred to as the AoI) distance from project line has been

used to depict these parameters;

o Noise: Noise impact area (defined as the area over which an increase

in environmental noise levels due to the Project can be detected) –

typically 1 km from operations (this includes a distance of 10 times the

size of the rotor diameter of the WTG);

o Air Quality: Dust emissions, fugitive dust –typically up to 100 m from

Construction, operations and maintenance area;

o Land environment: The impacts on soil and land- typically up to 100

m from project foot print area;

o Ecological Environment (Terrestrial and Aquatic): This includes: (a)

the direct footprint of the project comprising the wind farm; (b) The

areas immediately adjacent to the project footprint within which a zone

of ecological disturbance is created through increased dust, human

presence and project related activities (e.g., trampling, transportation

activities).;

Social and Cultural: the AoI for the project is identified as the area within

a 5 km radius from the project footprint area, comprising of approximately

10 villages.

Core and Buffer Zone

This AoI is in turn, divided into a core and buffer zone. This division of the

AoI into two zones is based on the understanding that the majority of the

impacts from the project (during the mobilization, construction, operations

and decommission phase) would be contained within a 1 km radius from the

Project Footprint in terms of spread and intensity, with the buffer zone

appearing to have limited interaction with the project.

The physical feature map of the Project has been presented in Figure 5.1


66

Figure 5.1 Physical feature map of the Project AoI


67

5.3 ENVIRONMENTAL BASELINE METHODOLOGY

The following sub sections provide an understanding of the methodology

followed for the establishment of the environmental baseline.

As mentioned in the earlier sections, ERM undertook a site visit between the

3rd of May to the 7th of May, 2016 to understand the site setting, environmental

and social sensitivities and to identify the relevant local stakeholders. The site

visit included a walkover of the site and associated facilities with the

OUWPPL and Suzlon teams. Limited consultation with the local community,

local community representatives, local NGOs and local government officials

was conducted to understand the local environmental and social issues in the

area and to receive feedback from stakeholder on these issues. A

reconnaissance survey using available recent satellite imagery of the study

area around the Project was initially conducted to identify environmental and

social sensitive receptors located within the study area.

As part of this site visit, primary data was collected from sensitive spots and

other places inside the AoI and concerned government departments and other

relevant agencies were also contacted in order to obtain information. The

following sub sections provide an understanding of the same.

Primary Baseline Data Collection

Kiwis Eco Laboratories Pvt. Ltd, recognized by Ministry of Environment,

Forests and Climate Change, Government of India was engaged for collection

of baseline information on ambient noise quality between the 5th of May to

the 15th of May, 2016. The primary baseline data was collected for aspects

detailed out in Table 5.1.

Table 5.1 Primary Baseline Data Collection

S.N. Environmental Attribute No. of

Locations/Ar

ea

Frequency Remarks

1 Ambient Air Quality 2 Twice a week for

One Week at

two

locations

Air Quakity at neaby

villages were

monitored twice a

week for one week at

two (2) locations.

2 Ambient Noise Quality

8 Once during the

monitoring

period

Noise levels were

monitored on hourly

basis for 24 hours at

six (8) locations.

3 Water Quality 1 Surface

Water and 3

Ground

Water

Once during the

monitoring

period

To assess water

quality in the Project

Area. One (1) surface

water and three (3)

ground water

samples, from hand

pumps, from nearby

villages.


68

Secondary Baseline Data Collection

Secondary baseline data collection involved identifying and collecting existing

published materials and documents. Information on various environment

aspects (like geology, hydrology, drainage pattern, ecology etc.), meteorology

and socio economic aspects were collected from different institutions,

government offices and literatures etc. Secondary data was collected for the

aspects as given in Table 5.2.

Table 5.2 Secondary Baseline Data Collection

S. N. Attribute Source of Data Collection

1 Meteorological data India Meteorological Department (IMD)

2 Geology, geomorphology,

hydrogeology and hydrology

Geological Survey of India (GSI) and State Ground

Water Board

3 Land use Through Satellite Imageries

4 Natural Hazards Building Materials and Technology

Promotion Council of India (BMTPC)

Meteorological Department

Environmental and social baseline data was collected through primary

surveys as well as through secondary sources by literature survey and

discussions with the concerned departments/agencies. Details of data

collected are summarized in subsequent sections.

5.4 ENVIRONMENTAL BASELINE FINDINGS

5.4.1 Land cover and use

The land use of the Project AoI comprises primarily of agricultural land which

covers approximately 84.84% of the Project area. The Project AOI also

comprises of wasteland which covers approximately 7.34 % of the area. The

built-up area comprises of approximately 1.75% of the area. Waterbodies

comprise of approximately 2.62 % of the area. The land use statistics have

been elaborated upon in detail in Table 5.3 and a map detailing the land use/

land cover has been provided in Figure 5.2.


69

Table 5.3 Land use break detail of the Project

Level –I Level –II Level –III Area (Sq. km) % of Geographical Area

Built up Built-up Rural Settlement 5.59 1.75

Sub- Total 5.59 1.75

Agricultural Land Cropland Kharif Crop 49.76 15.63

Rabi Crop 154.80 48.62

Double Crop (Kh +

Ra) 20.38 6.40

Fallow Land Current Fallow 36.26 11.39

Salt affected land

Salt affected land-

Moderate 8.94 2.81

Sub- Total 270.12 84.84

Wasteland

Wastelands-Scrub

land Rocky/Stony 0.48 0.15

Land with Open scrub 22.29 7.00

Shallow Ravines 0.64 0.20

Sub- Total 23.41 7.35

Forest Deciduous Forest

Deciduous Forest-

Open 3.69 1.16

Scrub Forest Scrub Forest 7.26 2.28

Sub- Total 10.95 3.44

Water bodies Waterbody

Waterbodies-Kharif

Extent 0.22 0.07

Waterbodies-Rabi

Extent 1.39 0.44

Waterbodies-Dry 2.59 0.81

Waterbodies-

River/Stream-Dry 4.14 1.30

Sub- Total 8.34 2.62

Total 318.41 100.00


70

Figure 5.2 Land use in the Project AoI


71

5.4.2 Local Topographical Features

The local topographical features across the study area comprise of flat terrain.

Areas that comprise of village settlements and other human activities are

generally flat and have been conditioned over time to support agricultural

activities. Hilly terrain has also been observed during the site visit towards the

south-south west of the WTGs. The WTG locations are located on terrain that

is a primarily flat terrain. The WTG locations have base elevations ranging

from 440-500 metres above mean sea level (MSL). The contour map as well as

the digital elevation (DEM) of the Project AoI is presented in Figure 5.3 and

Figure 5.4.


72

Figure 5.3 Contour Map of the Project AoI


73

Figure 5.4 Digital Elevation Map of the Project AoI


74

5.4.3 Geology and Hydrogeology

According to the Department of Mines and Geology,-Andhra Pradesh, the

lithology of the Anantapur district comprises of three rock groups. They are as

follows

(i) Middle Proterozoic age rocks which leads to the Cudappah

Supergroup of rocks comprising of the Paraghni group, the

Chitravati group and the Kurnool group. Major rock types

comprise of quartzite, shale, limestone and their conglomerates.

The ground water prospects in areas that comprise these rocks are

limited, discontinuous and with less yield potential;

(ii) Archaen rock types which comprises of peninsular gneiss complex.

The rock types encountered are granite, hornblende, gneiss and

migmatite. Ground water prospects are primarily confined to the

floors hills and forests; and

(iii) Archaean Lower Proterozoic rock types which comprises of

closepet granite, Dharwad supergroup and peninsular gneiss

complex. The lithology in this region is primarily granite, quartzite

schist and a blend of granite, horneblend, gneiss and migmatite.

The ground water prospects are primarily weathered and fractured

aquifiersupto 100 m extending beyond 150 m and suitable for

borewells.

The project falls in (iii) that comprises of granite, horneblend, gneiss and

migmatite. The area that the project falls in utilises water for agriculture

primarily with the help of borewells. However, the trend of ground water has

been decreasing every year. As per the data in the Central Ground water

brochure for the District of Anantapur, the mandal of Beluguppa, in which the

project lies in, has been classified as over exploited (1) . Water is supplemented

to the region via a network of canals with water sourced from the PABR Dam,

which is located towards the north north east of the Project AoI (i.e.

approximately 9 km away).

(1) Ground water brochure, Anantapur District, Andhra Pradesh. Central Ground Water Board. Southern region,

Hyderabad, September 2013. http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/AP/Ananthapur.pdf. Accessed on 04/07/2016.


75

Figure 5.5 Geological and Hydrogeological map of Anantapur District

Source: Ground water brochure, Anantapur District, Andhra Pradesh. Central Ground Water Board. Southern region, Hyderabad, September 2013.

Project

Site

Pro

Site


76

5.4.4 Hydrology and Drainage Pattern

The drainage pattern in the project AoI is supplemented by three major

sources of water, which is a source of surface water in the Project AoI, viz. the

Kanekallu Tank, which is located approximately 4.54 km north of WTG BLG-

014 is a seasonal in nature and is recharged with rain water during the

monsoon period. Similar water bodies have been observed approximately 2

km west of WTG BLG-011, approximately 3-4 km west of BLG-007,

approximately 2 km west of BLG-080 and BLG-081, approximately 2.1 km east

of BLG-025. The Jeedipalli Reservoir is located to the north-west of the Project

and is located approximately 5.07 east of the closest WTG, i.e. WTG BLG-163.

Examples of water bodies that were observed in the Project Area at the time of

the ERM site visit, in June, 2016 have been presented in Figure 5.6. The

Ahobilam/ PABR Dam (Figure 5.7) is present approximately 10 km north east

of the Project AoI and plays a major role in suplementing thevillages in the

east of the Project Area with water for domestic purposes as well as for

farming activities. Water is transported via a canal system to the villages as

observed in the drainage map in Figure 5.8.

Figure 5.6 Waterbodies observed in the Project AoI at the time of the ERM site visit (a)

Jeedipalli Reservoir (b) Dried up Kanekallu Tank.

Source: ERM site visit, May2016

Figure 5.7 Ahobilam/ PABR Dam located approximately 10 km north east of the Project



77

Figure 5.8 Drainage Map of the Project AoI


78

5.4.5 Climate and Meteorology

Regional Meteorology

The climate of the region is classified as tropical wet and dry climate with

following four main seasons:

Winter season : November to February

Pre-monsoon season : March to May

Monsoon season : June to September

Post Monsoon season : October to November

The long term meteorology (period 1961- 1990) of the region based on data

recorded at the nearest observatory station of India Meteorological

Department (IMD) at Anantapur is presented in Table 5.4 and Table 5.5and

described in subsequent sections.

Table 5.4 Climatological Data, Anantapur

Months Temperature (°C) % Relative

Humidity

Rainfall (mm) Vapour

Pressure,

hPa

Wind

Speed

kmph

Daily

Max

Daily

Min

Highest

in the

month

Lowest

in the

month

0830

hrs

1730

hrs

Monthl

y Total

No. of

rainy

days

0830

hrs

1730

hrs

Mean

January 30.3 17.3 32.8 13.9 68 40 0.3 0.0 17.3 15.5 8.8

February 33.6 19.5 36.5 16.0 59 31 1.0 0.1 17.3 14.8 9.1

March 37.0 22.6 39.4 18.5 53 25 5.2 0.4 18.7 14.7 9.0

April 39.0 26.0 41.2 22.2 56 26 14.6 1.2 23.2 16.5 9.2

May 38.8 26.2 41.3 22.2 62 32 52.5 2.8 25.3 19.5 12.2

June 35.4 25.0 38.9 22.5 68 47 51.8 3.3 25.2 23.0 16.4

July 33.5 24.3 36.5 22.4 72 54 69.2 4.1 25.1 23.8 16.5

August 32.9 23.8 35.7 22.3 74 55 70.2 4.7 24.9 23.9 15.7

September 32.8 23.5 35.7 21.5 76 55 135.1 7.2 25.4 23.9 10.8

October 31.8 22.5 34.3 19.0 74 56 101.1 6.0 24.6 22.8 7.4

November 30.0 20.2 32.4 15.5 74 55 39.3 2.4 21.8 20.3 8.2

December 29.0 18.1 31.2 14.0 74 50 11.0 0.8 19.5 18.0 9.0

Average 33.7 22.4 36.325 19.17 68 43.83 22.4 19.7 11.02

Total 551.3 33.0 Source: Climatological Table 1961-90, India Meteorological Department

Temperature

As per the data recorded at meteorological station, Anantapur, the

temperature begins to increase from January till May. April and May are the

hottest months with highest temperature of 41.3°C recorded in the month of

May. The lowest temperature of 13.9°C was recorded in month of January.

The daily mean minimum temperature varies from 17.3°C in January to 26.2°C

in May, whereas the daily mean maximum temperature varies from 29°C in

December to 39°C in April.


79

Relative Humidity

The relative humidity is generally high during the period of monsoon from

July to September. On an average, relative humidity is about 74% during

morning hours and 54.6% during evening hours during monsoon. The

minimum humidity of 25% is recorded in March and maximum relative

humidity of 76% is experienced in September.

Rainfall

The annual average rainfall in the region is about 551.3 mm spreading over 33

days. The southwest monsoon sets in the end of May and attains the highest

intensity in month of September. The monsoon withdraws towards the end of

the October contributing about 18.3% of the annual average rainfall i.e., about

101.1 mm. The remaining months of year also experience the sporadic rains.

The maximum rainfall occurs during month of September (135.1 mm) and

minimum during the month of January (0.3 mm).

Wind Speed and Direction

The normal wind speed range in the region is 8.2- 16.5 kmph which prevails

during 50% of each month. The predominant wind direction is recorded to be

from W/ SW during the summer (March-May) and monsoon season (June –

September). Post monsoon (October- November) receives wind

predominantly from N/ NE/E and winter season (December – February)

experiences calm conditions during most of the time. Monthly pre-dominant

wind directions during morning and evening time have been presented in

Table 5.5.

Table 5.5 Predominant Wind Direction

Month Morning Time Predominant Winds Evening Time Predominant Winds

I II III I II III

January CALM E SE E NE CALM

February CALM E SE E NE CALM

March CALM SW W E NE CALM

April W SW CALM CALM NE E

May W SW NW & CALM CALM W&NW N&NE

June W SW NW W SW NW

July W SW CALM W SW NW

August W SW NW W NW SW

September W CALM SW W NW & CALM SW&NE

October CALM W E NE E CALM

November CALM E NE E NE CALM

December CALM E NE E NE CALM Source: Climatological tables 1961-1990, India Meteorological Department

5.4.6 Natural Hazards

Seismicity

As per the data released by the Building Materials & Technology Promotion

Council (BMTPC) of Government of India, the Project is located in an area that


80

is designated as Zone II that corresponds to MSK VI or less. This zone is a

zone of low damage risk. The Earthquake Hazard Map (showing faults,

thrusts and earthquakes) is presented in Figure 5.9.


81

Figure 5.9 Earthquake Hazard Map of the District of Anantapur

Source: Building Material and technology Promotion Council (BMTPC)

Project Site Pr


82

Wind and Cyclones

As per the data released by the Building Materials & Technology Promotion

Council (BMTPC) of Government of India, the Project site is located in a an

area that experiences low wind velocities and therefore in a n area of low

damage risk zone (Vb= 33 m/s). The Wind Cyclone and Hazard Map are

presented in Figure 5.10.


83

Figure 5.10 Wind and Cyclone Hazard Map of the District of Anantapur


Project Site Pr


84

Floods

As per the data released by the prepared by Building Materials & Technology

Promotion Council (BMTPC) of Government of India, the project site falls in

an area not liable to floods. The flood hazard map of the district of Anantapur

has been presented in Figure 5.11.


85

Figure 5.11 Flood Hazard Map of the District of Anantapur


Project Site Pr


86

5.4.7 Ambient Air Quality

The existing ambient air quality of the study area was monitored at two

locations during the monitoring period. The monitoring parameters includes

Respirable Particulate Matter (RPM) i.e. PM10 (particulate matter of particle

size less than 10 micrometer) and PM2.5 (particulate matter of particle size less

than 2.5 micrometer), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) and

Carbon Monoxide (CO). PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx were monitored on 24-

hourly basis while CO was monitored on eight hourly basis monitored twice a

week during the study period.

Selection of sampling locations

The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been established through

ambient air quality monitoring network and is based on the following

considerations:

Meteorological conditions of the area based on information of IMD;

Topography of the study area; and

Location of sensitive receptors such as major settlements.

The details of monitoring locations within the study area are presented in

Table 5.6. Map showing location of ambient air quality monitoring stations is

presented in Figure 5.12.

The sampling and analysis of ambient air quality parameters was carried out

as per the procedures detailed in relevant Parts of IS-5182 (Indian Standards

for Ambient Air Quality Parameters). The applied testing procedures are

given in brief in Table 5.7.

Table 5.6 Details of Ambient Air Monitoring Stations

S

N.

Sampli

ng

Locatio

ns

Loca

tion

Cod

e

Zone Easting

(mE)

Northin

g (mN)

Justification for Selection of Location

and its setting

1 Avulen

na

Village

AA

Q1

43 P 723235.00 1630408.

00

This station’s AAQ data captures the

baseline for settlements at the nearest

village of Avulenna to the WTGs

(which are located towards the south

of AAQ2)

2 Sri

Rangap

uram

Village

AA

Q2

43 P 730947.00 1624088.

00

This station’s AAQ data captures the

baseline for settlements at the nearest

village of Sri Rangapuram to the WTGs

(which are located towards the north of

AAQ1)


Note: The Coordinates have been presented in the UTM Format


87

Figure 5.12 Map showing the location of ambient air quality (AAQ) stations in the Project AoI


88

Table 5.7 Details of Methods and Detection Limits for different Air Quality Parameters

S.N. Parameter Range/Detection Limit

1. Particulate Matter (size less than 10 µm) or PM10

IS-5182 (PART-23):2006 & CPCB Guidelines Volume 1 (2012-2013)

2. Particulate Matter (size less than 2.5 µm) or PM2.5

Guidelines Volume 1 (2012-2013)

3. Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) IS-5182 (Part-II):2001

4. Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) IS-5182 (Part-VI): 2006

5. Carbon Monoxide (CO) CO Analyzer


Summarized AAQ results as monitored at various locations are presented in

Table 5.8. The ambient Air quality results have been provided in Annex D.

Table 5.8 Ambient Air Quality in the Study Area

Parameter Units Observed AAQ1 AAQ2

PM10

µg/m3 Maximum 65.3 63.9

Minimum 64.1 62.6

Average 64.7 63.25

NAAQS Standard 100 100

PM2.5


Minimum 25.6 24.9

Average 25.8 25.2


SO2 µg/m3 Maximum 16.2 15.9

Minimum 15.8 15.2

Average 16.0 15.5


NOx


Minimum 19.2 18.7

Average 19.5 18.9


CO

mg/m3 Maximum 0.1 0.1 Minimum 0.1 0.1 Average 0.1 0.1 NAAQS Standard 02 02

Note: NAAQS = Revised National Ambient Air Quality Standard as

notified on 16 November 2009.

Respirable Particulate Matter (PM10)

As per NAAQS, the prescribed limit of RPM i.e. PM10 for 24 hours monitoring

is 100 µg/m3 and WHO guidelines for PM10 is 50 µg/m3. The maximum PM10

values were observed to be within the NAAQS limit, however found to exceed

the WHO limits at both the locations. The graphical representation of PM10

concentration in the study area is shown in Figure 5.13.


89

Figure 5.13 PM10 Concentration in the Study Area

Source: Primary baseline data

Respirable Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

The average RPM concentration (PM2.5) values at the locations were found to

be between 25.8 µg/m3and 25.2 µg/26.028 µg/m3 respectively.

As per NAAQS and WHO, the prescribed limit of RPM i.e. PM2.5 for 24 hours

monitoring is 60µg/m3 and 25µg/m3 respectively. The average PM2.5values

were observed to be within the NAAQS limits, however found to exceed

WHO limit marginally. The graphical representation of PM2.5 concentration in

the study area is shown in Figure 5.14.

Figure 5.14 PM2.5 Concentration in the Study Area



90

Sulphur dioxide (SO2)

The average SO2 concentration observed at the locations during the study

period was observed to be between 16 µg/m3 and 15.5 µg/m3 respectively.

The NAAQS and WHO guidelines for SO2 (24 hours monitoring) is 80

µg/m3and 20 µg/m3. The average SO2 values were observed to be within the

NAAQS and WHO limit at both locations. The graphical representation of SO2

concentration in the study area is shown in Figure 5.15.

Figure 5.15 SO2 Concentration in the Study Area


Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

The average NOx concentration observed during the period was between 19.5 µg/m3 and 18.8 µg/m3 at each location respectively.

As per NAAQS the prescribed limit of NOx for 24 hours monitoring is

80µg/m3, whereas, WHO guidelines do not specify NOx limits for 24 hours

(annual limits are 40 µg/m3). The average NOx values were observed to be

within the NAAQS limit at both locations. The graphical representation of

NOx concentration in the study area is shown in Figure 5.16.


91

Figure 5.16 NOx Concentration in the Study Area


Carbon Monoxide (CO)

As per NAAQS the prescribed limit of CO for 8 hours monitoring is 2 mg/m3.

The average CO values were observed to be within the NAAQS limit at all the

locations as the observed values are below the detectable limit. WHO

guidelines do not specify limits for CO.


92

5.4.8 Noise Quality

Noise levels were recorded at eight locations (Figure 5.17) once during the

study period with the aid of a digital noise level meter. Noise levels were

recorded for 24 hours and the noise quality has been reported as Leqday and

Leqnight for each of the locations. Daytime is considered from 0600 to 2200 hours

and night from 2200 to 0600 hours. The details of noise monitoring locations

are given in Table 5.9. The noise level in the study area is detailed in Table

5.10 . The results of noise quality are presented in Annex E.

Table 5.9 Details of Noise Sampling Locations

SN. Sampling

Locations

Location Code Zone Easting (mE) Northing (mN)

1 NQ1 Srirangapuram

Village

43 P 723235.00 1630407.00

2 NQ2 Nakkalapalli

Village

43 P 726249.00 1628843.00

3 NQ3 Beluguppa

Tanda Village

43 P 728518.00 1626985.00

4 NQ4 Avulenna

Village

43 P 730947.00 1624087.00

5 NQ5 Belaguppa

Village

43 P 737253.97 1628756.92

6 NQ6 Erragudi

Kottala Village

43 P 733106.58 1626301.88

7 NQ7 Tagguparthy

Village

43 P 730143.00 1627942.00

8 NQ8 Erragudi

Kottala Village

43 P 732148.42 1626553.18


Table 5.10 Noise Level in the Study Area

S\N

.

Location

Equivalent Noise Levels Day Time

(dBA)

Equivalent Noise Level Night Time

(dBA)

Leq day Lmax Lmin

CPCB and

WHO

limits* Leq Leq night Lmax Lmin

CPCB and

WHO limits

Leq

1 NQ1 53.7 54.4 48.5 55 44.5 44.7 43.1 45

2 NQ 2 52.1 54.4 45.2 55 43.6 44.1 42.2 45

3 NQ 3 52.3 54.2 45.2 55 43.8 44.5 44.2 45

4 NQ 4 53.1 54.6 46.1 55 44.2 44.7 42.9 45

5 NQ 5 53.1 54.5 46.8 55 44.0 43.9 44.3 45 6 NQ 6 52.3 54.6 45.2 55 43.7 45.3 42.9 45 7 NQ 7 53.8 54.6 48.7 55 44.0 47.2 43.3 45 8 NQ 8 53.1 54.2 45.6 55 43.8 45.2 42.4 45 * Note: As per CPCB, Day time is considered from 6 am to 10 pm and night time is considered from 10 pm

to 6am;As per WHO limits, Day time is considered from 07.00 to 22.00 and night time is considered from

22.00 to 07.00.


93

Figure 5.17 Map showing the location of Noise quality (NQ) stations in the Project AoI


94

The equivalent ambient noise level for day time (Leq day) and night time (Leq

night) at the eight monitoring locations were observed to be within the

corresponding prescribed limits of CPCB and WHO for residential areas. The

study area has primarily a rural setting where the major source of noise is

observed as vehicular noise.

The Daytime and night time noise levels recorded at various sampling

locations are presented in Figure 5.18 and Figure 5.19.

Figure 5.18 Day Time Noise Levels



95

Figure 5.19 Night Time Noise Levels


5.4.9 Water Quality

Surface water and Ground water quality

The water quality assessment was done to understand the baseline water

(surface water and ground water) quality of the study area. The groundwater

samples were collected from hand pumps/bore wells. Surface water samples

were collected from streams and dams within the project area of influence.

Map showing location of water sampling is presented in Figure 5.20. The

details of water sampling locations are presented in Table 5.11 .

The results of ground water and surface water are presented in Annex F and

Annex G.

Table 5.11 Details of Water Sampling Locations

S.N Location Station

Code

Zone Easting

(mE)

Northing

(mN)

Type of

Sample

Justification for

Location of

Sample

Surface water

1 J.D Palli

Reservoir

(outskirts of

Ankampalli

Village)

SW1 43 P 742842.91 1627320.70 Reservoir Water sample

collected the

reservoir

outskirts of the

village of

Ankampalli

utilised for

domestic

purposes


96


Code

Zone Easting

(mE)

Northing

(mN)

Type of

Sample

Justification for

Location of

Sample

Ground water

1 Sri

Rangapuram

Village

GW1 43 P 723210.82 1630676.99 Ground

water

(hand

pump)

Water sample

considered as the

representative

sample of the

ground water in

and around the

village of Sri

Rangapuram and

the water is being

used for washing,

drinking etc. This

was collected

from a hand

pump.

2. Tagguparthy

Village

GW2 43 P 737289.49 1628765.88 Ground

water

(hand

pump)

Water sample

considered as the

representative

sample of the

ground water in

and around the

village of

Tagguparthyand

the water is being

used for washing,

drinking etc. This

was collected

from a hand

pump.

3. Erragudi

Kottala

Village

GW3 43 P 732524.60 1626413.59 Ground

water

(hand

pump)

Water sample

considered as the

representative

sample of the

ground water in

and around the

village of

Erragudi Kottala

and the water is

being used for

washing,

drinking etc. This

was collected

from a hand

pump.



97

Figure 5.20 Map showing the locations for surface water and ground water locations in the Project AoI


98

Parameters for analysis of water quality were selected based on the utility of

the particular source of water as per MoEFCC guidelines. The quality of

groundwater was compared with IS: 10500 for drinking purposes. Grab water

samples were collected from locations in a 5 litre sampling bottles and 250 ml

sterilized clean glass/pet bottle for complete physio-chemical and

bacteriological tests respectively. The samples were analysed as per standard

procedure/method given in IS: 3025, IS: 1622 and Standard Method for

Examination of Water and Wastewater Ed.20, published jointly by APHA and

AWWA.

Surface water quality

The result of surface water quality monitoring at two locations are given in

Table 5.12. The surface water was compared with CPCB discharge standard

for aquatic resources which is given in Table 5.13.

Table 5.12 Surface Water Quality observed during the monitoring Period

S. N. Test Parameters Units Method SW1

1 Color CU APHA 2120 C

<5.0

2 pH @ 26.5oC - APHA 4500H+ B 8.23

3 Turbidity NTU APHA 2130 B <5.0

4 Oil & Grease mg/L APHA 5520 B <10

5 Electrical Conductivity APHA 2510 – B 1112.0

6 Total Dissolved solids mg/L APHA 2540 C 667.0

7 Total Suspended Solids mg/L APHA 2540 D 12.0

8 Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/L APHA 2320 B 141.40

9 Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L APHA 2340 C 122.40

10 Calcium as Ca mg/L APHA 3500 Ca B 16.35

11 Magnesium as Mg mg/L APHA 3500-Mg B 19.82

12 Chlorides as Cl- mg/L APHA 4500 Cl-

C 120.81

13 Sulphates as SO4 mg/L APHA 4500 SO4

D 149.82

14 Nitrate as NO3 mg/L APHA 4500 NO3

B <1.0

15 Dissolved Oxygen mg/L APHA 4500 O - C 5.50

16 Fluoride as F mg/L APHA 4500F- D 1.18

17 Iron as Fe mg/L APHA 3500 Fe B <0.3

18 Lead as Pb mg/L APHA 3111 B <0.1

19 Manganese as Mn mg/L APHA 3111 B <0.5

20 Cadmium as Cd mg/L APHA 3111 B <0.1

21 Chromium as Cr mg/L APHA 3111 B <0.5


99

S. N. Test Parameters Units Method SW1

22 Zinc as Zn mg/L APHA 3111 B <0.2

23 Chemical Oxygen

Demand

mg/L APHA 5220 B 17.28

24 Copper as Cu mg/L APHA 3111 B 0.2

25 Phosphorus as P mg/L APHA 4500 PC <1.0

26

Biochemical Oxygen

Demand

(3 Days at 27OC)

mg/L IS : 3025 (P-44) <4.0

27 Salinity* mg/L APHA 2520,B 218.24

28 Cyanide as CN-* mg/L

APHA 4500 CN-

C, E <0.05

29 Phenolic Compounds as

Phenols* mg/L APHA 5530 D <0.001

30 Total Coliform* MPN/100ml APHA 9221B Absent

31 Faecal Coliform* MPN/100ml APHA 9221 B Absent

32 Mercury as Hg* mg/L APHA 3112 B <0.001


Table 5.13 Primary Water Quality Criteria for Designated-Best-Use-Classes

Source: CPCB

As per the CPCB primary water quality criteria for the surface water resources

are falls under Category C.

Designated-Best-

Use Category Criteria Description

Drinking

Water Source

without

conventional

treatment but after

disinfection

A Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 50 or less

pH between 6.5 and 8.5

Dissolved Oxygen 6mg/l or more

Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20oC 2mg/l or less

Outdoor bathing

(Organized)

B Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 500 or less




Drinking water

source after

conventional

treatment and

disinfection

C Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 5000 or less

pH between 6 to 9



Propagation of

Wild life and

Fisheries

D pH between 6.5 to 8.5


Free Ammonia (as N) 1.2 mg/l or less

Irrigation,

Industrial Cooling,

Controlled Waste

disposal

E pH between 6.0 to 8.5

Electrical Conductivity at 25oC micro mhos/cm Max.2250

Sodium absorption Ratio Max. 26

Boron Max. 2mg/l

Below-E Not Meeting A, B, C, D & E Criteria


100

The Ground water quality for the three locations mentioned in Table 5.11 has

been elaborated below (Table 5.14)


101

Table 5.14 Groundwater Quality observed during the monitoring Period

SN. Parameter Unit Method GW1 GW2 GW3 IS 10500 Limits

(Acceptable)

IS 10500 Limits

(Permissible)

1 Color CU APHA 2120 C <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 5 25

2 pH @ 26.2oC - APHA 4500H+

B 8.38 8.23 8.21 6.5

8.5

3 Turbidity NTU APHA 2130 B <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 1 5

4 Oil & Grease mg/L APHA 5520 B <10 <10 <10 Not Specified Not Specified

5 Electrical Conductivity APHA 2510 - B 1225 6149 5241 Not Specified Not Specified

6 Total Dissolved solids mg/L APHA 2540 C 735 3689 3144 500 2000

7 Total Suspended Solids mg/L APHA 2540 D <10 <10 <10 Not Specified Not Specified

8 Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/L APHA 2320 B 333.3 474.70 797.90 200 600

9 Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L APHA 2340 C 275.40 795.60 510.0 200 600

10 Calcium as Ca mg/L APHA 3500 Ca

B 49.05 81.76 77.67 75 200

11 Magnesium as Mg mg/L APHA 3500-

Mg B 37.17 143.75 76.83 30 100

12 Chlorides as Cl- mg/L APHA 4500 Cl-

C 115.77 442.98 437.94 250 1000

13 Sulphates as SO4 mg/L APHA 4500

SO4 D 51.45 1701.96 521.08 200 400

14 Nitrate as NO3 mg/L APHA 4500

NO3 B 8.58 19.72 73.90 45 100

15 Fluoride as F mg/L APHA 4500F-

D 1.44 1.91 1.58 1.0 1.5

16 Iron as Fe mg/L APHA 3500 Fe

B 0.53 0.63 1.19 0.3 1.0

17 Chromium as Cr+6 mg/L APHA 3500 Cr

B <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.05 0.05

18 Zinc as Zn mg/L APHA 3111 B <0.2 0.24 0.76 5 15

19 Chemical Oxygen

Demand mg/L APHA 5220 B

<5.0 19.20 17.28 Not Specified Not Specified


102

SN. Parameter Unit Method GW1 GW2 GW3 IS 10500 Limits

(Acceptable)

IS 10500 Limits

(Permissible)

20 Biochemical Oxygen

Demand (3 Days at 27OC) mg/L IS : 3025 (P-44)

<4.0 <4.0 <4.0 Not Specified Not Specified

21 Dissolved Oxygen mg/L APHA 4500 O -

C

5.4 5.3 5.4 Not Specified Not Specified

22 Salinity mg/L APHA 2520,B 209.14 209.14 791.16 Not Specified Not Specified

23 Lead as Pb mg/L APHA 3111 B <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.05 0.05

24 Manganese as Mn mg/L APHA 3111 B <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.1 0.3

25 Cadmium as Cd mg/L APHA 3111 B <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 0.01

26 Copper as Cu mg/L APHA 3111 B <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.05 1.5

27 Cyanide as CN- mg/L APHA 4500

CN- C, E <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.05 0.05

28 Mercury as Hg mg/L APHA 3112 B <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.001 No relaxation

29 Phenolic Compounds as

Phenols mg/L

APHA 5530

D

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.001 0.002

30 Phosphorus as P mg/L APHA 4500

PC <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 Not Specified Not Specified

31 Total Coliform MPN/100ml APHA 9221B Absent Absent Absent ----

Shall not be

detectable in any

100ml sample

32 Faecal Coliform MPN/100ml APHA 9221 B Absent Absent Absent ---- Not Specified



103

Analysis of water samples shows the following:

pH of the groundwater samples were found in the range of 8.2 to 8.3 and

the. Therefore the pH of all the samples was found within prescribed

range;

Total Hardness (as CaCO3) in the groundwater samples of the study area

ranges from 275.40 to 795 mg/L. which were above the acceptable and

permissible limits of 200 mg/ L and within permissible limit at GW-1 and

GW-3 and above the permsible limit of 600 mg/ L at GW-2. A similar

trend was observed in the ground water samples when tested for

Alkalinity (as CaCO3).

The Total Dissolved solids for all ground water samples had values that

ranged from 735 mg/ L to 3144 mg/L which were above the acceptable

and permissible limits of 500 mg/L and 2000 mg/L.

Iron was observed to be above the acceptable limit of 0.3 mg/l at GW-1

and GW-2 and above the permissible limit at GW-3. Iron content in the

surface water sample was observed to be within limits.

Chlorides was observed to exceed the acceptable limit in GW2 and GW3

locations with 442.9mg/l and 437.9mg/l respectively;

Sulphate was observed to exceed the permissible limit at GW2 and GW3,

with the highest values being observed at GW2 i.e. 1701.9 mg/Lwhile

nitrate were observed to exceed the desired limit in GW3 location;

GW2 and GW3 ground water samples were reported to have fluoride level

that were above the permissible limit at 1.91 mg/l to 1.58 mg/l

respectively;

Magnesium was found to be above the acceptable at GW-1 and GW-3 and

above permissible limits at GW-2;

Heavy metals, viz. Mercury, Selenium, Cadmium, Arsenic, Lead and Zinc

were observed below detectable limits in all samples; and

Faecal coliforms are absent in all ground water samples.

5.4.10 Soil Quality

1 soil sample was collected to assess the composition and properties off the

soil, the details of the location have been detailed in Table 5.15. A map

showing the location has been presented in Figure 5.21. The soil results are

presented in Annex H.

Table 5.15 Details of soil sampling location


Code

Zone Easting

(mE)

Northing

(mN)

Type of

Sample

Justification for

Location of

Sample

Soil sample

1 Thagguparthy

Village

So1 43 P 737245.06 1628964.06 Soil used

primarily

for the

purpose of

Soil sample that

has been

periodically used

for the purpose


104


Code

Zone Easting

(mE)

Northing

(mN)

Type of

Sample

Justification for

Location of

Sample

agriculture of cultivating

crops has been

used in this

assessment.


The analysis of soil has been provided in in Table 5.16,

Table 5.16 Analysis report of the soil sample (So1)

S. N. Test Parameters Unit Method Result

1 pH

- IS 2720 (Part

26)-1987

(RA:2002) 8.16

2 Moisture % IS 9235-1979 3.11

3

Organic Carbon

% IS 2720 (part

22)- 1972

(RA:2010) 0.85

4

Available Calcium as Ca

mg/kg STIDA and

CGI 5610.66

5

Available Magnesium and Mg

mg/kg STIDA and

CGI 1591.49

6

Available Nitrogen as N

mg/kg STIDA and

CGI 56.55

7

Available Phosphates as P

mg/kg STIDA and

CGI 50.33

8 Available Potassium as K mg/kg FAO 2007 279.79

9

Cadmium as Cd

mg/kg SW-846

3050B and

7130 <10

10

Chromium as Cr

mg/kg SW-846

3050B and

7190 32.38

11

Nickel and Ni

mg/kg SW-846

3050B and

7520 80.87

12

Lead as Pb

mg/kg SW-846

3050B and

7420 <10

13

Copper

mg/kg SW-846

3050B and

7210 32.66

14

Zinc as Zn

mg/kg SW-846

3050B and

7950 104.83



105

Figure 5.21 Map showing the soil sampling location in the Project AoI


106

5.5 ECOLOGICAL BASELINE

An ecological survey was undertaken from 03-05 May 2016 at the Belluguppa

wind farm and surrounding areas located in Anantapur district of Andhra

Pradesh to understand and establish the ecological baseline of the study areas

and to understand impacts of the Project on species and habitats in

surrounding areas. To conduct the survey, a core and buffer zone was

delineated, so that the magnitude of the impact on ecological receptors can be

established at a later stage of the ESIA process. The determined core and

buffer zone is as follows:

Core Zone: 500 m radius from each of the proposed WTG location; and

Buffer Zone: 5 km radius from each of the proposed WTG location.

The above core and buffer zones have been standardized based on multiple

wind farm ecological assessments carried out by ERM in the last few years.

5.5.1 Objectives

The ecological surveys were conducted with following objectives:

Flora

Identification of sensitive habitats, and forest land falling within the

determined study areas (core + buffer zone);

Classification of flora for any threatened, protected or endemic floral

species prevailing in the study areas (including wind farm) based on field

surveys;

Identification of areas protected under international conventions, national

or local legislation and those recognized nationally and internationally for

their ecological, landscape, cultural or other related value; and

Identification of aquatic flora in the water bodies falling in the study areas.

Fauna

Identification of fauna (specifically amphibians, birds, mammals and

reptiles) based on direct sightings, calls, pug marks, droppings, nests, etc.;

Identification and classification of any species recognized as threatened (in

accordance with the IUCN Red List V 2016.1 and according to the

schedules of the Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972 and amendments);

Identification of areas which are important or sensitive for ecological

reasons including their breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, over wintering

areas including wildlife migratory corridors /avian migratory routes; and

Identification and assessment of aquatic ecological resources within the

study areas.


107

5.5.2 Study area

The vegetation of the area is classified as Southern Tropical Thorn Forest

6A/C1 as per Champion and Seth Vegetation Classification, 1968 (1). The

vegetation classification of the Study areas is provided in Table 5.17 below.

Table 5.17 Vegetation Classification of the Region

Classification Scheme Classification

Biogeographic Province of India (2) 6E: Deccan Peninsula-Deccan South

Agro Ecological Sub Region 1

(Indian Council of Agricultural Research)

Karnataka plateau Rayalaseema as inclusive

Agro Ecological Sub Region (3.0)

Agro-Climatic Region 1

(Planning Commission)

Southern Plateau and Hills Region (X)

Agro Climatic Zone 1

(National Agricultural Research Project)

Scare rainfall zone of Andhra Pradesh (AP-6)

Source: 1 http://agricoop.nic.in/Admin_Agricoop/Uploaded_File/AP14-Anantapur%2031.1.2011.pdf

Map of the study area is provided in Figure 5.22

Figure 5.22 Map of the Study Area

Source: Google Earth. Accessed on 04/07/2016

5.5.3 Approach and Methodology

The study area primarily consists of agricultural areas, scrub forest and waterbodies. Waterbodies listed in Table 5.18 were surveyed in the study area in order to assess mass resting/ roosting/ feeding sites for water/migratory birds likely to use the habitats.

(1) Champion H. & Seth S.K., 1968, A Revised Survey of the Forest Types of India, Nataraj Publishers, Dehradun, India. (2) Rodgers, W.A., Panwar, H.S. and Mathur, V. B. (2002). Wildlife Protected Area Network in India: A Review (Executive

summary). Wildlife Institute of India. Dehradun.


108

Table 5.18 Water bodies surveyed in the study area

SN. Code Water Body Latitude Longitude Location Water

Present

1 W1 Jeedipalli Reservoir 14.692439° 77.267473° Buffer Yes

2 W2 Kanekallu Tank 14.795398° 77.062467° Buffer Yes

Note: The Coordinates have been presented in the Degree Decimal Format

Faunal Analysis

Faunal species from the study areas were recorded based on direct sightings,

indirect evidences such as dung, droppings, scats, pugmarks, scratch signs,

burrows, nests etc. The species occurring within the study area were surveyed

using the below methods:

Amphibians

Amphibians are often restricted to natural and constructed ponds during the

hottest parts of the day (1). All such water bodies were visited during the

hottest parts of the day to determine the presence of amphibians along the

shaded ledges of the water body.

Reptiles

Reptile presence was determined through the use of Intensive Time

Constrained Search Methods (2) (3). The method was adapted for the terrain by

targeting rocks and logs located around water bodies or recently dried

streams, hedges and along the trunks of higher vegetation.

Avifauna

An adapted avifaunal survey method for onshore wind farm assessments was

utilized for the purpose of this study (4). The adapted survey method focuses

on key habitat features, preferred time of day to ensure maximum bird

activity and target species (e.g. birds of prey and waterfowl). Any avifaunal

species that was identified by visually sighting or hearing of bird calls was

recorded. Birds were identified along motorable roads, around water bodies

and in clumps of higher vegetation during the hottest parts of the day.

Binoculars and standard field guides (5) were used for avifaunal identification.

(1) Knutson et. al. 2004. Agricultural ponds support amphibian populations. Ecological Applications. 14 (3): 669-684 (2) Welsh, H.H., jr. 1987. Monitoring herpetofauna in woodlands of north western California and south west Oregon: a

comparative strategy. Pp. 203-213. In. Multiple – Use Management of Califirnia’s hardwood resources. T.R. Plumb, N.H.

Pillisbury (eds. Gen. Tech. Regional Environmental Planning. PSW – 100) US Department of Agriculture, Forest Service. (3) Welsh, H.H. Jr. and Lind, A. 1991. The structure of the herpetofaunal assemblage in the Douglas-fir/hardwood forests

of northwestern California and south western Oregon. Pp: 395-411. In: Wildlife and vegetation of unmanaged Douglas-fir

forests. (Tech. Coords). L.F. Ruggiero, K.B. Aubry, A.B. Carey and M.H. Huff. Ge. Tech. Rep. PNW-GTR-285. Portland, OR:

US. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service. (4) Scottish Natural Heritage (SNH). 2014. Recommended bird survey methods to inform impact assessment of onshore

wind farms. (5) Grimmet, R. Inskipp, C. and Inskipp, T. 2013. Birds of the Indian Subcontinent - Second Edition. Published by

Christopher Helm, 49-51 Bedford Square, London.


109

Mammals

Mammal surveys were conducted along motorable roads, near water bodies

and in grassy terrain. Individuals were identified through direct (visual

sighting) and indirect (pellets, tracks, paw marks and scat) methods. Species

were then identified using standard literature (1) (2).

Secondary Sources

Secondary literature from published books and research publications were

also consulted for the flora and fauna of the study area. The conservation

status of the species was assessed by referring to the IUCN Red List V 2016.1,

and, the schedules of the Indian Wildlife Protection Act, 1972 [IWP] and

subsequent amendments.

5.5.4 Floral Assessment

The habitats in the core and buffer zone include agricultural land, isolated

hillocks and water bodies. The vegetation associated with these habitats is

described below and shown in Figure 5.23.

Agricultural Land

The crops in the agricultural fields consisted of Rice (Oryza sativa), Groundnut

(Arachis hypogea), Banana (Musa sp.), Corn (Zeea mays), Papaya (Carica papaya),

Castor (Ricinus communis), Palm Oil (Elaeis oleifera) and Lemon (Glycine max)

orchards. Acacia sp., Albizzia sp., Azadirachta indica, Ficus religiosa, Ficus sp.,

Prosopis cineraria, Tamarindus indica, Eucalyptus sp., Albizia saman, Millettia

pinnata, Cocos nucifera, Delonix regia, Moringa oleifera and Dalbergia sp. were the

trees observed in the study area. Argemone mexicana, Calotropis sp., Capparis

decidua, Cassia auriculata, Opuntia sp., Agave sp. and Lantana camara were the

shrubs observed in the study area. The weed, Parthenium hysterophorus and the

palm, Borassus flabellifer was present in the study area.

Scrub Forests

Scrub vegetation is restricted to the hillocks that constitute the Beluguppa

Reserved Forest, which lies in the Core Zone of the project area. Two WTG's -

BLG-007 and BLG-021 fall within 250 and 180 meters of the Belluguppa

Reserve Forest respectively, and, 2 WTG's - BLG-022 and BLG-008 lie at a

distance of 770 meters from the Belluguppa Reserve Forest.

Water Bodies

(1) Prater, S.H. 2005. The Book of Indian Animals. Bombay Natural History Society and Oxford University Press - 12th

Edition. pp 316 (2) Menon, V. 2003. A field guide to Indian Mammals. Dorling Kindersley (India) Ltd. New Delhi, 201 p


110

Two waterbodies, the Jeedipalli Reservoir and the Kanekallu Tank were

surveyed. The Kanekallu Tank had thick stands of Ipomea sp. The closest WTG

to the Jeedipalli Reservoir is BLG-163, located at a bearing of 105.04 degrees

and a distance of 5.07 km. The closest WTG to the Kanekallu Tank is BLG-014,

located at a bearing of 335.86 degrees and a distance of 4.45 km.

Figure 5.23 Habitat surveyed in the Study Area

Jeedipalli Reservoir Agricultural Land

Scrub vegetation in the Beluguppa Reserved

Forest

Dried up Kanekallu Tank

Source: Site and surrounding areas survey by ERM during the site visit

5.5.5 Faunal Assessment

Faunal assessment was carried out using methods described above (Section

6.5.3) for each of the target class of animals – amphibians, reptiles, avifauna

and mammals. As shown in Table 5.19, this involved maximizing the early

morning hours to locate birds and mammals when they are expected to be

most active. The mid-morning hours involved random searching of shelters

for amphibian and reptile presence and opportunistic sightings of birds and

mammals.

Table 5.19 Time utilization for ecology assessment

Time Targeted Habitats Targeted Class of Animals

Early Morning

(0600-1000 hours)

In and around water bodies Birds and mammals

Mid-Morning

(1000-1300 hours)

Agricultural fields, rocky

terrain, tree clusters, dried

streams and scrubland.

Amphibians, reptiles and birds


111

Amphibians

Five species are reported from the study area. None of the species bear any

conservational significance. The details of the species are given in Table 5.20.

Table 5.20 Amphibians reported from the study area

SN. Common Name Scientific Name Family Sourc

e

WPA

Schedul

e

IUCN

Statu

s

1 Common Indian

Toad

Duttaphrynus

melanostictus

Bufonidae SS Not

listed

LC

2 Indian Skipper Frog Euphlyctis cyanophlyctis Dicroglossida

e

SS Not

listed LC

3 Painted Frog Kaloula pulchra Microhylidae SS Not

listed LC

4 Indian Pond Frog Euphlyctis hexadactylus Dicroglossida

e

SS Not

listed LC

5 Indian Bull Frog Hoplobatrachus tigerinus Dicroglossida

e

SS Not

listed LC

Notes: LC-Least Concern; PS-Primary Survey; CC-Community Consultation; SS-Secondary Source

Reptiles

Eleven species are reported from the study area. The Python (Python molorus)

and Russel’s Viper (Daboia russelii) are listed respectively in Schedule’s I and II

of Wildlife Protection Act, 1972. The Python (Python molorus) is categorized as

Near Threatened (NT) as per IUCN Red List V 2016.1. The details of reptiles

are given in Table 5.21.

Table 5.21 Reptiles reported from the study area

SN. English /

Popular Name

Scientific Name Family Sources WPA

Schedule

IUCN Status

1 Python Python molurus Pythonidae SS I NT

2 Russel's viper Daboia russelii Viperidae SS II LC

3 Saw-scaled viper Echis carinata Viperidae SS IV Not assessed

4 Rat snake Ptyas mucosa Colubridae SS IV Not assessed

5 Star Tortoise Geochelone

elegans

Testudinidae SS IV VU

6 Flat tailed Gecko Hemidactylus

platyurus

Gekkonidae SS Not listed Not assessed

7 Brooke's Gecko Hemidactylus

brooki

Gekkonidae SS Not listed Not assessed

8 Spotted Rock

Gecko

Hemidactylus

maculatus

Gekkonidae SS Not listed LC

9 Keeled Grass

Skink

Eutropis carinata Scincidae SS Not listed LC

10 Indian Garden

Lizard

Calotes versicolor Agamidae SS Not listed Not assessed

11 Peninsular Rock

Agama

Psammophilus

dorsalis

Agamidae SS Not listed LC

Notes: LC-Least Concern, SS-Secondary Sources; PS-Primary Survey; CC-Community Consultation


112

Avifauna

A total of 59 bird species were recorded in the study area, out of which 28

species were aquatic and 31 species were terrestrial. One species, the Black-

bellied Tern (Sterna acuticauda) is listed as Endangered (EN), and, four species,

the Black-headed Ibis (Threskiornis melanocephalus), Darter (Anhinga

melanogaster), Red-necked Falcon (Falco chicquera), and River Tern (Sterna

aurantia) are listed as Near Threatened (NT) as per the IUCN Red List of

Threatened Species V 2016.1. Four species, the Black shouldered Kite (Elanus

axillaris), Red-necked Falcon (Falco chicquera), Brahminy Kite (Haliastur indus)

and Shikra (Accipiter badius) are listed under Schedule 1 of the Indian Wildlife

Protection Act, 1972 and amendments, and are accorded the highest

protection. Observed avifaunal species from the study area are shown in

Figure 5.24 and listed in Table 5.22.

Figure 5.24 Avifaunal Species observed in the Study Area

Ashy-crowned Sparrow-lark Ashy Prinia Black-bellied Tern

Black-headed Ibis Black Ibis Brahminy Kite

Brahminy Starling Black-shouldered Kite Black-winged Stilt

Cattle Egret Common Babbler Common Coot


113

Collared Dove Common Myna Great Cormorant

Coucal Darter Grey Francolin

Grey Heron Glossy Ibis Common Crow

Indian Courser Indian Pond Heron Indian Roller

Indian Silverbill Laughing Dove Little Egret

Little Grebe Large-grey Babbler Openbill


114

Pied Bushchat Pied Kingfisher Purple Sunbird

Red-headed Falcon River Tern Rufous-tailed Lark

Red-wattled Lapwing Spot-billed Duck Small-green Bee-eater

Shikra White-breasted Kingfisher White-breasted Waterhen

Lesser Whistling-duck Yellow-billed Babbler Yellow-wattled Lapwing

Source: Site and surrounding areas survey by ERM during the site visit

Table 5.22 Avifaunal Species observed in the Study Area

SN Common Name

Scientific Name

Family Migratory Status

Habitats IUCN WPA , 1972

1 Ashy crowned Sparrow Lark

Eremopterix griseus

Alaudidae R T LC IV

2 Ashy Prinia Prinia socialis Cisticolidae R T LC IV

3 Barn Swallow Hirundo rustica Hirundinidae M T LC IV

4 Black-shouldered Kite

Elanus axillaris Accipitridae R T LC I


115

SN Common Name

Scientific Name



5 Black winged Stilt

Himantopus himantopus

Recurvirostridae R A LC IV

6 Black-headed Ibis

Threskiornis melanocephalus

Threskiornithidiae R A NT IV

7 Brahminy Starling

Sturnus pagodarum

Sturnidae R T LC IV

8 Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis Ardeidae R A LC IV

9 Common Babbler

Turdoides caudata

Timaliidae R T LC IV

10 Common Coot Fulica atra Rallidae M A LC IV

11 Common Myna Acridotheres tristis

Sturnidae R T LC IV

12 Darter Anhinga melanogaster

Anhingidae R A NT IV

13 Eurasian Collared Dove

Streptopelia decaocto

Columbidae R T LC IV

14 Eurasian Openbill

Anastomus oscitans

Ciconiidae R A LC IV

15 Glossy Ibis Plegadis falcinellus

Threskiornithidiae R,M A LC IV

16 Great Cormorant

Phalacrocorax carbo

Phalacrocoracidae R A LC IV

17 Great White Egret

Ardea alba Ardeidae R A LC IV

18 Greater Coucal Centropus sinensis

Cuculidae R T LC IV

19 Green Bee-eater Merops orientalis Meropidae R T LC IV

20 Blue-faced Malkoha

Phaenicophaeus viridirostris

Cuculidae R T LC IV

21 Grey Francolin Francolinus pondicerianus

Phasianidae R T LC IV

22 Grey Heron Ardea cinerea Ardeidae R A LC IV

23 House Crow Corvus splendens

Corvidae R T LC V

24 House Sparrow Passer domesticus

Passeridae R T LC IV

25 Indian Cormorant

Phalacrocorax fuscicollis

Phalacrocoracidae R A LC IV

26 Indian Courser Cursorius coromandelicus

Glareolidae R T LC IV

27 Indian Jungle Crow

Corvus macrorhynchos

Corvidae R T LC IV

28 Indian Koel Eudynamys scolopaceus

Cuculidae R T LC IV

29 Indian Pond Heron

Ardeola grayii Ardeidae R A LC IV

30 Indian Robin Saxicoloides fulicatus

Muscicapidae R T LC IV

31 Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis

Coraciidae R T LC IV

32 Indian Silverbill

Lonchura malabarica

Estrildidae R T LC IV

33 Intermediate Egret

Mesophoyx intermedia

Ardeidae R A LC IV

34 Brahminy Kite Haliastur indus Accipitridae R A LC I

35 Large-grey Babbler

Turdoides malcolmi

Leiothrichidae R T LC IV

36 Laughing Dove Spilopelia senegalensis


37 Lesser Whistling Duck

Dendrocygna javanica

Anatidae R A LC IV


116

SN Common Name

Scientific Name



38 Little Cormorant

Microcarbo niger Phalacrocoracidae R A LC IV

39 Little Egret Egretta garzetta Ardeidae R A LC IV

40 Little Grebe Tachybaptus ruficollis

Podicipedidae R A LC IV

41 Black Ibis Pseudibis

papillosa

Threskiornithidae R A LC IV

42 Black-bellied Tern

Sterna acuticauda

Laridae R A EN IV

43 Pied Bushchat Saxicola caprata Muscicapidae R T LC IV

44 Pied Kingfisher Ceryle rudis Alcedinidae R A LC IV

45 Purple Sunbird Nectarinia asiatica

Nectariniidae R T LC IV

46 Red-necked Falcon

Falco chicquera Falconidae R T NT I

47 Red-vented Bulbul

Pycnonotus cafer Pycnonotidae R T LC IV

48 Red-wattled Lapwing

Vanellus indicus Charadriidae R A LC IV

49 Red-Rumped Swallow

Cecropis daurica Hirundinidae R T LC IV

50 River Tern Sterna aurantia Sternidae R A NT IV

51 Rock Pigeon Columba livia Columbidae R T LC IV

52 Rufous Tailed Lark

Ammomanes phoenicura

Alaudidae R T LC IV

53 Shikra Accipiter badius Accipitridae R T LC I

54 Spot-billed Duck

Anas poecilorhyncha

Anatidae M A LC IV

55 White Throated Kingfisher

Halcyon smyrnensis

Halcyonidae R A LC IV

56 White-breasted Waterhen

Amaurornis akool

Rallidae R A LC IV

57 White-browed Wagtail

Motacilla madaraspatensis

Motacillidae R A LC IV

58 Yellow-billed Babbler

Turdoides affinis Timaliidae R T LC IV

59 Yellow-wattled Lapwing

Vanellus malarbaricus

Charadriidae R A LC IV

Migratory Status: R- Resident, M-Migrant; IUCN: EN- Endangered, NT-Near Threatened, LC-Least

Concern; WPA, 1972 (Indian Wildlife Protection Act -1972): Schedule – I, IV; Habitats: A-Aquatic, T-

Terrestrial

The Jeddipalli Reservoir supports large numbers of aquatic congregatory

species, such as cormorants and Oriental Darters. In the Kanekallu Tank, large

numbers of egrets, ibis’es and herons were observed. The observed

congregation of birds is shown in Figure 5.25 below.


117

Figure 5.25 Congregation of aquatic birds in the study area

Cormorants and Oriental Darters resting in the Jeedipalli Reservoir. Wind turbines can be seen

in the background.

A mixed flock of egrets, herons and ibis’es in the Kanekallu Tank

Source: Site and surrounding areas survey by ERM during the site visit, May 2016.

An earlier study conducted by ERM in the area in the migratory season

(December 2013 & January 2014) documented 47 additional bird species,

which are shown in Table 5.23 below. From this survey, 11 aquatic and 10


118

migratory species were recorded. One species, the Painted Stork (Mycteria

leucocephala) is listed as Near Threatened (NT) as per the IUCN Red List of

Threatened Species V 2016.1. Seven species; the Black Kite (Milvus migrans),

Oriental Honey Buzzard (Pernis ptilorhynchus), White-eyed Buzzard (Butastur

teesa), Tawny Eagle (Aquila rapax), Short-toed Snake Eagle (Circaetus gallicus),

Crested Serpent Eagle (Spilornis cheela) and Indian Peafowl (Pavo cristatus) are

listed under Schedule 1 of the Indian Wildlife Protection Act, 1972 and

amendments, and are accorded the highest protection.

Table 5.23 Avifaunal Species recorded in the Study Area

SN Common Name Scientific Name Family Migratory Status


1 Rosy Starling Pastor roseus Sturnidae M T LC IV

2 Whiskered Tern Chlidonias

hybrida

Sternidae M A LC IV

3 Bar Headed

Goose

Anser indicus Anatidae M A LC IV

4 Painted Stork Mycteria

leucocephala

Ciconiidae R A NT IV

5 Purple Heron Ardea purpurea Ardeidae R A LC IV

6 Black Kite Milvus migrans Accipitridae R T LC I

7 Indian Eagle

Owl

Bubo bengalensis Strigidae R T LC IV

8 Common

Kestrel

Falco

tinnunculus

Falconidae M T LC IV

9 Long tailed

Shrike

Lanius schach Laniidae R T LC IV

10 Black Crowned

Night Heron

Nycticorax

nycticorax

Ardeidae R A LC IV

11 Oriental Honey

Buzzard

Pernis

ptilorhynchus

Accipitridae R T LC I

12 White Eyed

Buzzard

Butastur teesa Accipitridae R T LC I

13 Tawny Eagle Aquila rapax Accipitridae R T LC I

14 Short -Toed

Snake Eagle

Circaetus gallicus Accipitridae R T LC I

15 Crested Serpent

Eagle

Spilornis cheela Accipitridae R T LC I

16 Yellow legged

Buttonquail

Turnix tanki Turnicidae R T LC IV

17 Indian peafowl Pavo cristatus Phasianidae R T LC I

18 Wood

Sandpiper

Tringa glareola Scolopacidae M A LC IV

19 Green

Sandpiper

Tringa ochropus Scolopacidae M A LC IV

20 Common Snipe Gallinago

gallinago

Scolopacidae M A LC IV

21 Red collared

Dove

Streptopelia

tranquebarica


22 Spotted Dove Spilopelia

chinensis


23 Rose ringed

Parakeet

Psittacula

krameri

Psittaculidae R T LC IV

24 Indian Nightjar Caprimulgus

asiaticus

Caprimulgidae R T LC IV


119

SN Common Name Scientific Name Family Migratory Status


25 Jungle Owlet Glaucidium

radiatum

Strigidae R T LC IV

26 Asian Palm

Swift

Cypsiurus

balasiensis

Apodidae R T LC IV

27 House Swift Apus nipalensis Apodidae R T LC IV

28 Common

Kingfisher

Alcedo atthis Alcedinidae R T LC IV

29 Common

Hoopoe

Upupa epops Upupidae R T LC IV

30 Coppersmith

Barbet

Megalaima

haemacephala

Megalaimidae R T LC IV

31 Indian Grey

Hornbill

Ocyceros birostris Bucerotidae R T LC IV

32 Black-naped

Oriole

Oriolus chinensis Oriolidae R T LC IV

33 Oriental Skylark Alauda gulgula Alaudidae R T LC IV

34 Black Drongo Dicrurus

macrocercus

Dicruridae R T LC IV

35 Red Whiskered

Bulbul

Pycnonotus

jocosus

Pycnonotidae R T LC IV

36 Red Throated

Flycatcher

Ficedula albicilla Muscicapidae R T LC IV

37 Zitting Cisticola Cisticola juncidis Cisticolidae R T LC IV

38 Common Tailor

Bird

Orthotomus

sutorius

Cisticolidae R T LC IV

39 Oriental Magpie

Robin

Copsychus

saularis

Muscicapidae R T LC IV

40 Paddyfield Pipit Anthus rufulus Motacillidae R T LC IV

41 Purple rumped

Sunbird

Leptocoma

zeylonica

Nectariniidae R T LC IV

42 White Wagtail Motacilla alba Motacillidae R T LC IV

43 Green-billed

Malkoha

Phaenicophaeus

tristis

Cuculidae R T LC IV

44 Ruddy

Shelduck

Tadorna

ferruginea

Anatidae M A LC IV

45 Northern

Shoveler

Anas clypeata Anatidae M A LC IV

46 Western Yellow

Wagtail

Motacilla flava Motacillidae R T LC IV

47 Western Reef

Heron

Egretta gularis Ardeidae M A LC IV

Mammals

Twelve mammals are reported from the study area. One species, the Indian

Pangolin (Manis crassicaudata) is classified as Endangered (EN), and, one

species, the Blackbuck (Antilope cervicapra), is classified as Near Threatened

(NT) as per the IUCN Red List of Threatened Species V 2016.1. Both the Indian

Pangolin and Blackbuck are listed in Schedule I of the Indian Wildlife

Protection Act, 1972 and amendments, and are accorded the highest

protection. Solitary blackbuck males were observed twice in different

locations and a blackbuck group were observed once, as shown in Figure 5.26

below.


120

Table 5.24 Details of Mammals recorded from the Study area

SN. English Name

Scientific Name Family Source WPA

Schedule

IUCN

Status

1 Jackal Canis aureus Canidae SS II LC

2 Common Fox Vulpes bengalensis Canidae SS II LC

3 Wild boar Sus scrofa Suidae SS III LC

4 Spotted Deer Axis axis Cervidae SS III LC

5 Bonnet Macaque Macaca radiate Cercopithecidae SS II LC

6 Common Langur Semnopithecus entellus Cercopithecidae SS II LC

7 Blackbuck Antelope cervicapra Bovidae SS I NT

8 Indian Pangolin Manis crassicaudata Manidae SS I EN

9 Indian Grey

Mongoose

Herpestes edwardsii Herpestidae SS II LC

10 Jungle Cat Felis chaus Felidae SS II LC

11 Five Striped

Squirrel

Funambulus pennantii Sciuridae SS IV LC

12 Black-naped Hare Lepus nigricollis Leporidae SS IV LC

Notes: IUCN-International Union for Conservation of Nature, WPA-Wildlife Protection Act, 1972, LC-

Least Concern, NT- Near Threatened, EN-Endangered; SS-Secondary Sources

Figure 5.26 Blackbuck observed in the study area

A blackbuck group A solitary blackbuck male

A solitary blackbuck male

Source: Site and surrounding areas survey by ERM during the site visit, May 2016.

5.5.6 Protected Areas

No protected areas occur within 5 kilometres of the WTG locations.


121

5.5.7 Migratory Routes

The Central Asian Flyway (CAF) used by migratory ducks and birds lies over

the study area, as can be seen in Figure 5.27 below. 12 migratory birds were

recorded and they are likely to use the waterbodies in the study area.

Figure 5.27 Map showing estimated migration routes for Anatidae species in the Central

Asian Flyway

Estimated migration routes of Anatidae in the Central Asian Flyway (CAF). Relative use for

CAF is displayed in yellow-red. From darkest to lightest, colors represent 50%, 75% and 99%

cumulative probability contours. CAF marking sites include Terkiin Tsagaan Lake, Mongolia

(TT), Qinghai Lake, China (QL), Chitwan National Park, Nepal (CP), Pong Dam, India (PD),

Keoladeo National Park, India (KP), Brahmaputra River, India (BR), Hakaluki Haor, Bangladesh

(HH), West Bengal, India (WB), Chilika Lake, India (CL) and Koonthankulam, India (KT).

Dotted yellow line represents the CAF flyway outline (1) .

(1) Source: Palm, Eric C., Scott H. Newman, Diann J. Prosser, Xiangming Xiao, Luo Ze, Nyambayar Batbayar,

Sivananinthaperumal Balachandran, and John Y. Takekawa. "Mapping migratory flyways in Asia using dynamic Brownian

bridge movement models." Movement ecology.


122

5.6 SOCIO ECONOMIC BASELINE

This section presents socio economic baseline of the study area for the

OUWPPL project which is being developed by Suzlon.

5.6.1 Study Area

The area of up to 5 km distance from the project boundary (windfarm area)

has been demarcated as study area for both projects by considering the extent

of project impact in terms of noise, shadow flicker, water resources, human

settlement, cultural heritage sites, location of labour sites, location of the

access roads, common property resources etc. besides considering the actual

land area which is acquired/proposed to be acquired for both the project and

its utilities footprints.

The study area is further bifurcated into the core zone and buffer zone. The

core zone covers the surrounding distance up to 1 km from the wind farm

area. The buffer zone consists of the area at 4 km ahead of the core zone,

covering project components such as pooling substation, transmission line,

scrap yard and switching substation etc. From the toposheets, it was observed

that there are 23 villages in the study area, of which six are in the core zone

and the remaining in buffer.

Map of the study area for these projects is presented in Figure 1.2.

5.6.2 Approach and Methodology

The socio-economic baseline for this project has been developed on the basis

of a combination of a secondary literature review, as well as the inferences

drawn from the consultations with different stakeholders including the local

community.

Review of secondary information

A review and assessment of the available secondary data and information for

the study area was undertaken in order to substantiate and corroborate the

understanding gained through stakeholder consultations, understand the

performance of the area on socio-economic parameters as well as allow for a

comparative assessment of the project area vis-à-vis the block and district

level socio economic baseline information. For the purpose of the desk based

assessment, following documents and literature have been reviewed:

Provisional Data, Census of India 2011;

Primary Census Abstract data 2011;

District Statistical Handbook - 2011 for Anantapur District ;

Agriculture census abstract of Beluguppa Mandal;


123

Project description and study area related reports in order to understand

social sensitivities, if any in the project area; and

Published research papers, articles and other information available in

public domain on aspects such as irrigation, drinking water supply

system, livelihood pattern, land, local governance and decentralisation,

civil society and NGOs as well as economic policies and regional

development plans the state is pursuing.

Stakeholder Mapping and consultation

The stakeholders for this project differ in terms of the degree of impact,

interest, and influence over the project. The stakeholder mapping and its

analysis was conducted with the objective of identifying each stakeholder

group; studying their profile, characteristics and the nature of their stakes;

gauging their influence on the project; and understanding the specific issues,

concerns as well as expectations of each group from the project.

Figure 5.28 Consultation with one of the affected community in Project study area


Key groups of stakeholders who were consulted during the study process

were local community, panchayat president, panchayat secretary, contractors,

daily wagers etc. The consultation process was also undertaken with the aim

of informing the stakeholders about the project, its proposed activities, while

assessing the awareness levels about the project in the community and

simultaneously identifying some of the key issues, concerns and expectations

of the community.

Consultations and discussions with the relevant block and district officials,

line departments and civil society groups were also conducted so as to gain a

better understanding of the developmental and historical context of the area,

as well as the development needs of the area in general and of the specific

stakeholder groups in particular.

Primary data/information collection

Under this phase consultations were undertaken with the local community,

key informants in study area, gram panchayat representatives, local teachers

etc. with the objective of building ground level understanding of the


124

concerned issues and also gather primary data wherever feasible to support

the observations gained through these consultations.

5.6.3 Administrative set up of the Study Area

District Anantapur is administratively managed by 63 Mandals1. Study area

for the project falls under Beluguppa Mandal. Administrative linkage of the

villages under study areas are presented in Figure 5.29 provided below.

Figure 5.29 Administrative set up of the study areas

Source: Census 2011 Data

Of the 23 villages identified in the toposheet, only 17 could be identified from

Census Data, 2011. All the core zone villages come under Beluguppa Mandal.

Since 10 villages out of the 17 fall under Beluguppa Mandal, this section

focuses only on Beluguppa mandal for Mandal level data. The other villages

are distributed across Rayadurga, Kanekal and Guntakal mandals.

5.6.4 Demographic Profile

This section provides a demographic overview of the study area to provide a clear understanding of the socio-economic and cultural context within which the project is located. Table 5.25 broad demographic features of the region wherein project study area is located.

Table 5.25 Demographic profile of the study region

Study region

No

of

Ho

use

ho

lds

To

tal

po

pu

lati

on

Se

x r

ati

o

SC

%

ST

%

Po

pu

lati

on

de

nsi

ty

De

cad

e

gro

wth

ra

te

Lit

era

cy

rate

Fe

ma

le

lite

racy

ra

te

Andhra Pradesh 21022588 8458077

7

992 16.4 7 308 11.1 67.66 59.74

Anantapur district 968160 4081148 977 14.3 3.8 213 12.1 64 54

Beluguppa Mandal 10056 43735 974 19.1 7.9 93 7.9 62 51


1 Mandal/Tehsil is an entity of local government, an administrative centre usually with a number of villages


125

Beluguppa Mandal seems to be backward in most of the demographic

indicators. Beluguppa Mandal also records a low decadal population growth

rate as per 2011 census data compared to population recorded in 2001 census

data. Sex ratio is also observed to be low in Beluguppa Mandal at 974 female

per thousand male, which is much below the state figure of 992 as per Census

2011 data. The female literacy is also far lower compared to State and District

figures at 51%.

In the Human Development Report for Andhra Pradesh 2007, Anantapur ranks 19 among the

23 districts of the State.

Beluguppa Mandal has a significant proportion of Scheduled Castes1 and

Scheduled2 Tribes. However, as mentioned in Section 1.1.1, the area does not

fall under Schedule V area, as specified in the Indian Constitution.

As per the Handbook of Statistics, only 25 percentage of the Anantapur

district has urban population, while Beluguppa Mandal is 100% classified as

rural.

Demographic profile of the villages falling under the study area is captured in

Table 5.26.

Table 5.26 Demography of the study area villages

Villages

No

of

Ho

use

ho

lds

To

tal

po

pu

lati

on

Se

x r

ati

o

SC

%

ST

%

Lit

era

cy r

ate

Fe

ma

le

lite

racy

ra

te

Core Village

Avulenna 317 1422 951 21.7 0.4 56.5 40.0

Beluguppa 1673 7457 953 12.9 21.6 58.8 39.2

Sreerangapuram 764 3432 997 19.9 0.0 50.9 39.9

Thagguparthy 473 2099 997 30.2 0.0 63.4 44.2

Yerragudi 301 1280 1003 31.6 0.0 60.5 41.1

Total 11,911 51,968 984

(avera

ge)

23.2

(avera

ge)

4.4

(aver

age)

58.0

(avera

ge)

40.9

(avera

ge)

Buffer Village

Ankampalle 772 3095 989 16.3 0.2 50.9 40.1

Brahmanapalle 925 3765 987 14.2 0.0 49.9 39.3

Duddekunta 613 2513 963 25.7 0.0 54.5 40.3

Hanakanahal 688 3309 981 14.9 0.0 58.9 40.0

Kalekurthi 393 1933 945 17.7 0.0 40.7 36.0

Kasapuram 859 3692 982 14.5 0.8 49.3 39.6

Narinjangundlapalle 423 1845 936 23.0 1.9 51.2 38.5

1 The “Scheduled Castes” is the legal and constitutional name collectively given to the groups which have traditionally

occupied the lowest status in Indian society and the Hindu religion which provides the religious and ideological basis for

an “untouchable” group, which was outside the caste system and inferior to all other castes.

2Article 366 (25) defined scheduled tribes as "such tribes or tribal communities or parts of or groups within such tribes or

tribal communities as are deemed under Article 342 to be Scheduled Tribes for the purposes of this constitution".


126

Villages

No

of

Ho

use

ho

lds

To

tal

po

pu

lati

on

Se

x r

ati

o

SC

%

ST

%

Lit

era

cy r

ate

Fe

ma

le

lite

racy

ra

te

Ramapuram 505 1972 966 16.2 0.8 45.4 39.4

Ratchumarri 406 1950 1033 19.4 0.0 42.2 41.7

Seerpi 1180 5023 926 22.9 0.4 55.7 39.4

Veparalla 1059 4640 981 17.9 0.0 40.9 40.6

Virupapuram 310 1263 955 51.3 0.1 47.5 39.2

Total 8,133 35,000 970

(avera

ge)

21.2

(avera

ge)

1.5

(aver

age)

48.9

(avera

ge)

39.5(av

erage)


Key demographic data of the revenue villages under study area indicates that

most villages are less populated with population density of most villages in

the study area lower than population density of the corresponding Mandal

data.

Secondary sources have suggested that the study areas has recorded negative

growth rate in their population in the last two census and the key reasons

identified during consultations with various stakeholders were decreasing

employment opportunities, decreasing agriculture productivity due to

decreased monsoon in these areas.

Anantapur district has also been declared as ‘Drought Prone’1 area by

government of India for previous many years

Caste and community profile of the study area further reflects that percentage

of Scheduled Tribes (ST) population is much lower in the study area

1 The 1962 Irrigation Commission defined a drought-prone area as one which receives less than 10 cm rainfall and even

three-fourths of this is not received in 20 per cent or more of the years under consideration; or an area in which 30 per cent

or less of the total cropped area is irrigated. It is difficult to provide a precise and universally accepted definition of

drought due to its varying characteristics and impacts across different regions such as rainfall patterns, human response

and resilience etc. Drought is a normal, recurrent feature of climate and occurs in all climatic regimes and is usually

characterized in terms of its spatial extension, intensity and duration. Drought causes economic, environmental and social

impacts. Ministry of Agriculture is the nodal Ministry in respect of monitoring and managing drought conditions and

droughts are classified into meteorological droughts, hydrological droughts and agricultural droughts.

Meteorological drought is classified based on rainfall deficiency w.r.t. long term average – 25% or less is normal, 26-

50% is moderate and more than 50% is severe.

Hydrological drought is best defined as deficiencies in surface and sub-surface water supplies leading to a lack of

water for normal and specific needs. Such conditions arise even in times of average (or above average) precipitation

when increased usage of water diminishes the reserves.

Agricultural drought is identified by 4 consecutive weeks of meteorological drought, weekly rainfall is 50 mm from

15/5/ to 15/10, 6 such consecutive weeks rest of the year and crop planted is 80% in kharif season.

In India, around 68% of the country is prone to drought in varying degrees. 35% which receives rainfall between 750

mm and 1125 mm is considered drought prone while 33% receiving less than 750 mm is chronically drought prone.

http://wrmin.nic.in/forms/list.aspx?lid=312

The local communities in study area are;

1) OC group: Reddy, Kamma, Balija, Brahmin and Vasyas community;

2) BC group: Golla, Korba, Vadde, Cheneta, Gboya, Lingayats, Chakali, Jangama;

3) SC group: Malla, Madhika (Harijan)

4) ST group: Erukola, Tanda


127

compared to Mandal level. The core villages have 4.4% of its population

classified as ST while only 1.5% of the population in the buffer villages have

been classified as SC. But it is pertinent to note that most villages in the study

area do not record any ST population and Beluguppa has the highest

proportion of ST population at 21%. The study area also is not classified as a

Schedule V area because the population of SC and ST as observed is not

significant. Remaining population are further classified into two major

groups; BC (Backward Caste) and OC (Other Caste) that is not accounted for

in the Census survey of India. In India, division of people among various caste

and communities used to be based upon profession of that particular group

and this criterion is still observed to be existing locally; however in relatively

lower degree.

Social Groups

Religious practices of the study area as per Census 2011 data reflect that 97

percent of the people identified themselves as Hindu. Table 5.27 provides

religious bifurcation of people of the study region.

Table 5.27 Religion wise classification of data

Area

To

tal

po

pu

lati

on

Hin

du

Mu

slim

Ch

rist

ian

Jain

Bu

dd

ist

Sik

h

Oth

ers

Re

lig

ion

no

t st

ate

d

Anantapur district 3640478 88.59% 10.69% 0.57% 0.03% 0.01% 0.01% 0% 9.75%

Beluguppa Mandal 40546 97.61% 2.06% 0.15% 0% 0.01% 0% 0% 0.18%

Source: Census 2011 data, Handbook of Statistics, Anantapur district 2011

5.6.5 Education profile

Literacy Profile

Literacy status of the study area villages is presented in Figure 5.30, and it

suggests that literacy rate for most of the villages in study area are similar to

the literacy rate of Beluguppa Mandal.


128

Figure 5.30 Literacy profile of the study area villages


Only two villages in the study area, Tagguparthy and Yerragudi have literacy

levels over 60%. Thagguparthy is most literate village with 63.4% literacy rate.

Female literacy rate is also lower in all the study area villages. From the

previous experience of ERM in the area, a general trend of education level

attainment in study area as reported during a consultation with the MEO

(Mandal Education Officer) is that mostly teenagers drop out after appearing

in Secondary School Certificate (SSC) examination and key reasons cited by

MEO against this higher drop-out rate were economic conditions of the

families as well as lack of quality education. The dropout rate was reported

by MEO to be relatively higher among Scheduled Caste and Backward Caste

families. Table 5.28 provides trend of students appearing in SSC and

Intermediate examination and percentage of successful candidates over five

year span.

Table 5.28 SSC and intermediate results of Anantapur district

Boys Girls

Appeared Appeared % Passed Appeared Appeared % Passed

SSC Results

2006-2007 24565 57.0 46.4% 18533 43.00 64.1%

2007-2008 24094 59.2 81.8% 16624 40.83 85.3%

2008-2009 23924 59.2 88.7% 16508 40.83 96.1%

2009-2010 24290 57.7 94.6% 17794 42.28 96.5%

2010-2011 25639 56.5 87.3% 19714 43.47 89.7%

Intermediate Results

2006-2007 11942 57.5 53.6% 8841 42.54 59.6%

2007-2008 11996 57.5 57.3% 8882 42.54 63.7%

2008-2009 12496 54.8 51.4% 10317 45.22 54.6%

2009-2010 13470 54.3 50.1% 11315 45.65 56.3%

2010-2011 12705 54.1 54.6% 10782 45.91 60.3%

Source: Handbook of Statistics, Anantapur District


129

This table also reflects that number of boys and girls students appearing in

Intermediate exams is almost half of the number appeared for SSC level

exams. Further percentage of passing intermediate level exam is continuously

lower than percentage of passing SSC level exams reflecting poor education

quality at this level in the region and inability of the students in general to

afford private tutorial classes in order to improve their level of education

Educational Infrastructure

The assessment of education facilities and education promotion programs

provided by the government in study area as well as in study region indicates

that available education infrastructures in terms of number of schools is not as

poor as the literacy status suggests. Number of schools and colleges existing

in study region is show in Table 5.29. The information has been obtained from

Anantapur district statistical handbook 2011. The tables reflect that number of

primary schools is more than number of revenue villages of the three

Mandals, indicating that each village is having a primary school in its

peripheral boundary. Number of upper primary and high schools are lower;

however local education department reported that transportation allowance of

INR 1500 per student per annum is provided by the government to students

living beyond 3 km from the nearest school.

Table 5.29 Schools facilities in study region

Study region

Ce

ntr

al

Go

vt.

Sta

te G

ov

t.

Ma

nd

al

Pa

rish

ad

Mu

nic

ipa

lity

Pri

va

te a

ide

d

Pri

va

te u

n-a

ide

d

tota

l

Total students Boys % Girls%

Primary School

Anantapur district 10 2673 179 35 219 3116 226674 50.12% 49.88%

Beluguppa 29 2 31 2554 50.12% 49.88%

Upper Primary School

Anantapur district 1 615 41 2 270 929 138811 52.05% 47.95%

Beluguppa 8 1 9 967 51.50% 48.50%

High Schools

Anantapur district 5 60 388 29 15 177 674 243344 51.00% 49.00%

Beluguppa 10 2 12 2520 52.94% 47.06%

Junior colleges

Anantapur district 51 7 105 163 54123 54.64% 45.36%

Beluguppa 1 1 226 60.18% 39.82%

Source: Handbook of Statistics, Anantapur District 2011

Local government is also trying to promote education by establishing hostel

facilities for marginalised section of the society. Separate hostel facilities for

boys and girls for different social group like SC, ST, and BC have been

provided. Table 5.30 provides the status of existing hostels in study region

which suggests that total 22 hostels for different social groups are there in


130

three Mandals. One BC hostel also exists in Y. Ramapuram village which is

under project study area.

Table 5.30 Hostel facilities provided by government in study region

Hostel facilities Anantapur

district

Beluguppa

Mandal

SC hostel for Boys

No 89 1

Strength 7627 60

SC hostel for Girls

No 37 0

Strength 3898 0

ST hostel for Boys

No 10

Strength 1026

ST hostel for Girls

No 7

Strength 780

BC hostel for Boys

No 75 2

Strength 10535 355

BC hostel for Girls

No 16

Strength 2873

APRES (Residential Schools)

Boys

No 3

Strength 1602

APRES (Residential Schools)

Girls

No 13

Strength 5653

Ashram Boys

No 1

Strength 110

Ashram Girls

No

Strength

Source: Handbook of Statistics, Anantapur District 2011

Consultations with the local community reported that both boys and girls are

encouraged to go to schools, as can be observed from the Table above.

Moreover, there was no drop-out rates reported at the villag schools. Local

NGOs such as Rural Development Trust is also facilitating the strengthening

of education systems in the district by building school infrastructures for

Government Schools and establishing alternate study centres for the weak

students and also the poor and marginalized sections of the society.


131

Figure 5.31 A study centre run by RDT in one of the study area village


5.6.6 Land Profile

Land Use Classification

The existing land use of the study area as observed during the site visit and

stakeholder consultation process, falls under following mentioned categories

which are briefly described as follows;

Built up land: this includes primarily residential structures and other

existing structural area;

Crop land: this is inclusive of single kharif crop area and Rabi crop lands;

Double crop land: this includes area wherein double crops are grown in a

year;

Agriculture fallow land: this is the category of land which remains

temporarily unused with presently no cultivation being done;

Waste Land: this includes scrub land, gullied land and other fallow land

and barren land;

Water bodies: area covered under water bodies include pond, canal etc.

Other: other area primarily includes the area covered under agriculture

plantation.

Land use classification of the study area villages based on census 2001 data

have been captured in the Table 5.31 which is provided below. Land use

classification at village level is extracted from Village Directory (VD) Data of

Census of India, 2011. The data for only 8 villages were available in the Village

Directory.


132

Table 5.31 Land use classification of villages under study area

Villages Mandal Total

Area

(in

hectare

s)

Fores

t area

(%)

Irrigate

d Area

(%)

Unirrigate

d area (%)

Culturabl

e waste

land (%)

Area not

available for

cultivation(

%)

Core Villages

Avulenna

Belugupp

a 995 3.3 1.3 91.7 1.9 0.6

Beluguppa

Belugupp

a 4335 3.6 0.8 90.6 1.4 2.6

Sreerangapuram

Belugupp

a 2505 0.0 3.0 88.7 0.4 6.7

Thagguparthy

Belugupp

a 2495 0.0 0.0 18.5 80.5 0.1

Yerragudi

Belugupp

a 1338 0.0 0.0 95.8 2.1 0.3

Buffer Villages

Ankampalle

Belugupp

a 2019 0 6.3 81.9 2.1 8.7

Duddekunta

Belugupp

a 2387 0 1.6 94.3 1.8 1.4

Hanakanahal Kanekal 3815 0 0.0 95.0 1.0 2.0

Kalekurthi Kanekal 1493 0 12.2 86.1 0.0 1.7

Narinjangundlapa

lle

Belugupp

a 961 12.8 3.1 79.0 0.8 2.7

Ratchumarri Kanekal 977 0 39.4 38.1 0.0 22.3

Seerpi

Belugupp

a 3566 0 2.0 87.8 5.1 3.9

Veparalla Raydurga 2794 0 6.3 81.9 2.1 8.7

Source: Village Directory, Census 2011 data

Land use classification based on census 2011 data shows that 83% of land in

the study area villages is unirrigated and the same has been confirmed during

community consultations that most of the agriculture in the study ismonsoon

dependent. The table also reveals that there are no forest land in the core area

villages, which supports the case that there are no forest land involved in the

project and therefore no forest dependent communities are being affected

because of this project. In the buffer area villages, only Narinjangundla village

has 12.8% of its land classified as forest area.

Land Holding Pattern

Landholding Census 2005 data for the study region classifies land holders in

five categories that are Marginal framers (having land holding upto 1 hectare),

Small farmers (having land holding between 1 to 2 hectare), Semi-medium

farmers (having land holding between 2 to 4 hectare), Medium farmers

(having landholding between 4 to 10 hectares) and Large Farmers (having

land holding above 10 hectares). Broad overview of land holding pattern of

the project study region based on Landholding Census 2005 is provided in the

Table 5.32


133

Table 5.32 Land holding pattern of the study region

Land holding category Anantapur Beluguppa

Marginal Farmers

(< 2.47 acres)

No of farmers (%) 34.5% 17.6%

Total Area (%) 10.0% 4.4%

Small Farmers

(2.47 to 4.93 acres)

No of farmers (%) 31.7% 32.2%

Total Area (%) 24.1% 17.8%

Semi-Medium Farmers

(4.93 to 9.87 acres)

No of farmers (%) 24.6% 32.4%

Total Area (%) 32.4% 30.5%

Medium Farmers

(9.88 to 24.70 acres)

No of farmers (%) 8.1% 15.0%

Total Area (%) 24.2% 32.7%

Large Farmers

No of farmers (%) 1.2% 2.8%

Total Area (%) 9.4% 14.6%

Total number of farmers 657615 11806

Total Area (In Hectare) 3137463 82713.71

Source: Landholdings 2005 Census as captured in Handbook of Statistics, Anantapur District 2011.

Project study area is primarily located in Beluguppa Mandal. Land holding

pattern of the Mandals shows that majority famers in these areas are small and

semi-medium categories of farmers. This trend of land holdings was also

validated through stakeholder consultation process including limited

community consultations in the project area. It was noticed that the

marginalised section of the villages like people from SC community, BC

community are mostly under marginal category. There is significant number

of landless families as well in these communities.

5.6.7 Occupation and Livelihood

Agriculture is the mainstay of the local economy of the study area.

Cultivators, agriculture labourers constitute significant proportion among the

various forms of occupation of the people in study area. Classification of

working population of the study region as well as of the study area as per

census 2011 data is presented in Figure 5.31.


134

Table 5.33 Occupational pattern of the villages under study area

Study Region/

Study Area villages

Work

Particip

ation

Ratio

Main

Worker (1) %

Marginal

Worker (2

) %

Non –

Worker

%

CL (3) %

AL (4) %

HH (5) %

OW (6) %

Core Village

Avulenna 54.6 52.5 2.1 45.4 24.2 55.7 0.8 19.3

Beluguppa 48.9 35.3 13.6 51.1 23.5 42.5 3.8 30.2

Sreerangapuram 48.8 38.9 9.9 51.2 32.9 57.2 0.7 9.2

Thagguparthy 46.8 37.5 9.3 53.2 48.5 40.9 0.1 10.4

Yerragudi 64.9 64.8 0.1 35.1 17.6 80.2 0.4 1.8

Buffer Village

Ankampalle 61.5 46.2 15.3 38.5 53.4 0.1 9.5 15.3

Brahmanapalle 52.7 43.9 8.8 47.3 49.5 0.4 23.5 8.8

Duddekunta 56.3 42.7 13.6 43.7 52.7 2.1 12.9 13.6

Hanakanahal 54.2 47.1 7.1 45.8 44.5 1.5 16.2 7.1

Kalekurthi 58.7 52.7 6.0 41.3 63.3 3.0 11.7 6.0

Kasapuram 60.5 48.0 12.5 39.5 59.0 2.7 30.9 12.5

Narinjangundlapall

e

62.5 39.3 23.3 37.5 51.4 1.7 24.8 23.3

Ramapuram 60.5 58.7 1.9 39.5 53.4 0.7 11.9 1.9

Ratchumarri 60.7 44.8 15.9 39.3 48.5 0.6 5.4 15.9

Seerpi 59.4 49.6 9.9 40.6 60.0 2.2 8.4 9.9

Veparalla 62.0 55.5 6.5 38.0 70.4 0.2 7.7 6.5

Virupapuram 49.6 41.6 7.9 50.4 45.6 8.2 35.0 7.9


Note: WPR – Work Participation Ratio, CL – Cultivators, AL – Agriculture Labourer, HH –

Household Workers, OW – Other Workers.

Work Participation ratio (WPR) that is defined as percentage of total workers

including main and marginal workers out of the total population. The average

WPR of the study area is observed to be 56.6% which clearly indicates a huge

unmet demand for fulfilling economic needs. Sreerangapuram at 46.8% has

the lowest WPR among the study area villages.

(1) Main Workers are those workers who had worked for the major part of the reference period (i.e. 6 months or more) (2) Marginal Workers are those workers who have not worked for major portion of reference period (i.e. less than 6

months). (3) Cultivator is person engaged in cultivation of land owned or held from Government or held from private persons or

institution for payment in money, kind or share. Cultivation includes effective supervision or direction in cultivation. A

person who has given out her/his land to another person or persons or institution for cultivation for money, kind or share

of crop and who does not even supervise or direct cultivation in exchange of land, is not treated as cultivator. Similarly, a

person working on another person's land for wages in cash or kind or a combination of both (agricultural labourer) are not

treated as cultivator.

(4) A person who works on another person’s land for wages in money, or kind or share is regarded as agriculture labourer.

He or she has no risk in the cultivation, but merely works on another person’s land for wages. An agriculture labourer has

no right of lease or contract on which she or he works. (5) Household industry is defined as an industry being run by one or more member of a household at home or within

village in rural areas and only within the precincts of the house where the household lives in urban areas. The larger

proportion of workers in the household industry consists of members of household. The industry is not run on the scale of

a registered factory which would qualify or has to be registered under the Indian Factories Act. (6) All workers i.e. those who have engaged in some economic activity during the last one year, but are not cultivators or

agriculture labourers or in household industry are 'Other Workers’.


135

Figure 5.32 Distribution of main working population in the study area

Other noticeable aspects (as evident in the Table 5.33) is that proportion of

Agriculture Labourer (AL) is relatively high in all the study area villages. On

an average almost a third of the main workers are cultivators, while 53 percent

of main workers in the study area are agricultural labourers.

.

Cropping Pattern, Intensity and Productivity

As seen in the above sections, economy of the district and the study area is principally agrarian with almost nil industrial sector. Anantapur receives very less rainfall due to its location in the rain shadow area of Indian Peninsula and the average annual rainfall is about 550 mm.

Agrarian Crisis in the District and Farmer Suicides Anantapur has a long history of agricultural stress being a dry area. However, the last decade has been witness to a spate of farmer suicides owing to a mix of crop failure due to bud necrosis and rising input costs of agriculture, mainly increase in power tariffs. Irregular and scanty rainfalls in the last two years were cited during the consultation and there have been no agricultural activities in the last two years in few of the villages in the study area. According to a news report1 in the Hindu there were no fewer than 150 suicides-farmers and weavers combined in the last year alone in the district. Since the non-farm livelihood opportunities are limited, the young men have to resort to agriculture. So another dimension to the agrarian crisis is that young men who have taken to agriculture are unable to find brides and they also have to bear the ignominy of being unable to provide a better life to their spouses, if married.

Kharif is the major crop season in Anantapur District. Of the 9.75-lakh hectares of gross cropped area in the district in 2006–07, 7.94-lakh hectares,

1 http://www.thehindu.com/news/national/andhra-pradesh/agrarian-crisis-anantapur-registers-150-

suicides/article8015557.ece


136

that is, 81 percent of gross cropped area gets cultivated during the kharif season1.

Varieties of pulses are grown during the Rabi season in the study area.

Ground nut is the most grown crop during Kharif season. Other crops grown

during Kharif season however in lower intensity includes paddy, horse gram,

red gram, sun chillies etc. It has been observed that irrigated area is cultivated

with paddy, sunflower, groundnut and fruits, in that order.

A report1 by MS Swaminathan Research Foundation shows that in Anantpur district expansion of groundnut has been at the expense of millets. The report states that minor millets have more or less disappeared from cultivation, while the area under major millets has reduced by 90 percent.

Productivity: Agriculture productively has been severely affected owing to

area being drought prone zone over the previous many years. As reported in

local community consultation, it was revealed that average production of the

ground nut and Bengal gram (key cash crops of the study area) used to be

3000 bags and 2000 bags per acre of land respectively. One bag for ground nut

and Bengal gram is locally assumed to be equivalent to 42 kg and 60 kg

respectively. Now the production level as claimed by local people has come

to down to 1400-1500 bags per acre of land for ground nut and 1200-1300 bags

per acre of land for Bengal gram. This sharp decline in agriculture yield is

largely attributed to poor rain fall over the previous years as well as lack of

access to alternate irrigation facilities in the area.

Planning commission of India has initiated a mega project for bringing

transformation in livelihood pattern in drought prone district of Anantapur.

Detail is provided in the Box 5.1.

1 http://www.mssrf.org/sites/default/files/Study-of-Anantapur-RR10-24.pdf


137

Box 5.1 'Project Ananta' - A mega project launched by Planning Commission of India

for District Anantapur

Private initiatives are also being developed to save the agricultural economy

of the district. Anantapur now has numerous farmers’ co-operative societies

that work together to revive traditional crops and farming methods.

Organic farming co-operatives and revival of traditional food grains Concern about the grim agricultural situation in Anantapur is on the rise, with increasing farmer suicides in the area. Anantapur has increasingly becoming a mono crop district, in this case groundnut and this is being cited as one of the reasons for the current agricultural crisis. During ERM consultations with the elderly population group in the study area, they reminisce that driven by fertiliser subsidies, seed inventory and market pressure, farmers in the region abandoned growing local grains and millets that were not only drought resistant but also required less water and fertiliser inputs. They also cite health benefits of consuming locally grown millets as compared to the high input paddy. Small farmers found themselves trapped in a cycle of supplied high-breed seeds, chemical fertilisers and pesticides at subsidy rates which they required repeatedly as the soil’s nutrition diminished. The import of cheap palm oil meant bad prices for their crop, adding to their misery. The farmer had also become dependent on his trader and groundnut mill owner. With the entire local system – marketing, credit, insurance, inputs, production know-how and social support built around one crop, he was forced to grow only that. However, few Farmers’ Co-operative initiatives such as Timbaktu collective is reviving millet crops as well as the traditional agricultural practices such as Navadanya. They state the direct health benefits to the farmers families in growing millets. The community also help farmers own cows for non-chemical farming, provide financial and helps form thrift-banking womens co-operatives.

Source: (i) http://www.thealternative.in/business/the-future-local-series-how-timbaktus-farmers-got-

earth-to-meet-sky/?print=print

(ii) http://www.timbaktu.org/our-programmes/ecology/organic-farming/

Planning commission of India has approved ‘Project Ananta’ valued at INR 7630 crore for

enhancing transformation in agriculture sector of Anantapur District. The project is designed

designed after the submission of a report by the Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR)

after extensively touring the district, taking into consideration the topography, climate and

available resources. A five year action plan document by District Magistrate of Anantapur is in

place (Refer link http://www.apard.gov.in/project-anantha/Anantha.pdf for detail). Key

objectives as laid down in the documents include;

1) Enhancing the productivity of ground nut, the largest rain fed crop in the district;

2) Institutionalising seed chain management

3) Diversion from Paddy to irrigated dry crops/arid horticulture;

4) Varietal shifts of various crops;

5) Research backstopping;

6) Value addition to farmer’s produce;

7) Promote minor millets and pulses;

8) Encourage cluster bean/ Gaur cultivation;

9) Eliminate Banana and oil palm from district;

10) Efficient management of rain water received through scanty precipitation;

11) Relooking at milch animal and sheep rearing as the most promising alternative;

12) Enhance area under silvopasture and social forestry;

13) Make sericulture more profitable through market intervention;

14) Enhancing marketing prospects of agriculture produce.


138

Agriculture Labour

The occupational pattern of the study area villages as presented in Table 5.33

shows that working population in most of study area villages are mostly

agriculture labour who works on other’s field at certain wage rate mutually

negotiated between cultivator and agriculture worker. Another important

aspect as observed during community consultation is that agriculture workers

mostly belong to the SC and BC community. The wage rate per day for

agriculture worker in study area is reported to vary between INR 150 to INR

200.

Livestock based livelihood

Common livestock in study area includes rearing cows, buffalos and hens.

Certain families are involved in trading of the products gained from livestock

like selling milk, eggs, chicken etc; however it is practised at small scale and

usually limited to village boundary. There are certain communities in the

study area like Koroba and Boya community, which is specifically engaged in

sheep and goat rearing. They usually sell these at local market of the Mandals.

Non-Farm based livelihood

Non- farm based livelihood as presented in Table 5.33 under the categories of

HH workers and other workers represent that its proportion is relatively very

less. Other livelihood opportunities as identified during stakeholder

consultations include petty shops in village, working as construction labour,

government jobs etc.

There is no industry in the study area except for few Wind Farm projects.

Therefore wind farms are good employment opportunity for local people

during construction phases. Locals are also observed to be recruited as

security staffs in the existing wind farm projects in the area. Sizeable

population across the HHs were reported to be working outside district.

With virtually no other non-farm livelihoods, Anantapur backwardness and

poverty are well indicated in its severe rural indebtedness, high turn up of

labour under MGNREGS, rampant farmer’s migration including seasonal

migration and a high number of farmer's suicides in the country.

Lack of means of livelihood forcing Anantapur women into Prostitution

A recent article in one of the News media, reports that a number of women are either resorting

to or falling prey to prostitution due lack of agricultural activity and absence of alternate

income sources. An NGO, Rural Development Society in Kadiri is striving to tackle the issue by

spreading awareness among locals about employment agents operating in the area who might

be involved in such crimes. They are acquainting women with alternate business possibilities

and providing financial help. This indicates to a desperate need for reviving the farm economy

or providing alternate sources of income in the study area.

Source: http://www.news18.com/news/india/no-means-of-livelihood-women-forced-into-prostitution-in-

andhras-anantpur-1247041.html


139

5.6.8 Drinking Water Supply

The Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Department is nodal agency in the

State of Andhra Pradesh for providing drinking water and Sanitation facilities

in rural areas under RWS sector. The villages under Beluguppa Mandal are

provided water supply by RWS Sub-division Beluguppa. The RWS

department provides drinking water facilities under different arrangement

depending upon geographic location of the villages. Some of the possible

arrangements as reported in the villages are:

Spot sources (Bore Wells fitted with Hand Pumps);

Protected Water Supply (PWS) Schemes for one habitation/village;

Comprehensive Protected Water Supply (CPWS) Schemes for a group of

habitations/ villages

Earlier consultations of ERM with other RWS sub-division in the district

revealed that average water supply in rural areas is only 70 Litres per Capita

per Day (LPCD). However, Government mechanism for supply is reportedly

not adequate in significant areas of study region. Another water supply

arrangement in study region is observed to be Shri. Satya Saibaba Water

Supply scheme which is one of the most common schemes used to supply

water to these villages suffering from acute shortage of safe drinking water. In

this scheme, either water is diverted from the Tunghabadra dam project to

villages through canals or bore wells have been dug and water is pumped to

overhead tanks to 4-5 tap points in the villages. However, water is so scarce in

the area that, most villages get water only for 2-3 hours a day if they have tube

wells. In other villages water reaches them only once in 2-3 days for few

hours.


140

Figure 5.33 Water Supply sources in the study area


Table 5.34 Drinking water source availability

Villages Sources of available drinking water

Core Villages

Avulenna Tap water, Hand pump

Beluguppa Tap water, Hand pump

Sreerangapuram Tap water, Hand pump

Thagguparthy Tap water, Hand pump

Yerragudi Tap water, Hand pump

Buffer Villages

Ankampalle Tap water, Hand pump Duddekunta Tap water, Hand pump Hanakanahal Tap water, Hand pump Kalekurthi Tap water, Hand pump Narinjangundlapalle Tap water, Hand pump Ratchumarri Tap water, Hand pump Seerpi Tap water, Hand pump Veparalla Tap water, Hand pump, Pond

Source: Village Directory, Census 2001 data

Mostly study area villages as per Table 5.34 are equipped with Tap water

which indicates that they are provided with PWS or CPWS scheme. Hand

pump is another most common source of water among the study area villages.


141

5.6.9 Irrigation

Anantapur District is declared as drought-prone zone by government of India.

There are no perennial rivers in the district and the three main non-perennial

rivers are Pennar, Chithravathi and Vedavathi. Irrigation facilities in study

area seem to be limited as farmers reported to be entirely dependent upon rain

water for irrigating their field. Use of drift irrigation, sprinklers etc by

sourcing water from privately owned well, tube wells were observed to be

other medium of irrigation; however it is restricted to few famers only. This

observation can be corroborated with information on Rabi and Kharif season

cropping pattern which suggests that very little proportion of irrigated

cropped area compare to unirrigated cropped area in the study area.

Enumerating the water bodies in the District ‘In the year 2004, the District Collector of Anantapur district initiated a survey to identify the number of water bodies that existed in the district. The survey identified a total of 5,824 water bodies in the entire district14. Of this, 1,373 are big tanks with an average ayacut of above 100 acre; 2094 are small tanks with an ayacut of 10 acre; and 203 are spring channels. The survey found that only about one-fourth of the identified water bodies, that is, around 1500, were functional at the time of the survey. (Kadalika,2004). This survey clearly indicated that while the earlier rulers had recognised the importance of constructing large number of small water bodies in a rain-shadow region such as Anantapur, the modern state, by promoting private irrigation over community-based irrigation systems, has contributed towards the destruction of the indigenous rain water harvesting and management systems that prevailed in the region.’

Source: (i) Designing Rural Technology Delivery Systems for Mitigating Agricultural Distress:

A study of Anantpur District, MS Swaminathan Research Foundation

(ii) http://www.mssrf.org/sites/default/files/Study-of-Anantapur-RR10-24.pdf

Therefore, the study area presents an opportunity for rain water harvesting

interventions and also for boosting low water, low input traditional food

grains.

Integrated Watershed Development Programme (IWMP) funded jointly by

department of Rural development, Government of India and Government of

Andhra Pradesh is also being implemented in the District in all micro

watershed villages.

5.6.10 Health Infrastructure

Health care infrastructure of the study region is captured in the table provided

below:

Table 5.35 Health care facilities in study region

Study Region Hospitals PHC Govt. Dispensaries Others total

Anantapur district 19 80 0 19 118

Beluguppa Mandal 0 1 0 0 1

Source: Handbook of Statistics, Anantapur District 2011.

The Mandal has one Primary Health Centre (PHC) and has 6 sub-centres

under it. Beluguppa Mandal covers 28 villages in the area. The PHC caters to

the health care requirement for mostly people of the study area. No alternate


142

medical practices were also available in the study are as reported during ERM

consultations.

The study area is serviced by the 104 dial-in mobile heath service where the

PHC facility cannot be extended and the 108 dial-in ambulance service. Both

are Public Private Partnership (PPP) initiatives in the State.

Figure 5.34 Health facilities in the study area (a) PHC at Beluguppa b) RDT Hospital at

Venkatadiripilli

Source: ERM Site Visit, May 2016.

Some of the prevailing health issues reported by the Medical Officer in the area are nutrient

deficiency, alcoholism and smoking and lifestyle diseases such as diabetes and hypertension.

Numerous cases of dog bites and snake bites were also reported.

Through the PHC, the necessary provisions for local Anganwadis are also

being provided. As part of maternal care, pre-natal and post-natal women

receive 3 kg rice, half kg dal half kg oil and 16 eggs in a moth from the village

Anganwadi centres free of cost.

The study area also has an 8 bed hospital run by Rural Development Trust

(RDT) at Venkatadiripilli, one of the prominent NGOs based out of Anantpur

which serves 4-5 villages in the area.

For bigger ailments, the local community reported consulting at RDT Hospital

or Community Health Centre at Kalyandurga.

5.6.11 Others physical infrastructure

Access to Toilets

During consultations, it was understood that open defecation is still prevalent

in the area. Only 10-25% of the households in the study area villages reported

to have toilets. Consultations with women groups indicated that this is one of

the concern areas for them.


143

Road & Transportation

Mostly villages in the study area had poor village roads and did not have bus

connectivity. For the local transportation, use of shared auto rickshaw is very

common in the study area.

Electricity

Each village of the study area has access to electricity supply in the village.

Mostly households were reported to be connected with existing electricity

supply network.

Postal Service, Bank, Telecommunication

All the villages in the study area are serviced by postal department. Banking

facility is not available within village premise in any of the study area villages.

Banks located in Mandal centre serves mostly rural population. Mobile phone

is the prominent source of telecommunication in the villages under study area.

5.6.12 Civil Society Organisations

There are several civil society organisations operating in the district, some of

them being popular for their work in the fields of education, water shed

management, women empowerment etc. Some of the key NGOs in the area

include Rural Development Trust, Accion Fraterna and MASS to name a few,

Suzlon is in partnership with few of the NGOs in the area for their ongoing

CSR activities for their other projects.


144

6 STAKEHOLDER MAPPING AND IDENTIFICATION

6.1 INTRODUCTION

This section profiles the key stakeholders for the Project and assesses their potential concerns and levels of influence. The project proponents have developed a mechanism by which most of the key stakeholders (internal and external) are informed about the project development and its status.

6.2 STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATION AND DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE

PROJECT

The disclosure of project information and consultations with stakeholders has been increasingly emphasised by project finance institutions and government regulatory bodies. A brief overview of the requirements of public disclosure and stakeholder consultation applicable to this project is provided in the table below (Table 6.1).

Table 6.1 Overview of Disclosure and stakeholder consultation requirement

Institution/ Regulatory Body

Reference Regulation/ Standard

Requirements

IFC PS-1 Community engagement is to be undertaken with the affected communities and must be free of external manipulation, interference, or coercion, and intimidation.

Furthermore, in situations where an affected community may be subject to risks or adverse impacts from a project, the proponent must undertake a process of consultation so as to provide the affected communities with an opportunity to express their views on the project risks, impacts, and mitigation measures, as well as allow the proponents to consider and respond to them.

Informed participation: For projects with significant adverse impacts on affected communities, the consultation process must ensure that free, prior and informed consultation with affected communities occurs and that processes exist to facilitate participation by those affected.

Apart from such a consultation process, the project proponents are also to establish a Grievance Redressal Mechanism, which will allow the affected communities’ concerns and grievances about the project proponent’s environmental and social performance to be received and allow for steps to be taken to resolve the same

Broader stakeholder engagement: The proponent must identify and engage with stakeholders that are not directly affected by the Project but those that have established relationships with local communities and/or interest in the Project – local government, civil society organizations, etc. – and establish a dialogue.


145

6.3 STAKEHOLDER CATEGORISATION

A stakeholder is “a person, group, or organization that has a direct or indirect stake in a project/organization because it can affect or be affected by the Project/organization's actions, objectives, and policies”. Stakeholders thus vary in terms of degree of interest, influence and control they have over the project. While those stakeholders who have a direct impact on or are directly impacted by the project are known as Primary Stakeholders, those who have an indirect impact or are indirectly impacted are known as Secondary Stakeholders. Keeping in mind the nature of the project and its setting, the stakeholders have been identified and listed in the table given below (Table 6.2).

Table 6.2 Stakeholder Group categorisation

Stakeholder Groups Primary Stakeholders Secondary Stakeholders

Community Land Sellers

Sub-contractors

Local Labourers

Local community

Agricultural Labourers

Vulnerable Community

Institutional Stakeholders Gram Panchayats

Project investors (IFC)

Political Parties

Government Bodies Regulatory Authorities;

District Administration

Other Groups Media

Other industries

6.4 APPROACH AND METHODOLOGY FOR STAKEHOLDER ANALYSIS

The significance of a stakeholder group is categorised considering the

magnitude of impact (type, extent, duration, scale, frequency) or degree of

influence (power, proximity) of a stakeholder group and urgency/likelihood

of the impact/influence associated with the particular stakeholder group in

the project context. The magnitude of stakeholder impact/influence is

assessed taking the power/responsibility (1) and proximity (2) of the

stakeholder group and is categorised as negligible, small, medium and large.

The urgency or likelihood of the impact on/influence by the stakeholder is

assessed in a scale of low, medium and high. The overall significance of the

stakeholder group is assessed as per the matrix provided below:

Table 6.3 Stakeholder Significance and Engagement Requirement

Magnitude of Influence/ Impact

Urgency/Likelihood of Influence on/by Stakeholder

Low Medium High

Negligible Negligible Negligible Negligible

Small Negligible Minor Moderate

Medium Minor Moderate Urgent

Large Moderate Urgent Urgent

(1) Power/Responsibility: Those stakeholders to whom the organisation has, or in the future may have, legal, financial, and

operational responsibilities in the form of regulations, contracts, policies or codes of practice. (2) Proximity: indicates stakeholders that the organisation interacts with most, including internal stakeholders, those with

long-standing relationships and those the organisation depends on its day-to-day operations.


146

6.5 STAKEHOLDER ANALYSIS

Stakeholder analysis for the identified stakeholders is being detailed in Table

6.4.


147

Table 6.4 Assessing significance of stakeholder for the Project

Stakeholder Category

Relevant Stakeholders

Profile/Status Magnitude of Influence/Impact (Negligible, Small, Medium, Large)

Urgency/ Likelihood of Influence (Low, Medium, High)

Overall Rating of Stakeholder Influence

Primary

stakeholder

Land Sellers Medium and large farmers who owned single crop land.

Majority of the land sellers are reported to be medium and semi-medium farmers, having adequate balance land holding after land sell to the project

Although land is an important asset, its economic value is limited due to low productivity and dependence on rainfall.

The market price of the crops has been falling while the input price has been soaring, thereby making agriculture less viable.

People are willing sellers of land. They have received more than the market price for their land.

Reportedly, none of them have become landless.

People are reportedly utilizing the money received after land sell for further land purchase in the region.

Selling land is considered an opportunity to liquidate their assets.

Land procurement process provides an opportunity to land seller to refuse in case they are not willing to sell land.

Decline in land holding size of the farmers until money received out of land sale is reinvested by farmers for further land bank.

Medium The land

purchase process

has been

completed for the

project

Land sellers are

by are large

happy with the

procurement

process

There is

reportedly little

variation in land

price offered and

negotiated with

land owners for

similar type of

land

Medium Moderate

Local

Labourers

Local area is having adequate

workforce in unskilled and skilled

category as mostly working

population of the local area are

agriculture labourer

In absence of any industry nearby,

mostly people have to stick to

agricultural activity

Employment opportunities

generated during construction

phase have attracted local workers

Mostly employment

opportunities for local

people would be limited

during till construction

phase is over.

The employment

opportunities could be

in form of requirement

for construction labour,

vending opportunities

like vehicle hiring,

Small The local wage earners have high expectation of employment from the project.

The local availability of wage earners is linked to the agricultural season.

Medium Minor


148






tractors hiring, food

item supply to labour

colony etc.

The operational phase

would be have very

limited opportunity for

employment of local

people and this is

expected to be for

requirement of security

personnel

Gram Panchayats

The Sarpanch of the GPs are aware and efficient.

The participation of the people on local governance is satisfactory as regular Gram Sabhas are held.

GPs play active role in execution of development programs in their village

The GPs have issued NoC for establishing Windfarm.

The GP has authority to restrict the land-use and resource utilization within the area of their jurisdiction.

Medium GPs need to work out a mechanism for cooperation for future CSR activities in the area by Suzlon

Medium Moderate

Regulatory Authorities;

The primary regulator for wind energy project in Andhra Pradesh is New and Renewable Energy Development Corporation of Andhra Pradesh Ltd. (NREDCAP) and IREDA at National level.

Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board.

The office of District Industries Commissioner regulates the Industrialization at the District Level.

The project requires complying with the guidelines of NREDCAP and IREDA as sector regulators.

The project needs permission and coordination with the DIC for local infrastructure and other supports required for smooth industrial operation.

Medium The project has obtained necessary permits and approvals from relevant authorities

Medium Moderate

District

/Mandal

Administration

The revenue department (sub registrar) is responsible for registration of land sale, mutation, updating and records and transfer

The construction phase requires a number of permissions and support from the local

Medium Suzlon has already registered the lands after mutation in the

Medium Moderate


149






of land.

Issues NA permission for change in land

The village secretary, land surveyor plays a significant role as land survey and record keeping.

The District Collector is overall responsible for protection and maintenance of peace in area.

administration.

The procedural complication can cause significant project delay.

The land-matters can give rise to unnecessary litigations.

land records and obtaining the CLU

Secondary

Stakeholders

Local community

The study area falls in one of the most impoverished regions of Andhra Pradesh with frequent occurrence of droughts, minimal industrialization and seasonal migration.

Large numbers of people are from

Backward Caste (BC) and

Scheduled Caste (SC) community.

The local population has high expectation on getting employment opportunity from the project. However they are being informed by the project personnel that there would be very limited scope for employment opportunities during operational phase of the project.

The rain-fed agriculture

provides them limited

return

Small Concerned about

safety due to

plying of heavy

vehicles in their

area.

Concerned about

loss of standing

crops due to

movement of

labours and

equipment close

by their field

Want preference in

employment

opportunities

generated by the

project

Medium Minor

Agricultural Labourers

Since dependence on agriculture is reducing, there is increased migration to other cities and towns. Locals are keen on labour work and NREGS constitutes an important source of income

All project land is

located on private land

of the locals and that are

largely rain fed area.

Medium The agriculture labourers have the opportunity as Daily wage labours during construction phase.

The local sub-contractors have engaged \ local abourers,

Low Minor


150






Vulnerable

Community

Significant percentage of the people in study area are from backward community (BC). Percentage of SC group is also quite visible. Golla, Korba, Vadde, Cheneta, Gboya, Lingayats, Chakali, Jangama community the BC community living in study areas.

The area has a large proportion of BPL families.

Women have very limited livelihood opportunities.

The employment opportunities available to them will be for short term only.

Small The study area population is likely to get only short term benefit of employment in construction phase.

The operational phase would have very limited job opportunity like few security personnel.

Medium Minor

Other

industries

No other major industry is reported to come up in the project area.

There are wind farm project in the study region as well.

Study region is slowly become hub of wind farm projects

There are limited presence of Small and Micro Enterprises in the area.

Negligible The land price

paid by other

wind farm project

in the region

might set a bar in

negotiation for the

project. Land

aggregator needs

to have close

watch on the

compensation rate

being offered for

other wind farm

project in the

region

Medium Minor

Political

Parties

The project is located in an area which is reported to be an overlooked constituency.

District headquarter of Anantapur is witnessing lot of protest by political parties these days on the issue of bifurcation of Andhra Pradesh state.

The dominant political Party like Congress, TDP, YSR Congress is reported to have a strong hold in project area.

Local representatives of political parties often seek financial

Medium Suzlon is in the process of identifying the local requirements and has good coordination with local political leaders.

Low Negligible


151






contribution to party fund from the projects and industries located in the region

Media The nearest town Kalyandurg and district headquarter of Anantapur has presence of all major Telugu News Papers including an English newspaper ‘The Hindu’ which is in circulation in entire southern region of India .

The media coverage of water scarcity and droughts is considerable.

Small The local media has been active on the impact of the drought in project area. Hence, there is a significant attention on water resources and its usage in project area.

Medium Minor

Civil Society The civil society includes NGOs, SHGs and other Cooperative Societies functioning in project area.

Sri Satya Saibaba Trust

was reported to be key

player in supplying safe

drinking water for many

villages in study region.

There is considerable presence of NGOs in the area

Medium Suzlon would be partnering with few key local NGOs like RDT, MASS and Vision Spring for their CSR activities

Medium Medium

Note: It is significant to note that the stakeholder analysis is based on the current situation. The stakeholder influence on the project is dynamic and may

change during the project life. Consequently, the stakeholder analysis needs periodical reassessment and updating.


152

The summary of stakeholder influence has been elaborated in Table 6.5

Table 6.5 Summary of overall stakeholder influence



Magnitude of Influence/Impact

Urgency/ Likelihood of Influence


Primary

stakeholder

Land Sellers Medium Medium Moderate

Contractors/Sub-contractors

Medium Medium Moderate

Local Labourers Small Medium Minor

Gram Panchayats Medium Low Minor

Project investors Medium Medium Moderate

Regulatory Authorities;


District /Mandal

Administration


Secondary

Stakeholders

Local community Small Medium Minor

Agricultural Labourers Medium Low Minor

Vulnerable

Community

Small Medium Minor

Other industries Negligible Medium Minor

Political Parties Medium Low Negligible

Media Small Medium Minor

Civil Society Negligible Medium Negligible


153

7 IMPACT ASSESSMENT

7.1 INTRODUCTION

This section assesses the manner in which the Project will interact with

elements of the physical, ecological or social environment to produce impacts

to resources/ receptors. It has been organized as per the various phases of the

project life cycle to understand the risks and impacts associated with each

phase.

7.2 SCOPE OF THE ASSESSMENT

The scope of the assessment captures the understanding on the envisaged

risks and impacts assessed during the scoping exercise of this impact

assessment study as well as the risks identified during subsequent physical

baseline assessment and impact evaluation process. The key environmental

and social issues and risks identified are further elaborated in the following

sections.

7.3 ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY

Impact identification and assessment starts with scoping and continues

through the remainder of the IA Process. The principal IA steps are

summarized in Figure 7.1 and comprises of

Impact prediction: to determine what could potentially happen to

resources/receptors as a consequence of the Project and its associated

activities.

Impact evaluation: to evaluate the significance of the predicted impacts by

considering their magnitude and likelihood of occurrence, and the

sensitivity, value and/or importance of the affected resource/receptor.

Mitigation and enhancement: to identify appropriate and justified

measures to mitigate negative impacts and enhance positive impacts.

Residual impact evaluation: to evaluate the significance of impacts

assuming effective implementation of mitigation and enhancement

measures.


154

Figure 7.1 Impact Assessment Process

Prediction of Impacts

Prediction of impacts was carried out with an objective to determine what is

likely to happen to the environment as a consequence of the Project and its

associated activities. From the potentially significant interactions identified in

Scoping, the impacts to the various resources/receptors were elaborated and

evaluated.

Evaluation of Impacts

Each impact was described in terms of its various relevant characteristics (e.g.,

type, scale, duration, frequency, extent). The terminology used to describe

impact characteristics is shown in Table 7.1.

Table 7.1 Impact Characteristic Terminology

Characteristic Definition Designations

Type A descriptor indicating the relationship of the

impact to the Project (in terms of cause and

effect)

Direct

Indirect

Induced

Extent The “reach” of the impact (e.g., confined to a

small area around the Project Footprint,

projected for several kilometres, etc.)

Local

National

Global

Duration The time period over which a resource/

receptor is affected.

Temporary

Short-term

Long-term

Permanent

Scale The size of the impact (e.g., the size of the area

damaged or impacted, the fraction of a

resource that is lost or affected, etc.)

[no fixed designations;

intended to be a numerical

value or a qualitative

description of “intensity”]


155

Characteristic Definition Designations

Frequency A measure of the constancy or periodicity of

the impact.

[no fixed designations;

intended to be a numerical

value or a qualitative

description]

The definitions for the type designations are given in Table 7.2. Definitions for

the other designations are resource/receptor-specific.

Table 7.2 Impact Type Definitions

Type Definition

Direct Impacts that result from a direct interaction between the Project and a

resource/ receptor

Indirect Impacts that follow on from the direct interactions between the Project and its

environment as a result of subsequent interactions within the environment

Induced Impacts that result from other activities (which are not part of the Project) that

happen as a consequence of the Project.

The above characteristics and definitions apply to planned and unplanned

events. An additional characteristic that pertains only to unplanned events is

likelihood. The likelihood of an unplanned event occurring was designated

using a qualitative scale, as described in Table 7.3.

Table 7.3 Definitions for Likelihood Designations

Likelihood Definition

Unlikely The event is unlikely but may occur at some time during normal operating

conditions (probability less than 20%)

Possible The event is likely to occur at some time during normal operating conditions

(probability greater than 20% and less than 50%)

Likely The event will occur during normal operating conditions (probability greater

than 50%

Once an impact’s characteristics were defined, each impact was assigned a

‘magnitude’. Magnitude is typically a function of a combination (depending

on the resource/receptor in question) of the following impact characteristics:

Extent

Duration

Scale

Frequency

In case of unplanned events only, magnitude incorporates the ‘likelihood’

factor discussed above. Magnitude essentially describes the intensity of the

change that was predicted to occur in the resource/receptor as a result of the

impact. As discussed above, the magnitude designations themselves are

universally consistent, but the descriptions for these designations vary on a

resource/receptor-by-resource/receptor basis. The universal magnitude

designations are:

Positive


156

Negligible

Small

Medium

Large

In the case of a positive impact, no magnitude designation (aside from

‘positive’) was assigned. It was considered sufficient for the purpose of the IA

to indicate that the Project was expected to result in a positive impact, without

characterising the exact degree of positive change likely to occur. In the case of

impacts resulting from unplanned events, the same resource/ receptor-

specific approach to concluding a magnitude designation was followed, but

the ‘likelihood’ factor was considered, together with the other impact

characteristics, when assigning a magnitude designation.

In addition to characterising the magnitude of impact, the other principal

impact evaluation step was definition of the sensitivity/ vulnerability/

importance of the impacted resource/receptor. There are a range of factors

that was taken into account when defining the sensitivity/ vulnerability/

importance of the resource/receptor, which may be physical, biological,

cultural or human. Other factors were also considered when characterising

sensitivity/ vulnerability/importance, such as legal protection, government

policy, stakeholder views and economic value. The sensitivity/

vulnerability/importance designations used herein for all resources/receptors

are:

Low

Medium

High

Once magnitude of impact and sensitivity/ vulnerability/ importance of

resource/ receptor have been characterised, the significance was assigned for

each impact. Impact significance is designated using the matrix shown in

Figure 7.2.

Figure 7.2 Impact Significance

Sensitivity/Vulnerability/importance of Resource/Receptor

Low Medium High

Mag

nit

ud

e o

f Im

pac

t

Negligible Negligible Negligible Negligible

Small Negligible Minor Moderate

Medium Minor Moderate Major

Large Moderate Major Major


157

Source: The ERM Impact Assessment Standard. v1

The matrix applies universally to all resources/receptors, and all impacts to

these resources/receptors, as the resource/receptor-specific considerations are

factored into the assignment of magnitude and sensitivity/ vulnerability/

importance designations that enter into the matrix. Box 7.1 provides a context

of what the various impact significance ratings imply.

Box 7.1 Context of Impact Significances

It is important to note that impact prediction and evaluation takes into

account any embedded controls (i.e., physical or procedural controls that are

already planned as part of the Project design, regardless of the results of the

IA Process).

Identification of Mitigation and Enhancement Measures

Once the significance of an impact has been characterised, the next step was to

evaluate what mitigation and enhancement measures are warranted. For the

purposes of this impact assessment, the consulting firm adopted the following

Mitigation Hierarchy:

Avoid at Source, Reduce at Source: avoiding or reducing at source

through the design of the Project.

Abate on Site: add something to the design to abate the impact.

Abate at Receptor: if an impact cannot be abated on-site then control

measures can be implemented off-site.

An impact of negligible significance is one where a resource/ receptor (including people) will

essentially not be affected in any way by a particular activity or the predicted effect is deemed

to be ‘imperceptible’ or is indistinguishable from natural background variations.

An impact of minor significance is one where a resource/ receptor will experience a noticeable

effect, but the impact magnitude is sufficiently small and/or the resource/receptor is of low

sensitivity/ vulnerability/ importance. In either case, the magnitude should be well within

applicable standards/ guidelines.

An impact of moderate significance has an impact magnitude that is within applicable

standards/guidelines, but falls somewhere in the range from a threshold below which the

impact is minor, up to a level that might be just short of breaching a legal limit. Clearly, to

design an activity so that its effects only just avoid breaking a law and/or cause a major impact

is not best practice. The emphasis for moderate impacts is therefore on demonstrating that the

impact has been reduced to a level that is as low as reasonably practicable (ALARP). This does

not necessarily mean that impacts of moderate significance have to be reduced to minor, but

that moderate impacts are being managed effectively and efficiently.

An impact of major significance is one where an accepted limit or standard may be exceeded, or

large magnitude impacts occur to highly valued/sensitive resource/receptors. An aim of IA is

to get to a position where the Project does not have any major residual impacts, certainly not

ones that would endure into the long-term or extend over a large area. However, for some

aspects there may be major residual impacts after all practicable mitigation options have been

exhausted (i.e. ALARP has been applied). An example might be the visual impact of a facility. It

is then the function of regulators and stakeholders to weigh such negative factors against the

positive ones, such as employment, in coming to a decision on the Project.


158

Repair or Remedy: some impacts involve unavoidable damage to a

resource (e.g. agricultural land and forestry due to creating access, work

camps or materials storage areas) and these impacts can be addressed

through repair, restoration or reinstatement measures.

Compensate in Kind, Compensate Through Other Means: where other

mitigation approaches are not possible or fully effective, then

compensation for loss, damage and disturbance might be appropriate (e.g.,

planting to replace damaged vegetation, financial compensation for

damaged crops or providing community facilities for loss of fisheries,

access, recreation and amenity space).

The priority in mitigation was to first apply mitigation measures to the source

of the impact (i.e., to avoid or reduce the magnitude of the impact from the

associated Project activity), and then to address the resultant effect to the

resource/receptor via abatement or compensatory measures or offsets (i.e., to

reduce the significance of the effect once all reasonably practicable mitigations

have been applied to reduce the impact magnitude).

Management and Monitoring

The final stage in the IA Process was the definition of the basic management

and monitoring measures that are needed to identify whether: a) impacts or

their associated Project components remain in conformance with applicable

standards/ guidelines; and b) mitigation measures are effectively addressing

impacts and compensatory measures and offsets are reducing effects to the

extent predicted. This is covered in Chapter 9 under environmental and social

management plan (ESMP)


159

7.4 KEY POTENTIAL IMPACTS

Based on the Potential Interactions Matrix for Project activities and likely

impacted resources/ receptors for construction phase of the proposed project

as shown in Table 4.1 following areas of impacts have been identified: The

identified interactions that are likely to result in significant impacts has been

shown in Table 4.2 has been discussed in detail in this chapter and the scoped

out interactions as shown in Table 4.3 has been left out with the justifications

provided there in or discussed very briefly.

7.4.1 Key Environmental Impacts

Change in Land use

Impacts on Land and Soil Environment;

Impact on Water resources and quality;

Ambient Air Quality;

Ambient Noise Level;

7.4.2 Key Ecological Impacts

Impact on habitat of herpetofaunal species, resident avifaunal species and

mammals;

Construction activity leading to habitat disturbance for Indian Gazelle;

Laying of approach roads leading to road kills of Herpetofauna

Mortality of Avifaunal and bat species due to collision risk

7.4.3 Key Social Impacts

Occupational health and safety of workers;

Community health and safety impacts; and

Potential impact on labour working conditions;

7.5 KEY ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

Construction Phase

7.5.1 Change in land use

For the purpose of assessment of impacts on land use of the area, the

following Project activities leading to alteration in land use of the area during

the Project life cycle were considered:

Construction of temporary structures such as construction site office,

functioning of the store yard, batching plant;

Construction/ upgradation of access roads;

Vehicular movement for transportation of WTG components and

construction materials;


160

Movement of construction equipment like cranes, excavators, dumpers,

trucks; and

Excavation and foundation casting operations prior to installation of

WTGs in the Project Area.

Criteria

For the assessment of land use, the sensitivity and magnitude criteria outlined

in Table 7.4 and Table 7.5 have been used respectively.

Table 7.4 Sensitivity Assessment Criteria for Land Use

Land Use Sensitivity Criteria

Low The Project footprint is present in wasteland with no human

settlement

Medium The Project is present in agricultural land or combination of agricultural

land and wasteland or residential land.

High The Project is present in any forest land, or national park or of national Importance covered by international and/or national designation.

Table 7.5 Criteria for Impact Magnitude for Assessment of Impact to Land Use

Magnitude Criteria

Negligible An imperceptible, barely or rarely perceptible change in landuse

characteristics. The change may be short term.

Small A subtle change in landuse character over a wide area of a more

noticeable change either over a restricted area or infrequently perceived.

The change may be short term.

Medium A noticeable change in landuse character, frequently perceived or

continuous and over a wide area; or a clearly evident change over a

restricted area that may be infrequently perceived. The change may be

medium to long term and may not be reversible.

Large A clearly evident, frequently perceived and continuous change in landuse

characteristics affecting an extensive area. The change may be

long term and would not be reversible.

Context

Currently, the entire Project area is primarily used for agricultural purposes.

The agriculture in supplemented by a combination of borewells, irrigation

with the help of the PABR Dam as well as rainfall during the monsoon months

and there is only one cropping season in the year.

The project would result in change of the land use where the WTGs,

substation and internal roads are proposed. Approximately, 3.05 hectares of

land will be required per WTG and further land would be required for

internal access and installation of transmission towers. Additional land will be

required for labor camp, storage yards, batching plants, site office that would

temporarily alter the land use.The project activities which may alter the land

use of the area during the project life cycle for over a period of time are given

below:


161

Table 7.6 Periodic alteration of land use

SN. Activity Duration

1 Siting of site office, labor camp, batching plant, storage

yard

Temporary (4-6 months)

2 Access road construction/strengthening and its

consequent usage

Permanent

4 WTG installation, PSS, transmission towers with

transmission lines

Permanent (dependant on the

life cycle of the Project)

The land use change will be primarily for the batching plant, site office and

labour camps. The pooling sub station complex is built near the village of

Beluguppa and the land around the pooling sub station currently is used for

agricultural activity for grazing. Facilities such as the site access roads,

transmission lines and permanent structures such as WTGs, site office and the

pooling substation will remain until the end of the Project life cycle and are

likely to contribute to land use change.

Embedded/ in-built control

The impacts during the construction activity will be short term and the

construction of the Project will be executed in a phased manner

(approximately 4-6 months). Additionally, the EPC contractors will be

instructed to avoid any unnecessary disturbance to nearby surrounding

features or land parcels. Further, construction activities ad land disturbance

will be restricted to the footprint of the Project components and remaining

area to be kept undisturbed to the extent possible. After completion of the

construction work, areas utilised for labour camp and batching plant will be

restored to their original form.

Significance of Impacts

Taking into perspective the 48 WTGs for the project along with the internal

roads, laydown areas, batching plant and labour camp the impact significance

is envisaged to be moderate.

Additional Mitigation Measures

The following mitigation measures will be implemented to minimize potential

impacts on land use:

Construction activities should be restricted to designated area.

Waste should not be allowed to litter in and around the project area

On completion of construction activities, land used for temporary facilities

will be restored to the extent possible.

The land use in and around the permanent project facilities will not be

disturbed.


162

Significance of Residual Impacts

The evaluation of significance is done for the activities that can have an impact

on land use that can be identified at planning stage and consequently

adequate mitigation measures can be adopted. The impact on land use is

majorly envisaged during construction stage. The residual impact is envisaged

to be minor, post implementation of mitigation measures.

Table 7.7 Impact on land use as a result of the Project

Impact Change in land use

Impact Nature Negative Positive Neutral

Impact Type Direct Indirect Induced

Impact Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent

Impact Extent Local Regional International

Impact Scale Limited to Project site (specifically WTG locations, internal roads, laydown

areas, batching plant and labour camp)

Frequency Not applicable

Likelihood Likely

Impact

Magnitude Positive Negligible Small Medium Large

Resource/

Receptor

Sensitivity

Low Medium High

Impact

Significance

Negligible Minor Moderate Major

Significance of impact is envisaged to be moderate.


Residual Impact


Resource/

Receptor

Sensitivity

Low Medium High

Residual Impact

Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major

Significance of impact is envisaged to be minor.

Impacts on Land and Soil Environment

For the impact assessment, following phases of the project cycle were considered for potential impacts on soil and land capability. The phase wise project activities are listed below that may result in land and soil impacts:

Construction phase:

Establishment of access roads;

Selective clearing of vegetation in areas designated for WTG erection and other surface infrastructure;

Stripping and stockpiling of soil layers;

Digging for WTG foundations and electrical poles;

Storage of materials as well as transport of construction material; and

General building/construction activities.


163

Operational phase:

Monitoring of WTG operations;

Routine maintenance activities at WTG locations;

Storage of oil and lubricants onsite. Decommissioning:

Removal of WTGs;

Removal of infrastructure from soil surfaces; and

Increased traffic on roads to transport dismantled WTG components and waste materials.

Soil Quality Criteria

For the assessment of soil quality, the sensitivity and magnitude criteria

outlined in Table 7.8 and Table 7.9 respectively have been used.

Table 7.8: Sensitivity Assessment Criteria for Soil quality (compaction, erosion and

contamination)

Sensitivity

Criteria

Contributing Criteria

Environment Social

Soil Quality

related criteria

as compaction,

erosion and

contamination

The extent to which the soil and

quality plays an ecosystem role in

terms of supporting biodiversity.

This includes its role as in supporting

a lifecycle stage

The extent to which the soil a quality

provides a use (agricultural use,

fishing) to the local communities and

businesses, or is important in terms of

national resource protection

objectives, targets and legislation

Low The soil quality does not support

diverse habitat or populations

and/or supports habitat or

population of low quality.

The soil quality has little or no role

in provisioning of services as

agricultural uses for the local

community.

Medium The soil quality supports diverse

habitat or population of flora and

fauna and supports habitats

commonly available in the Project

AoI.

The soil has local importance in

terms of provisioning services as

agricultural services but there is

ample capacity and / or adequate

opportunity for alternative sources

of comparable quality ie ready

availability across the AoI.

High The soil quality supports

economically important or

biologically unique species or

provides essential habitat for such

species.

The soil is wholly relied upon

locally, with no suitable technically

or economically feasible

alternatives, or is important at a

regional level for provisioning

services.


164

Table 7.9 Criteria for Impact Magnitude for Assessment of Impact to Soil

Magnitude

Criteria

Negligible Small medium Large

Soil compaction,

erosion and

contamination

Qualitative-No

perceptible or

readily

measurable

change from

baseline

conditions

Scale-Localized

area as

Particular

activity areas

Time-Short

duration (few

days) or one

time as

temporary

Perceptible change

from baseline

conditions but

likely to easily

revert back to

earlier stage with

mitigation

Scale- -Project site,

activity areas and

immediate vicinity

not impacting any

sensitive receptor

Short term-Only

during particular

activities or phase

of the project

lifecycle as civil

works or

construction phase

(few months)

Clearly evident

(e.g. perceptible

and readily

measurable)

change from

baseline conditions

and/or likely take

time to revert back

to earlier stage

with mitigation

Scale- Project site,

activity areas and

immediate vicinity

impacting

sensitive

receptor/s

Long term-Spread

across several

phases of the

project lifecycle

(few years)

Major (e.g. order

of magnitude)

change in

comparison to

baseline

conditions

and/or likely

difficult or may

not to revert back

to earlier stage

with mitigation

Scale- Regional or

international;

Permanent

change

Table 7.10 Impacts on land and soil environment during the project life cycle

SN. Impact

Project stage at which the impact may occur

Construction Operation and

maintenance

Decommissioning

1 Soil Erosion Yes No No

2 Soil Compaction Yes No Yes

3 Impact on Land due

Improper waste disposal Yes Yes Yes

4 Soil contamination due to

Leaks/spills Yes Yes No

The impacts which are likely to occur during different stages of the project and create effects on the land and soil environment of the project area (coloured green) are mentioned next.

Construction Phase

Soil Erosion impacts during the Construction Phase

Context

During the construction phase, top soil will be susceptible to erosion to some

extent due to site clearance activities. The scale of site clearance activities

would be small at WTG footprints at different parcel of lands, whereas in

areas of new internal road construction, excavated loose soil would be

susceptible to erosion. The removal of stabilized top soil would result in slope

destabilization and increased soil erosion.


165

As the project is located in dry sandy land and during the visit the surface

water bodies were observed to be dry, which, reportedly is the case during

most of the year due to scanty rainfall, indirect impacts of soil erosion on

waterways are not expected; though it would contribute to the higher levels of

particulate matter in ambient air quality.

Embedded/in-built control

Using existing roads to access the site to the extent possible;

Construction materials and wastes will be stored in designated areas. Stripping of topsoil shall not be conducted earlier than required; (vegetation cover will be maintained for as long as possible) in order to prevent the erosion (wind and water) of soil;

Topography shall be restored to the extent possible and re-vegetated to prevent soil erosion to the extent possible;

Significance of Impact

Based on the above the impact after incorporating the embedded control the

impact significance is considered to be minor.


As the embedded controls are sufficient to address the effects of the impact, no

mitigation measures are deemed essential.


The significance of residual impacts will be negligible.

Table 7.11 Soil Erosion impacts during construction phase

Impact Soil Erosion impacts during construction phase





Impact Scale Limited to Project area (specifically construction areas)

Frequency Construction Phase

Likelihood Likely

Impact


Resource/

Receptor

Sensitivity

Low Medium High

Impact

Significance


Significance of impact is considered as minor.



166

Impact Soil Erosion impacts during construction phase

Residual Impact


Resource/

Receptor

Sensitivity

Low Medium High

Residual Impact

Significance


Significance of impact is considered as negligible.

Soil Compaction concerns during the construction phase

Context

The project will undertake the soil compaction activity to ensure soil stability

during the establishment of storage areas for WTG components, access road,

installation of batching plant, establishment of substation, CMS building etc.

During construction activities, there would be compaction of soil in the project

area during movement of vehicles/ construction machinery and work force

movement. In addition, laying of electrical lines in the agricultural field

during installation of internal and external transmission lines will also lead to

the compaction of agricultural soil to certain extent.

The soil compaction would lead to impact the soil physical properties such as

reduction in pore spaces, water infiltration rate and soil strength etc. However

it should be noted that soil in this area (only in flat area) is primarily used for

agriculture.


The routes for movement of heavy machinery shall be designated to avoid the

soil compaction in other areas;





As the embedded controls are sufficient to address the effects of the impact, no

mitigation measures are deemed essential.


The significance of impact is envisaged to be negligible.

Table 7.12 Soil Compaction impacts during construction phase

Impact Soil Compaction impacts during construction phase



167

Impact Soil Compaction impacts during construction phase




Impact Scale Limited to Project footprint area


Likelihood Likely

Impact Magnitude Positive Negligible Small Medium Large

Resource/

Receptor

Sensitivity

Low Medium High

Impact

Significance


Significance of impact is considered minor.


Residual Impact


Resource/

Receptor

Sensitivity

Low Medium High

Residual Impact

Significance


Significance of impact is considered negligible.

Impacts on land due to improper waste disposal

Context

General construction waste generated onsite will comprise of surplus or off-

specification materials such as concrete, wooden pallets, steel cuttings/filings,

packaging paper or plastic, wood, metals etc. Municipal domestic wastes

consisting of food waste, plastic, glass, aluminium cans and waste paper will

also be generated by the construction workforce at any canteen facility/ rest

area which shall be constructed for them. A small proportion of the waste

generated during construction phase will be hazardous and may include used

oil, hydraulic fluids, waste fuel, grease and waste oil containing rags. If

improperly managed, solid waste could create impacts on land.


The construction contractors will have control over the amount and types

of waste (hazardous and non- hazardous) produced at the site. Workers

will be strictly instructed about random disposal of any waste generated

from the construction activity;

Construction contractor should ensure that no unauthorized dumping of

used oil and other hazardous wastes is undertaken from the site;


168





Municipal domestic waste generated at site to be segregated onsite;

Ensure hazardous waste containers are properly labelled and stored onsite

provided with impervious surface, shed and secondary containment

system;

Ensure routinely disposal of hazardous waste through approved vendors

and records are properly documented; and

Disposal of hazardous wastes will be done strictly as per the conditions of

authorisation granted by Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board.

Construction contractor should ensure daily collection and periodic

(weekly) disposal of construction waste generated debris, concrete, metal

cuttings wastes, waste/used oil etc.;

Ensure hazardous waste is properly labelled, stored onsite at a location

provided with impervious surface, shed and secondary containment

system as per in accordance to Hazardous Wastes Rules, 2016.

The municipal waste from the labour camp will only be routed through

proper collection and handover to local municipal body for further

disposal. The hazardous wastes will be temporarily stored in labelled

drums on impervious surface at designated area onsite and will be

disposed of through approved vendors in accordance to Hazardous

Wastes Rules, 2008. The nearest Common Hazardous Waste transfer

Station and Disposal Facility (CHWTSDF) is yet to be identified for the

Project.


The significance of impact will be reduced to negligible on implementation of

mitigation measures.

Table 7.13 Impact on land due to improper waste disposal during construction phase

Impact Impacts on land due to improper waste disposal





Impact Scale Limited to Project activity area and immediate surroundings (up to 100m)


Likelihood Likely

Impact



169

Impact Impacts on land due to improper waste disposal

Resource/

Receptor

Sensitivity

Low Medium High

Impact

Significance




Residual Impact


Resource/

Receptor

Sensitivity

Low Medium High

Residual Impact

Significance



Soil Contamination impacts due to Leaks/Spills

Context

Soil contamination during the construction phase may result from leaks and

spills of oil, lubricants, or fuel from heavy equipment, improper handling of

chemical/fuel storage and wastewater. Such spills could have a long-term

impact on soil quality, but are expected to be localised in nature.


Spill control measures such as the storage and handling of chemicals and fuel

in concrete areas with secondary containment will be implemented to

minimize impacts in the event of a spill.





Use of spill control kits to contain and clean small spills and leaks.

The sewage generated onsite will be treated and disposed through septic

tanks and soak pits as per specifications given in IS 2470: 1995 (Part I and

II).

Transport vehicles and equipment should undergo regular maintenance to

avoid any oil leakages; and

Any unloading and loading protocols should be prepared for diesel, oil

and used oil respectively and workers trained to prevent/contain spills

and leaks.


170


The significance of impact will be reduced to negligible on implementation of

mitigation measures.

Table 7.14 Soil contamination due to Leaks/spills during construction phase

Impact Soil contamination due to Leaks/spills during construction phase



Impact

Duration Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent


Impact Scale Limited to project activity area

Frequency Construction phase

Likelihood Unlikely

Impact


Resource/

Receptor

Sensitivity

Low Medium High

Impact

Significance



Residual Impact Significance

Impact


Resource/

Receptor

Sensitivity

Low Medium High

Impact

Significance



Operation and maintenance phase

Impacts on land due to improper waste disposal during the Operation and

Maintenance Phase

The operational phase of the project will have limited impacts on soil in form

of waste generation and soil contamination due to accidental spillages/

leakages.

Context

During the operation and maintenance phase, wastes that are envisaged to be

generated will primarily fall into two categories i.e. (a) domestic solid and

liquid waste and (b) hazardous wastes and will be generated at the Pooling

Sub Station as well as the SCADA/ CMS building located near the villagte of

Beluguppa. Waste is likely to be generated at the 48 WTGs that fall in the

scope of this project. These facilities will be manned by personnel on a day-


171

night rota. Based on discussions with the OUWPPL and Suzlon personnel, it

was understood that waste was segregated and stored at the storage yard in

Gangavaram for eventual disposal by the approved vendor. Ideally, operation

and maintenance activities in a wind farm project would generate hazardous

wastes over a temporal scale, albeit to a lesser concentration that those that

would be generated during the construction phase.


As the operation and maintenance phase is envisaged to occur throughout the

life cycle of the Project (envisaged, in this case, to be approximately 20-25

years) the waste generated will have to be disposed of through approved

vendors in accordance with Hazardous Waste Rules, 2016 and its subsequent

amendments, thereon. The hazardous wastes will be stored onsite at separate

designated covered area provided with impervious flooring and sent for

disposal to nearest CHWTSDF that has been designated for Suzlon projects in

the area. During operation phase, the quantity of municipal waste and

hazardous waste generated is envisaged to be less and with hazardous waste

generation limited, primarily, to operation and maintenance activities of the

WTGs. The waste generated would be routed through proper collection and

containment before processing and disposal to the approved CHWTSDF, with

the help of the vendor that has been approved by the APPCB.


Based on the above the impact after incorporating the embedded control

the impact significance is envisaged to be negligible.

Additional Mitigation measures

As the embedded controls are sufficient to address the impact no mitigation

measures are deemed necessary.


The significance of residual impacts is envisaged to be negligible.

Table 7.15 Impact on land due to improper waste disposal during the Operation and

Maintenance Phase

Impact Impact on land due to improper waste disposal during the Operation and

Maintenance Phase





Impact Scale Limited to PSS, SCADA, 48 WTG locations during maintenance activities

Frequency Operation and Maintenance Phase of the Project

Likelihood Likely


172

Impact Impact on land due to improper waste disposal during the Operation and

Maintenance Phase

Impact


Resource/

Receptor

Sensitivity

Low Medium High

Impact

Significance


Significance of impact is envisaged to be negligible.


Residual Impact


Resource/

Receptor

Sensitivity

Low Medium High

Residual Impact

Significance



Soil Contamination due to Leaks/Spills during the Operation and

Maintenance Phase

Context

There are chances of spillage of oil during maintenance work at the 48 WTG

locations and would be attributed to (but not limited to) lubricating oils from

gearbox systems, hydraulic systems of the turbine etc. The accidental

spillages at oil/lubricants and hazardous waste storage areas may cause

contamination of soil and ground water. There is a likelihood of spillage to

occur at an area that is designated (during the life cycle of the project) for

storage WTG spares, components and maintenance material that would

comprise of oils for the above mentioned activities, especially during handling

and decanting operations.


Ensure oil/ lubricants are stored on impervious floor in the storage area

having secondary containment;

Use of spill control kits to contain and clean small spills and leaks during

O&M activities; and

The guidelines and procedures shall be prepared and followed for

immediate clean-up actions following any spillages.

The probability of the impact is only during WTG maintenance and therefore

occasional. In case of accidental spillage, the impacts will be confined to the

WTG land parcels and storage area (if proposed and utilised during the O/M

phase of the Project).


173


Based on the above the impact after incorporating the embedded control

the impact significance is envisaged to be negligible.


As the embedded controls are sufficient to address the impacts additional

mitigations measures are not deemed necessary.

Residual Impact significance

The significance of impact is envisaged to be negligible.

Table 7.16 Leaks/Spills during operation phase

Impact Leaks and spills during the operation phase





Impact Scale

Limited to 48 WTG locations and pooling substation and areas earmarked

for storage yard for WTG spares, components and maintenance material

that would comprise of oils etc.

Frequency Cannot be precisely determined but during the entire life cycle of the project

Likelihood Unlikely

Impact


Resource/

Receptor

Sensitivity

Low Medium High

Impact

Significance




Residual Impact


Resource/

Receptor

Sensitivity

Low Medium High

Residual Impact

Significance




Impact to Soil and Land environment during decommissioning phase

The decommissioning activities will cause following impacts on soil:

Soil compaction due to the increased vehicular and workforce movement,

dismantling and storage of WTG components on the adjacent land,

removal of internal electric lines/ poles etc.


174

Waste will be generated in form of dismantled WTG components and

demolition debris from WTG foundations, storage yard and substation

complex. Electric components such as transformers, insulators, wires will

be generated. The waste will be mainly of inert nature;

The possibility of soil contamination during decommissioning phase is

very less though may occur due to leakage from machinery and

transportation vehicles and during collection of remaining oil/ lubricants

in the WTGs.


The decommissioning of the wind farm will be carried out in a planned

manner.

During decommissioning phase, the quantity of waste generated will be

high. The waste will be routed through proper collection, storage and

disposal. The waste will be evaluated for its recycling/ reuse/ scrap value

and disposed off accordingly.

Impact Significance

The overall significance of impacts on soil environment due to

decommissioning activities is assessed as minor.


Following mitigation measures are proposed to reduce the impacts of wind

farm decommissioning activities on soil environment:

The vehicular movement during decommissioning activities should be

restricted to the designated route path;

The demolition/ dismantling waste should not be left over in whole

project area and to be collected and stored at designated area only for

further segregation and disposal.


The significance of impact will vary from minor to negligible on

implementation of mitigation measures.

Table 7.17 Impact to Soil and Land environment during decommissioning phase

activities

Impact Impact on soil and land environment from decommissioning phase

activities






175

Impact Scale Limited to Project area

Frequency Decommissioning phase of the Project

Likelihood Likely


Resource/Receptor

Sensitivity Low Medium High

Impact Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major



Residual Impact


Resource/Receptor


Residual Impact

Significance


Significance of impact is envisaged to be minor to negligible.

7.5.2 Impact on Water Resources

The impacts of proposed project on water environment are assessed with

respect to following:

Decreased water availability form the water resources of the area due to

consumption of water for carrying out project activities; and

Decreased water quality due to wastewater release and spills/leaks from

project activities.

Criteria

For the assessment of water quality, the sensitivity and magnitude criteria


Table 7.18 Sensitivity Assessment Criteria for Water Resources (Surface water and

Ground water)

Sensitivity Criteria Contributing Criteria

Environment Social

Water Resources -

Surface water and

ground water

(quality/quantity

related criteria)

The extent to which the

water resource plays an

ecosystem or amenity role

in terms of supporting

biodiversity either directly

or indirectly, particularly

with respect to dependent

ecosystems.

The extent to which the water resource

provides or could provide a use (drinking

water, agricultural uses, washing and other

domestic or industrial, use as waterways) to

the local communities and businesses, or is

important in terms of national resource

protection objectives, targets and legislation.

Low The water resource does

not support diverse

aquatic habitat or

populations, or supports

aquatic habitat or

population that is of low

quality.

The water resource has little or no role in terms of provisioning services as agricultural water source, other domestic uses as washing, bathing, industrial use and waterways for the local community.


176

Sensitivity Criteria Contributing Criteria

The groundwater resource is not currently

abstracted and used in the vicinity of the

Project, but is of sufficient quality and yield

to be used for that purpose in the future (and

there is a reasonable potential for future use).

Medium The water resource

supports diverse

populations of flora and /

or fauna but available in

the surface water bodies in

the region.

The surface water resources have local

importance in terms of provisioning services

but there is ample capacity and / or

adequate opportunity for alternative sources

of comparable quality.

The groundwater resource is an important water supply, and is currently used, but there is capacity and / or adequate opportunity for alternative sources of comparable quality.

High The water resource supports economically important or biologically unique aquatic species or provides essential habitat for such species

The surface water resources are wholly relied upon locally, with no suitable technically or economically feasible alternatives, or is important at a regional or transboundary watershed level for provisioning services

The groundwater resource is wholly relied upon locally, with no suitable technically or economically feasible alternatives, or is important at a regional or national level for water supply or contribution to groundwater dependent ecosystems (e.g. transboundary rivers).

Table 7.19 Criteria for Impact Magnitude for Assessment of Impact to Surface and

Ground water Resources

Magnitude

Criteria

Negligible Small Medium Large

General

Criteria

No perceptible or

readily measurable

change from

baseline conditions.

Perceptible

change from

baseline

conditions but

likely to be within

applicable norms

and standards for

mode of use.

Clearly evident (e.g.

perceptible and

readily measurable)

change from baseline

conditions and / or

likely to approach and

even occasionally

exceed applicable

norms and standards

for mode of use.

Major changes in

comparison to

baseline

conditions and /

or likely to

regularly or

continually

exceed applicable

norms and

standards for

mode of use.

Water

Quantity

There is likely to be

negligible (less than

1% of lean season

flow) or no

consumption of

surface water by

the Project at any

time

The Project will

consume surface

water, but the

amounts

abstracted are

likely to be

relatively small in

comparison to the

resource available

at the time of use

The Project will

consume surface

water, and the

amounts abstracted

are likely to be

significant in

comparison to the

resource available at

the time of use (i.e.

taking into account

The Project will

consume surface

water, and the

amounts

abstracted are

likely to be very

significant in

comparison to the

resource available

at the time of use


177

Magnitude

Criteria


(i.e. taking into

account seasonal

fluctuation)

seasonal fluctuation) (i.e. taking into

account seasonal

fluctuation)

There is likely to be negligible or no abstraction, use of or discharge to the groundwater by the Project at any time.

The Project will consume groundwater or deliver discharge to groundwater, but the amounts abstracted / discharged are likely to be relatively small in comparison to the resource available at the time of use (i.e. taking into account seasonal fluctuation).

The Project will consume groundwater or discharge to groundwater, and the amounts abstracted / discharged are likely to be significant in comparison to the resource available at the time of use (i.e. taking into account seasonal fluctuation).

The Project will consume groundwater or discharge to groundwater, and the amounts abstracted / discharged are likely to be very significant in comparison to the resource available at the time of use (i.e. taking into account seasonal fluctuation).

Water

Quality

Discharges are

expected to be well

within statutory

limits

Discharges are

expected to be

within statutory

limits

Occasional breach(es)

of statutory discharge

limits (limited

periods) expected

Repeated

breaches of

statutory

discharge limits

(over extended

periods) expected

Abstractions from

or discharge to

aquifer(s) are

unlikely to cause

water quality

issues.

Groundwater

quality be within

ambient levels or

allowable criteria

or may exceed for

1-2 parameters

which is common

occurrence due to

geological regime

of the area.

Abstraction or

discharge to

aquifer(s) may

cause small but

local changes in

water quality in

the aquifer

system. These can

be considered

potential short-

term localized

effects on

groundwater

quality which is

likely to return to

equilibrium

conditions within

a short (months)

timeframe.

Groundwater quality

exceeds ambient

levels or allowable

criteria for key

parameters.

Abstraction or

discharge to aquifer(s)

are expected to cause

potential localized

effects on

groundwater quality

which are likely to be

fairly long lasting and

/ or give rise to

indirect ecological

and / or socio-

economic impacts.

Groundwater

quality exceeds

ambient levels or

allowable criteria.

Abstractions or

discharge to

aquifer(s) are

expected to cause

potentially severe

effects on

groundwater

quality which are

likely to be long-

lasting (e.g. years

or permanent)

and / or give rise

to indirect

ecological and /

or socio-economic

impacts.


178

Construction Phase

Impact on water availability

Context

As stated in Chapter 2, Water will be required for civil works during the

construction of the foundation for all WTGs estimating 70 m3 of water for each

WTG foundation activities, whicg totals to approximately 3360 m3 of water.


Water tankers should be utilised to fulfil supply required for all purposes,

including construction work, use in labour camp and site office and local

surface water bodies should not be utilised for these purposes.

Impact Significance

The sensitivity of water resource in the area is considered as medium due to

the fact that the project area is generally a dry area with little rainfall. Water is

supplemented for agriculture and domestic purposes by a combination of a

canal system originating from the PABR Dam . As per the CGWB brochure for

Anantapur, the mandal of Beluguppa is categorized as Over Exploited categor

of CGWB (1) . However, the direct negative impact on water resources due to

construction activities will be short term and limited mainly to construction

phase of the project. Based on the above the impact is assessed to be minor.


Following mitigation measures are proposed for conservation of water

resources of the area:

Construction labour deputed onsite to be sensitised about water

conservation and encouraged for optimal use of water;

Regular inspection for identification of water leakages and preventing

wastage of water from water supply tankers.

Blending of low quality water with fresh water for construction uses.

Recycling/reusing to the extent possible.

(1) Ground water brochure, Anantapur District, Andhra Pradesh. Central Ground Water Board. Southern region,

Hyderabad, September 2013. http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/AP/Ananthapur.pdf. Accessed on 15/07/2016.


179

Table 7.20 Impact on Water Resources during the Construction Phase

Impact Water Resources Availability





Impact Scale Limited to Project area


Likelihood Possible


Resource Sensitivity

Low Medium High

The area around the Project Area has been classified as Over Exploited

by CGWB.




Residual Impact


Resource Sensitivity Low Medium High

Residual Impact

Significance




After implementation of mitigation measures, the impact significance will be

minor.

Impact on water Quality

Context

There is a potential for contamination of surface and groundwater resources

resulting from improper management of sewage (~ 10 m3/day) at project site

office or other accidental spills/leaks at the storage areas.


The provisions of septic tank and soak pits will be provided (as per

specifications given in IS 2470 1995 Part I and Part II) onsite for treatment

and disposal of sewage, thereby minimizing the impacts of wastewater

discharge. Planning of toilets, soak pits and septic tanks, waste collection

areas should be away from natural drainage channels;

Ensure proper cover and stacking of loose construction material at

Batching plant site and WTG’s site to prevent surface runoff and

contamination of receiving water body;

Use of licensed contractors for management and disposal of waste and

sludge;

Labourers will be given training towards proactive use of designated

areas/bins for waste disposal and encouraged for use of toilets. Open

defecation and random disposal of sewage will be strictly restricted;


180

Spill/ leakage clearance plan to be adopted for immediate cleaning of

spills and leakages.

Impact Significance

Based on the above the impact is assessed to be negligible.


As the impact is sufficiently addressed by the embedded controls the

requirement of additional mitigation measures is not foreseen for this impact.



Residual significance of impacts during construction phase will be negligible.

Table 7.21 Impact on water quality

Impact Water Resources and Quality





Impact Scale Mainly limited to PSS, CMS, SCADA and Site Office


Likelihood Likely






Residual Impact



Residual Impact

Significance



Operation and maintenance phase

Impact on water availability during the Operation and Maintenance Phase

Context

During the operation phase of this project, an estimate of 2-3 m3/day of water

would be required during operation phase to meet domestic requirements of

O&M staff and for use in the SCADA building and adjoining pooling sub-

station complex, located near the village of Beluguppa.


181


Domestic water demand will be met with the help of tankers and bottled

potable water purchased from authorised distributors located in the

nearby villages and from the nearby city of Anantapur ;

Optimising water usage in the SCADA building and substation area by

application of water conservation measures such as sensor based taps, low

flush urinals etc.

Impact Significance

The overall significance of impacts on water availability due to operational

activities is envisaged to be negligible.


As the impact is sufficiently addressed by the embedded controls additional

mitigation measures are not foreseen for this impact.


The significance of the residual impact is envisaged to be negligible.

Table 7.22 Impact on water availability during operation phase

Impact Impact on water availability during the Operation and Maintenance

Phase





Impact Scale Limited to Pooling Sub Station, SCADA room near the village of

Beluguppa.

Frequency Operation phase

Likelihood Likely






Residual Impact



Residual Impact

Significance




182

Impact on water quality during the Operation and Maintenance Phase

Context

During operation phase, wastewater generation is expected to be nil from the

power generation process. Only sewage would be generated from pooling

substation and SCADA building, which is located near the village of

Beluguppa and this, will also be of negligible quantity. The estimated sewage

generation from project site is expected to be approximately 2 m3/day.


The drainage and sewerage system will be provided for the collection and

treatment of waste water at the SCADA building/ CMS and substation

areas; and

No wastewater discharge on open land will be practiced.

Impact Significance

The overall significance of impacts on water quality due to operational

activities is envisaged to be negligible.


As the impact is sufficiently addressed by the embedded controls the

requirement of additional mitigation measures is not foreseen for this impact.


The significance of the residual impacts is envisaged to be negligible.

Table 7.23 Impact on water quality during operation phase

Impact Impact on water quality during operation phase





Impact Scale Limited to Pooling Sub Station, SCADA room located near the village of

Beluguppa.


Likelihood Likely






Residual Impact



Residual Impact

Significance




183


No impacts are observed to water resources are envisaged during the

decommissioning phase of the project.

7.5.3 Impact on Air Quality

The impact assessment with respect to air quality of the study area has been

undertaken for the project activities described below:

Construction activities including site preparation, construction of WTG

foundation, erection of internal and external transmission line,

construction of office building;

Transportation of WTG components, construction material, construction

machinery and personnel;

Operation of batching plant;

Operation of DG sets for emergency power backup;

Operation and maintenance activities during operation phase; and

Decommissioning activities.

Criteria

For the assessment of air quality, the sensitivity and magnitude criteria

outlined in Table 7.24 and Table 7.25 respectively have been used. The air

quality impacts associated with the construction activities have been assessed

qualitatively, using professional judgement and based on past experience

from similar projects.

Table 7.24 Sensitivity Criteria for Air quality

Sensitivity

Criteria

Contributing Criteria

Human Receptors Ecological Receptors

Low Locations where human

exposure is transient.1

Locally designated sites; and/or

areas of specific ecological interest, not subject

to statutory protection (for example, as defined

by the project ecology team).

Medium Few Receptors( settlements)

within 500 m of project

activity area as roads,

batching plant, WTG s etc.

Nationally designated sites.

High Densely populated receptors

(settlements) within 500 m of

project activity area as roads,

batching plant, WTG s etc.

Internationally designated sites.

1 As per the NAAQS and World Bank/IFC guidelines, there are no standards that apply to short –term exposure, eg one or

two hours, but there is still a risk of health impacts, albeit less certain.


184

Table 7.25 Criteria for Impact Magnitude for Assessment of Impact to Air Quality

(Construction Phase)

Magnitude

Criteria


Air Quality Soil type with

large grain size

(eg sand);

and/or No

emissions/dust

generation due

to Project across

all phases

Soil type with

large grain

size (eg sand);

and/or

Limited

emissions/du

st generations

for short

duration

Moderately

dusty soil

type (eg silt);

and/or

Dust

generation

and emissions

from Projects

for long

duration

Potentially dusty

soil type (eg clay,

which will be

prone to

suspension when

dry due to small

particle size); and

Significant

process emissions

from Project for

the entire Project

cycle.

Construction Phase

Air quality will largely get impacted from the following sources during the

construction phase:

Fugitive dust emissions from site clearing, excavation work, cutting and

levelling work at WTG sites and access/ internal roads, stacking of soils,

handling of construction material, transportation of material, emission due

to movement of vehicles and heavy construction machinery etc.;

Vehicular emissions due to traffic movement on site and on access roads;

Particulate emissions from operation of batching plant;

Exhaust emissions from construction machineries, other heavy equipment

like bull dozers, excavators, and compactors;

Emissions from emergency power diesel generator required during

construction activity.

Further the WTGs are spread across a larger area and the air quality impacts

would largely be limited to 500 m of the construction activity area, batching

plant and material storage area and will not have any long term impact on the

ambient air quality of the area.

Receptors

Receptors have been observed to exist within the 500 m radius of the WTGs

and have been elaborated upon in Chapter 2 of the report.


Preventive measures such as storage of construction material in sheds,

covering of construction materials during transportation will be

undertaken, for reducing dust as part of the embedded controls.


185

Emissions from the emergency DG set and other stationary machines will

be controlled by ensuring that the engines are always properly tuned and

maintained.

Minimize stockpiling by coordinating excavations, spreading, re-grading

and compaction activities;

Speed of vehicles on site will be limited to 10-15 km/hr which will help in

minimizing fugitive dust emissions due to vehicular movement;

Cease or phase down work if excess fugitive dust is observed. Investigate

the source of dust and ensure proper suppression measures;

Proper maintenance of engines and use of vehicles with Pollution Under

Control (PUC) Certificate; and

Idling of vehicles and equipment will be prevented

Impact Significance

The impact on air quality will be local and short-term, restricted to the

construction period. The overall impacts are assessed to be minor.

Table 7.26 Impact on air quality during construction phase

Impact Ambient Air quality





Impact Scale Project area and vicinity

Frequency Not Applicable

Likelihood Likely











The residual impact due to the Project on air quality will be negligible.

Operation Phase

Source of Impacts

As the Project is a renewable and clean energy development project, the

operation phase will be largely free from air emissions.


186


The decommissioning activities will have limited impact on the air quality of

the area and will be mainly in form of dust emissions due demolition of office

building. The increased vehicular movement for transportation of dismantled

WTGs, demolition debris, scrap materials will also generate fugitive dust

emissions.


The impact on air quality during decommissioning phase of the Project is

assessed to be minor.


The embedded measures need to be implemented.


The residual impact due to the Project on air quality will be minor.

Table 7.27 Impact on air quality during decommissioning phase

Impact Impact on air quality during decommissioning phase





Impact Scale Project footprint area and surrounding areas up to 100 m distance

Frequency Decommissioning phase

Likelihood Likely






Residual Impact



Residual Impact

Significance



7.5.4 Aesthetics and Landscape concerns

Visual attributes are assessed with reference to surrounding landscape

character and their distinctive features. In addition to these aesthetic impacts

also consider the setting up of WTGs in the area of study, clearance of

vegetation for access roads/ transmission lines, installation of ancillary

facilities as well as laying of transmission lines/towers etc.

Context


187

The project is located in the villages of Beluguppa, Srirangapuram,

Thagguparthi, Yeragudi, Avulenna, Y. Rengapuram, Duddekunta and

Narinjagundlapalli, Nakkalapalli andSreerangapuram in Beluguppa Mandal

of Anantpur District in the state of Andhra Pradesh. The land surrounding

the Project is utilised for agricultural purposes. The landscape character of the

surrounding area primarily comprises of flat terrain. The landscape character

also comprises of settlements (mentioned above) that are located in the Project

Area as well as a series of village roads, in addition to the State Highway 82

that is the main access route to the Project.

Receptors The visual impacts will be perceived by two types of receptors during the operational phases, namely:

Receptors located at a fix point, such as settlements in the study area; and

Receptors temporarily viewing the wind farm, such as passing motorists.

Construction Phase

The Project site is located on flat terrain that is present in the Project area.

Although the turbines will be manufactured off-site and the construction

phase will be relatively for a short duration (04-06 months), large equipment

or infrastructure such as cranes, dumpers, transportation vehicles will be

required on site during the installation of the WTGs. The significance of the

visual impacts will decrease with increasing distance from the Project site.

During construction phase, visual impact due to the presence of Project

infrastructure such as pooling substation, batching plant, labour camp,

construction material storage area, temporary site office in the Project site are

anticipated.

Impact Significance

The construction phase will be for approximately 04-06 months. The larger

structures such as batching plant and pooling substation would lead to loss in

visual aesthetics in the area albeit, in a localised area. The overall impact

significance has been assessed as minor.

Mitigation Measures

The following mitigation measures should be implemented to minimize

potential of visual impacts during construction phase:

The area of the site office and storage should be limited to the extent

necessary;

Vegetation should be cleared only in locations where WTGs, ancillary

facilities, pooling substation, transmission lines and access/internal roads

are planned to minimize the visual impact of deforestation;


188

Minimize presence of ancillary structure on site, avoid fencing and

minimize access road disturbances; and

After completion of construction works, areas utilized for batching plant,

labour camp and stock yard should be restored to original form.

Table 7.28 Landscape- aesthetic impacts during the Construction Phase

Impact Landscape- aesthetic impacts during the Construction Phase





Impact Scale Limited to Project area (specifically construction area)

Frequency During construction phase

Likelihood Likely


Resource/ Receptor

Sensitivity

Low Medium High

The Project activity area has settlements of 10 villages and does not

exhibit large/ prominent structures.




Residual Impact


Resource/ Receptor


Residual Impact

Significance


Significance of impact is considered as negligible.


After implementation of mitigation measures, residual impacts will reduce to

negligible.


As mentioned above, the land where the WTGs are located comprise of flat

terrain that is used for agriculture. During the site visit, in May, structures

were observed to be within 500 m of the WTGs that form the scope the

assessment. However the area within which the WTGs are located are also

utilised by Suzlon for other projects/ Clients and could pose a concern in the

cumulative sense. In addition to this, the presence of a structure of height of 90

m where prominent structures are absent would be a visual impact to nearby

villages and passing motorists. Additionally, the movement of the turbine

blades and shadow flicker that is generated could also pose a concern with

regard to shadow flickering effects.

Impact Significance

The most prominent source of visual impact during the operational phase is

the presence of the wind turbines and the assemblage of transmission lines


189

that evacuate to the Pooling Sub Stations and eventually to the grid. Assessing

the impacts is highly subjective, as it depends on the perception of the viewer.

People’s attitudes can differ and presence of the wind farm can be viewed as

both a positive and negative impact on the surrounding areas. In addition to

this, the perception of villagers of existing wind farms in the area remains to

be seen, during the operation phase of the Project.

In view of above, impact significance of visual impacts during the operational

phase of the Project has been envisaged to be minor, owing to the fact that

windfarms already exist in the area

Mitigation Measures

The following mitigation measures should be implemented to minimize

potential of visual impacts during operational phase:

Signage related to the wind farm should be discrete and confined to

entrance gates;

No other corporate or advertising signage should be displayed on site;

The footprint of operations and maintenance facilities as well as parking

and vehicular circulation should be clearly defined and not be allowed to

spill over into other areas of the site.


After implementation of mitigation measures, residual impacts will reduce to

negligible.

Table 7.29 Landscape- aesthetic impacts during the Operation and Maintenance Phase

Impact Landscape- aesthetic impacts during the Operation and Maintenance

Phase





Impact Scale Up to 5-6 km depending on terrain

Frequency Operation Phase

Likelihood Likely


Resource/ Receptor





Residual Impact


Resource/ Receptor


Residual Impact

Significance




190

7.5.5 Occupational health and Safety of Workers

Construction Phase and Installation Phase

Context

As mentioned earlier in the report, installation work for 48 WTGs, the

transmission lines as well the PSS was underway during the ERM site visit

and was observed to be in various phases of installation. Hence, there would

be a need for labour to complete the remainder of the work for eventual

commissioning. According to the IFC EHS Guidelines, the occupational health

and safety risks during the construction, operations and decommissioning of

an onshore wind power project is generally similar to those of the large

industrial facilities and infrastructure projects. The main risks of occupational

health and safety include working at heights, working with rotating

machinery, and falling objects and the terrain of the present project makes the

workers highly susceptible to physical injuries.


Based on the above, the impact significance is assessed to be moderate.


The following risk mitigation measures are suggested to minimize the

risks/hazards related to health and safety onsite:

The workers (both regular and contractual) on the project should be

provided with trainings on the Health and Safety policy in place, and their

role in the same and refresher courses will be provided throughout the life

of the project

Establish a grievance redressal mechanism in place, to allow for the

employees and workers to report any concern or grievance related to work

activities

Put in place measures to reduce the risk of prevalence of diseases,

including screening of workers, undertaking health awareness amongst

the workers, implementation of vector control programs, avoiding

presence of unsanitary conditions and better facilities in the project site,

such as safe drinking water, proper waste collection and disposal etc.


The assessment of the residual impacts on occupational health and safety are

given envisaged to be minor after implementation of mitigation measures.


191

Table 7.30 Impact Significance on Occupational Health and Safety: Construction phase

and installation phase

Impact Occupational Health and Safety : Construction and installation phases





Impact Scale Limited to Project Footprint area

Frequency Project life cycle

Impact Magnitude Positive Negligible small Medium Large

Resource/Receptor


Impact

Significance


Significance of impact is considered to be Moderate


Resource/Receptor


Residual Impact


Residual Impact

Significance


Significance of Residual Impacts is considered Minor


Source of Impact

The windfarm operation will involve electro-mechanical preventive and

restoration works. These maintenance works will involve climbing up the

WTG or electrical poles.

Possible Consequences

Following occupational health and safety hazards would be encountered in

operation phase:

Falling from height;

Working on live electrical wire and electrical safety;

Exposure to electric magnetic field.

Embedded Provisions

The sub-contractors carrying out the maintenance works have health and

safety policy and system in place.

Impact Significance

The significance of the health and safety impacts in operation phase after

implementation of these mitigation measures is assessed to be Negligible.


192

Mitigation/Management Measures

Suzlon as the O& M contractor is recommended to set up following

monitoring system to ensure health and safety compliance of its own staff and

that of sub-contractors.

Develop a site-specific health and safety plan for Project and assign the

responsibility for its implementation at site;

Establish safe working methods and written procedures;

Obtain and check safety method statements from contractors before

allowing them to work on site;

Allow only authorized people on to site;

Display health and safety notification details at appropriate places; and

Monitor health and safety performance through an operating audit.


The assessment of the residual impacts on occupational health and safety are

given envisaged to be minor after implementation of mitigation measures.

Table 7.31 Impact Significance on Occupational Health and Safety: Operation and

Maintenance Phase

Impact Occupational health and safety: Operation and Maintenance Phase





Impact Scale

Operation and Maintenance work for 24 WTGs will be monitored

through a SCADA/ CMS that will be set up near the village of

Beluguppa

Frequency Periodically all through the operation phase during maintenance

and inspections.


Vulnerability of Social

Receptors

Low Medium High

The operation and maintenance work will be done by Suzlon.

Hence, OUWPPLwill only have a supervising or monitoring

responsibility.


Significance of impact is considered to be Minor


Resource/Receptor


Residual Impact


Residual Impact

Significance Negligible Minor Moderate Major



193

Decomissioning Phase

Context

Occupational health and safety is a dynamic process with challenges being

faced on a daily basis. Based on the premise that accidents can occur at any

time, the personnel at OUWPPL and Suzlon should rigorously adopt practices

and disseminate experiences to the staff and labour that are involved in

various aspects of decommissioning during this phase and ensure that best

practices are followed at all time and that personnel are wearing PPE’s are

being worn at all time.

Possible Consequences

Following occupational health and safety hazards would be encountered in

during the decommissioning phase:

Falling from height;

Components falling from heaight;

Working on live electrical wire and electrical safety;

Exposure to electric magnetic field.

Embedded Provisions

The sub-contractors carrying out the decomissioning works have health and

safety policy and system in place that are overseen by OUWPPL and Suzlon

personnel and ensured that they are followed by staff and labour at all times.


The impact occupational health and safety during the decommissioning phase

of the Project is assessed to be moderate.


The workers (both regular and contractual) on the project should be

provided with trainings on the Health and Safety policy in place, and their

role in the same and refresher courses will be provided throughout the life

of the project

Establish a grievance redressal mechanism in place, to allow for the

employees and workers to report any concern or grievance related to work

activities

Put in place measures to reduce the risk of prevalence of diseases,

including screening of workers, undertaking health awareness amongst

the workers, implementation of vector control programs, avoiding

presence of unsanitary conditions and better facilities in the project site,

such as safe drinking water, proper waste collection and disposal etc.



194

The residual impact due to the Project on air quality will be minor after the

adoption of mitigation measures.

Table 7.32 Impact Significance on Occupational Health and Safety: Decommissioning

Phase

Impact Occupational Health and Safety: Decommissioning phase






Frequency Project life cycle : Decomissioning Phase


Resource/Receptor


Impact

Significance


Significance of impact is considered to be Moderate


Resource/Receptor


Residual Impact


Residual Impact

Significance



7.5.6 Ambient Noise Levels

The source of ambient noise impact will vary from phase to phase. The phase-

wise project impact assessment is given in subsequent sections.

Contruction Phase

Context

The Project is located in a rural setting and therefore prescribes to CPCB and

WHO standards set for residential areas (Day time Leq = 55).

Baseline conditions

The noise monitoring on the Project site (See Section 5.4.2) shows that noise

levels in selected points across the study area fall below CPCB/WHO

standards.

Receptors

With respect to human receptors, there are receptors in the Project Area and

have been elaborated upon in Section 2 of this Report.


195

Construction Phase activities

The list of project activities that might result in noise impacts is given below:

Noise from heavy vehicular traffic movement;

Noise from increased workforce and construction/demolition; and

Noise from cranes, drillers, bulldozers, excavators, etc.; and

Noise from DG sets.

Construction work is expected to last for about 04-06 months and construction

activities will be restricted to day time. Noise generation from select

construction equipment and machinery utilized in the construction of a wind

farm are presented in Table 7.33. Specific information about types, quantities,

and operating schedules of the construction equipment was not available at

the time of assessment and therefore, assumptions have made regarding the

type, number and Sound Power Levels (SPLs) of construction equipment,

based on similar projects and publicly available data. It has been assumed

that only one of each type of equipment will be on-site during any day or

night period. Re-assessment of noise levels may be required if the actual

construction equipment inventory and SPL vary from the assumed list.

Table 7.33 Assumed construction equipment sound pressure level inventory

Construction Equipment Average Noise Level at 50ft [dB(A)]

Bulldozer 82

Backhoe 78

Loaders 79

Vibratory roller 102

Fuel truck 85

Cranes 81

Dump truck 76

Grader 85

Compressors 78

Generators 85

Rock drill 81

Grader 85

Concrete mixer truck 79

Concrete pump truck 81

Scraper 85

Source: The SPLs of the construction equipment have been taken from FHWA noise specification 721.5601

and ERM’s internal database

1 Construction Noise Handbook. FHWA-HEP-06-15; DOTVNTSC-FHWA-06-02; NTIS No. PB2006-109102. Final Report

August 2006 (updated5/20/2010). <http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/environment/noise/construction_noise/handbook


196

Impact Significance

The WTG locations are located in the vicinity of the villages as described in

Section 2 of the report. With respect to human receptors, the structures are

located in the vicinity with the residents staying overnight. The construction

work that is expected to produce noise levels will be limited to a period of 04-

06 months only. However, as per the ambient noise level results presented in

Table 5.4.8, the results have been observed to be below the CPCB and WHO

limits. Taking the above facts into account, the overall impact significance for

ambient noise levels during the construction phase has been assessed to be

minor.

Mitigation Measures

The following mitigation measures are proposed to reduce noise impacts on

surrounding receptors during the construction of the Project:

Limit the number of heavy vehicles required for the Project to only those

that are necessary;

Access roads for the Project should avoid villages and communities to

prevent noise from heavy vehicular traffic to the extent possible;

Heavy vehicles should limit use of engine breaking to prevent excessive

noise;

All construction work should be carried out during daytime hours (6:00

am to 10:00 am as per CPCB limits);

Vehicles and equipment used for the Project should be well maintained

and oiled to prevent excess noise during construction; and


After implementation of mitigation measures, the significance of residual

impacts will be minor.

Table 7.34 Noise generation from construction activities and transportation of man/

material

Impact Noise generation from construction activities and transportation of man/

material





Impact Scale Limited to Project footprint area and surrounding communities


Likelihood Likely

Impact



197

Impact Noise generation from construction activities and transportation of man/

material

Resource/

Receptor

Sensitivity

Low Medium High

Impact

Significance




Impact


Resource/

Receptor

Sensitivity

Low Medium High

Impact

Significance




Sources of Wind Turbine Sound

The sources of noise emitted from operating wind turbines can be divided into

two categories: (a) mechanical noise, from interaction of turbine components;

and (b) aerodynamic noise, produced by the flow of air over blades.

Mechanical sounds originate from the relative motion of mechanical

components and the dynamic response among them. Sources of such sounds

include:

Gearbox;

Generator;

Yaw drives;

Cooling fans; and

Auxiliary equipment (e.g. hydraulics)

Aerodynamic sound is typically the largest component of wind turbine

acoustic emissions. It originates from the flow of air around the blades.

Aerodynamic sound generally increases with rotor speed.

The Project comprises of 48 WTGs of Suzlon make i.e S111, each having a

rated capacity of 2.1 MW with a hub height of 90 m. The noise generation from

the Suzlon S111 turbines have been taken into consideration during strong

m/s at 10 m height) i.e. 105.8 dB(A)

for the noise assessment.

Methodology: The environmental noise prediction model Nord 2000 (an in-

built calculation module in WindPro 3.0) and was used for modelling noise

emissions from the WTGs. In order to consider worst case scenario (with

strong wind conditions), it has been assumed that the WTGs are operational at

m/s at 10 m height (which is equivalent to

approximately 11.3 m/s at hub height). Operating of WTGs with 100% usage


198

scenario was modelled to cover the operation phase of the Project. In addition,

to represent a worst-case scenario for the assessment, all WTGs were assumed

to be operating simultaneously and for 24 hours. As a conservative approach

to the assessment, atmospheric absorption during sound transmission was not

included in the assessment. Local terrain has been considered for putting

noise sources as well as receptors in the model. It should be noted that

sensitive receptors were observed during the WTG profiling and

environmental survey and have been utilised for this study.

Noise Sensitive Receptors: A total of three scattered houses, one warehouse

and three village settlements (partially) namely Nakalapalli, Beluguppa Tanda

and Thaggurgparthy fall within the study domain of 500 m around the project

WTGs. The noise sensitive receptors with respect to WTGs are presented in

Figure 7.3.

Predicted Noise Levels at Receptors: The predicted noise levels within the

study domain with strong wind conditions (8 m/s) are presented in Figure 7.4.

The predicted noise level at one receptor within the study domain has been

presented in Table 7.35.


199

Figure 7.3 Map showing the 48 WTGs and the Noise Sensitive Receptors in the Project Area


200

Figure 7.4 Noise map showing 48WTG locations, noise locations and wind speed under strong wind conditions (8 m/s)


201

Table 7.35 Predicted Noise Levels at Noise Receptors during Operation Phase of Project with normal wind conditions.

Receptor Code Zone Easting (mE) Northing (mN) Location Nearest WTG Approximate

Distance and

Direction of WTG

from location

Baseline Sound

Pressure Levels

at Receptors,

Leq (dBA)

Predicted Sound

Pressure Levels

at Receptors,

Leq (dBA)

(Strong Wind)

Total Sound

Pressure Level

(Baseline +

Predicted), Leq

(dBA) (Strong

Wind)

Applicable

Standard (dB(A))

per Landuse

Leq d Leq n Leq d Leq n Leq d Leq n Day Night

Nakalapalli Village 43 P

726240 1628953

Nakalapally Village

BLG-015 Within 500 m radius 52.1 43.6 40.7 40.7 52.4 45.4 55 45

Beluguppa Tanda Village 43 P 728579 1626874 Beluguppa Tanda Village BLG-024 Within 500 m radius 52.3 43.8 41.9 41.9 52.7 46.0 55 45

H1-House 43 P 722977 1629494 Sreerangapuram Village BLG-013 0.37 km SSW 53.7 44.5 47.4 47.4 54.6 49.2 55 45

H2-House 43 P 722919 1629610 Sreerangapuram Village BLG-013 0.32 km SSW 53.7 44.5 46.4 46.4 54.4 48.6 55 45

H3-House 43 P 723180 1630275 Sreerangapuram Village BLG-013 0.45 km N 53.7 44.5 40.5 40.5 40.5 46.0 55 45

W1-Warehouse 43 P 730409 1626888 Beluguppa Village BLG-080 0.46 km W - - 41.3 41.3 41.3 41.3 55 45

Thagguparthy Village 43 P 737079 1628822 Thaguparthy Village BLG-157 Within 500 m radius 53.1 44 46.9 46.9 54.0 48.7 55 45 (1) Predicted noise levels during day and night time will be same as the operation of WTGs has been considered 24 hours and no variation of wind speed during day and night-time is considered in this assessment. (2) IFC/WB EHS Guidelines: Noise Management dated April 30, 2007 gives, Noise level guidelines for Residential; institutional and educational receptors in daytime (07:22:00) and night time (22:00-7:00) as 55 and 45 one hour Leq dB(A)

respectively. For industrial and commercial receptors it is 70 one hour Leq dB(A) for both night and day time.

(3) Noise standards notified by the MoEFCC vide gazette notification dated 14 February 2000 as amended in January 2010 based on the A weighted equivalent noise level (Leq) for residential areas.


202

As observed in Table 7.35, the ambient day time noise levels are within the

limits as prescribed by the CPCB. However, the night time noise levels show

slightly elevated level from the applicable standard i.e. 45.5 dB(A) under

strong wind conditions of 08 m/s. The WTGS that exhibit this trend are BLG-

015, BLG-024, BLG-013, BLG-013, BLG-080, and BLG-157.

Therefore the impact of noise as a result of WTG operating during the daytime

has been envisaged to be minor and night time has been envisaged to be

moderate.

Mitigation Measures

A solid noise barrier should be provided in order reduce the noise impact

at night, if the receptor is being used as permanent residential facility and

the monitored noise levels confirm the noise levels more than 5 dB(A)

higher than the applicable standard;

WTGs should be regularly serviced and maintained;

Periodic monitoring of noise near to the sources of generation to ensure

compliance with design specification; and

In case of complaints of higher noise levels and discomfort, received from

the inhabitants of nearby settlements, possibility of putting noise barriers

near to the receptor need to be considered.

Table 7.36 Noise generation from operation of the WTGs – day time

Impact Noise generation from operation of the WTGs – Day time





Impact Scale Limited to within 500 m of WTGs. BLG-015, BLG-024, BLG-013, BLG-013,

BLG-080, BLG-157 and BLG-158.

Frequency Entire Operation phase of Project




Significance of impact is considered as minor

Significance of Residual Impact

Residual Impact


Resource/Receptor


Residual Impact

Significance


Significance of impact is considered negligible


203

Table 7.37 Noise generation from operation of the WTGs – day time

Impact Noise generation from operation of the WTGs – Night time





Impact Scale Limited to within 500 m of WTGs BLG-015, BLG-024, BLG-013, BLG-013,

BLG-080, BLG-157 and BLG-157.

Frequency Entire Operation phase of Project




Significance of impact is considered as moderate


Residual Impact


Resource/Receptor


Residual Impact

Significance




By implementing the above mitigation measures, the residual impact due to

the Project on noise is envisaged to be negligible with regard to day time and

minor with regard to nigh time noise.


204

7.6 KEY ECOLOGICAL IMPACTS

Interactions that are likely to lead to significant impacts on ecology and

biodiversity in the study area are listed in Table 7.38 and will be the focus of

the impact assessment.

Table 7.38 Identified interactions that are likely to result in significant impacts

S. N. Potential Impacts Causes for Impacts

1. Permanent and/or temporary

loss of habitat (terrestrial and

aquatic) and

burrowing/nesting grounds.

Removal of vegetation from open areas will affect

mammalian species and nesting/shelter habitat for

bird species;

Excavation and construction will affect burrowing

species through loss of habitat, modify species

composition in the area and create disturbing

levels of noise for sensitive species; and

Sedimentation or contamination of any water

bodies could negatively affect species that rely on

aquatic habitats.

2. Disturbance and displacement

of resident species due to

noise, light, anthropogenic

movement, etc.

Increased movement of vehicles and people

increases stress levels of fauna and causes

displacement from areas of anthropogenic activity;

and

Noise, light and unattended (and uncovered)

wastes can attract or repel faunal species that are

affected by waste

3. Mortality as a result of

vehicular and machine

operations

Road kills especially for smaller mammalian

species, reptiles and amphibians that utilize

transition habitats near construction sites or

motorable roads.

4. Mortality as a result of worker

influx and improved

community access from

hunting, trapping and

poaching.

Improper regulation of demographic influx that

allows for increased trapping and killing of

resident wildlife.

5. Collision and mortality risk to

avifauna and bats from

operating wind turbine blades

Operation of the wind farm acts as a hazard to

flying birds and bats that might collide with the

turbine components or be affected by changes in

the pressure created by blade movement; and

Multiple wind farms in the area can exponentially

increase the impact levels on avifaunal species with

regards to collision related mortalities, energy

expedition to avoid wind turbine blades and

inaccessibility to certain habitats. Excessive wind

farm construction also changes the landscape to

open plains terrain and promotes a different

species composition.

6. Collision and electrical

hazards from transmission

infrastructure on avifauna

Transmission lines create an electrical hazard to the

large number of passerine (“perching”) birds and

raptors found in the project study area.

Assessment Criteria

ERM Impact Assessment Standards defines sensitivity of ecological receptors

by determining the significance of effects on species and habitats separately.


205

The significance tables for species and habitats are given in Table 7.39 and

Table 7.40 respectively.


206

Table 7.39 Habitat-Impact Assessment Criteria

Habitat Sensitivity/ Value Magnitude of Effect on Baseline Habitats


Effect is within

the normal

range of

variation

Affects only a small

area of habitat, such

that there is no loss

of viability/

function of the

habitat

Affects part of the

habitat but does not

threaten the long-

term viability/

function of the

habitat

Affects the entire

habitat, or a significant

portion of it, and the

long-term viability/

function of the habitat

is threatened.

Negligible Habitats with negligible interest for biodiversity. Not

significant Not significant Not significant Not significant

Low Habitats with no, or only a local designation / recognition,

habitats of significance for species listed as of Least

Concern (LC) on IUCN Red List of Threatened Species,

habitats which are common and widespread within the

region, or with low conservation interest based on expert

opinion.

Not

significant Not significant Minor Moderate

Medium Habitats within nationally designated or recognised areas,

habitats of significant importance to globally Vulnerable

(VU) Near Threatened (NT), or Data Deficient (DD)

species, habitats of significant importance for nationally

restricted range species, habitats supporting nationally

significant concentrations of migratory species and / or

congregatory species, and low value habitats used by

species of medium value.

Not

significant Minor Moderate Major

High Habitats within internationally designated or recognised

areas; habitats of significant importance to globally

Critically Endangered (CR) or Endangered (EN) species,

habitats of significant importance to endemic and/or

globally restricted-range species, habitats supporting

globally significant concentrations of migratory species and

/ or congregatory species, highly threatened and/or

unique ecosystems, areas associated with key evolutionary

species, and low or medium value habitats used by high

value species.

Not

significant Moderate Major Critical


207

Table 7.40 Species-Impact Assessment Criteria

Baseline Species Sensitivity/ Value Magnitude of Effect on Species


Effect is within

the normal range

of variation for

the population of

the species

Effect does not

cause a

substantial

change in the

population of the

species or other

species

dependent on it

Effect causes a substantial

change in abundance

and/or reduction in

distribution of a

population over one, or

more generations, but does

not threatened the long

term viability/ function of

that population dependent

on it.

Affects entire population, or a

significant part of it causing a

substantial decline in abundance

and/or change in and recovery of

the population (or another

dependent on it) is not possible

either at all, or within several

generations due to natural

recruitment (reproduction,

immigration from unaffected

areas).

Negligible Species with no specific value or

importance attached to them. Not significant Not significant Not significant Not significant

Low Species and sub-species of LC on the

IUCN Red List, or not meeting criteria

for medium or high value.

Not significant Not significant Minor Moderate

Medium Species on IUCN Red List as VU, NT, or

DD, species protected under national

legislation, nationally restricted range

species, nationally important numbers

of migratory, or congregatory species,

species not meeting criteria for high

value, and species vital to the survival of

a medium value species.

Not significant Minor Moderate Major


208

Baseline Species Sensitivity/ Value Magnitude of Effect on Species


High Species on IUCN Red List as CR, or EN.

Species having a globally restricted

range (i.e. plants endemic to a site, or

found globally at fewer than 10 sites,

fauna having a distribution range (or

globally breeding range for bird species)

less than 50,000 km2), internationally

important numbers of migratory, or

congregatory species, key evolutionary

species, and species vital to the survival

of a high value species.

Not significant Moderate Major Critical


209

The following section analyses the impacts shown in Table 7.38 with respect to

sensitive habitat or species described in the ecological baseline. The impacts

have been described by phases in the wind farm project life cycle with

majority of the impacts coming from the construction and operation phases of

the project.

7.6.2 Impacts during construction Phase

The biggest source of ecological impacts in the construction phase is

associated with the clearing of vegetation. Impacts from the construction

phase of the project on the local ecology have been assessed with respect to

the following activities:

Removal of vegetation from agricultural land for the WTG foundation

construction and ancillary facilities:

o Impact on scrubland species and the loss of connectivity between

habitats or to resources within a habitat, and

Impacts from excavation and construction activity on habitats and

sensitive species:

o Impact on burrowing species, and

o Effect of sediment and contaminant input into surrounding water

bodies; and

Laying of access and internal roads for the project.

Laying of transmission lines and transmission towers

Impact due to Vegetation Clearance

Context

Vegetation clearance is the first step in the establishment of labour camps,

access/internal roads and excavation for the erection of WTG foundations and

ancillary facilities. Clearing of vegetation from agricultural land further

reduces options for nesting habitat, shelter from predators, foraging resources,

shade, perching habitat and breeding sites. The loss of vegetation can also

have a negative effect on soil quality and hamper survival of floral species,

burrowing faunal species and foraging resources for herbivores in the area.

Embedded/ In-built Controls

The impacts during the construction activity will be short term and the

construction of the project will be executed in a phased manner. Clearance of

vegetation shall be limited to WTG erection site comprising of laydown and

crane movement area. The clearance shall be limited to duration required and

once the construction activities will cease, the vegetation should be allowed to

grow naturally.


210


The significance of impacts from vegetation clearance is being assessed as per

Table 7.39 for agricultural land and Table 7.40 for small mammal species,

herpetofauna and avifaunal species.

Vegetation clearance for the construction activities will lead to removal of

vegetation at the WTG location and access roads. The ecological baseline

section reveal that the tree species located at or within the immediate vicinity

of the WTG locations are Azadirachta indica, Ficus religiosa, Prosopis cineraria,

Tamarindus indica, Albizia saman, Millettia pinnata, Cocos nucifera, Delonix regia,

Moringa oleifera and Borassus flabellifer. Construction of WTG sites could lead to

clearance of these tree species. In addition, vegetation clearance could also

remove few shrub and herb species. Vegetation clearance will lead to habitat

disturbance for reptiles such as Indian Rat snake (Ptyas mucosus), Oriental

Garden Lizard (Calotes versicolor), birds like Indian peafowl (Pavo cristatus),

Large grey babbler (Turdoises malcolmi), Ashy crowned Sparrow Lark

(Eremopterix griseus), Rufous Tailed Lark (Ammomanes phoenicura) etc. and

mammals such as Blackbuck (Antilope cervicapra), Indian Pangolin (Manis

crassicaudata), Indian Grey Mongoose (Herpestes edwardsii) and Indian Hare

(Lepus nigricollis) etc.

The clearance of vegetation is expected to have an impact on habitat for

species (birds, mammals and some reptiles) that utilize those resources.

However, there is substantial habitat for these species in the region and any

impact within the wind farm area is unlikely to cause loss of habitat viability

and function in the region.

Impact magnitude is thereby considered Small as per Table 7.39

The sensitivity of these habitats is considered High as per Table 7.39 as they

may have some significance for IUCN Endangered species (viz. Indian

Pangolin), do not have any recognized conservation areas and are common

and widespread.

One Endangered species, the Indian Pangolin and two Near Threatened

species, the Red-necked Falcon and Blackbuck are dependent on agricultural

habitats. The site has several bird species and two mammalian species (Indian

Pangolin and Blackbuck) protected under Schedule I of the IWPA and

therefore the site has been deemed to have High sensitivity (as per Table 7.40).

The impacts described above will not cause a significant change in the

population of these species and therefore the impact magnitude has been

deemed small (as per Table 7.40).

The overall impact significance has been assessed as moderate for habitats and

moderate for species.


211

Mitigation Measures

The following mitigation measures will further reduce the impact significance

on the habitat and species:

Vegetation disturbance and clearance should be restricted to the project

activity area – location of laydown area, labour camp, construction

activities and storage areas;

Areas with vegetation patches around water sources should be avoided

during the planning of access/internal roads, storage areas, labour camps

and ancillary facilities;

Top soil that is disturbed should be stored separately for restoration of the

habitat;

Unnecessary disturbance of neighbouring vegetation due to off-road

vehicular movement, fuel wood procurement, needless expansion of

labour camp and destruction of floral resources should be prohibited;

Simultaneous revegetation on outskirts of project activity area should be

practiced for areas that are determined to have loose or unstable soil to

avoid erosion;

Local grass species should be seeded in disturbed areas during monsoon

season; and

Strict prohibition should be maintained on use of fuel wood and shrubs from nearby areas as kitchen fuel.


Removal of vegetation can have a direct and indirect impact on the local

ecology. The impact is limited to the construction phase of the project,

following which the vegetation can recover. The significance of the residual

impacts is Not Significant for species.

Table 7.41 Impact significance of vegetation clearance during the construction phase

Impact Clearance of vegetation





Impact Scale Limited to construction area and immediate surroundings


Likelihood Likely



(Agricultural lands) Low Medium High


(Species) Low Medium High

Impact Significance Not Significant Minor Moderate Major

Significance of impact is considered Moderate for habitat and species.


212


Residual Impact


Residual Impact

Significance

Not Significant Minor Moderate Major

Significance of impact is considered Not Significant for species.

Construction Activities

Context

Vegetation clearance and habitat disturbance are two of the biggest impacts

from construction activities and have already been covered in the previous

section. This category will focus on excavation, increased anthropogenic

movement (men and transport) in the project study area, noise and increased

chance of sedimentation/contamination of water resources. These activities

are assessed with respect to disturbance of habitats and species.

Excavation for the construction of the WTG foundation and ancillary facilities

will have a direct impact on burrowing fauna, such as the Indian Pangolin and

an indirect impact on flora/fauna through the changing of soil properties. A

decrease in soil quality will affect surrounding vegetation and reduce foraging

resources for herbivorous species. Increased sediment input or any

contaminant input into local water bodies, decreases the water quality and

results in loss of foraging resources for dependent fauna, water resources for

flora and habitat for herpetofauna.

Anthropogenic movement will result in an increased stress placed on fauna in

the area that will have to remain alert for an extended period of time and may

prevent proper breeding, nesting, mating, socializing and foraging. Noise

from anthropogenic movement (men and transport) along with the

construction activities may further disturb fauna in the nearby areas.


The labour force and the supervisory staff will be provided in-house and

external trainings for the situations dealing with wildlife encounters and dos

and don’ts while dealing with these situations. Selection of labour camps,

batching plants and equipment laydown areas will be located away from the

areas where the wildlife movement is reported.


The significance of impacts from construction activities is being assessed as

per Table 7.39 for agricultural land and water bodies and Table 7.40 for

burrowing species (Indian grey mongoose, snakes and lizards) and aquatic

species (amphibians and birds).

Excavation activities can have a detrimental impact on the soil properties in

the area that will have an effect on burrowing species, neighbouring flora and


213

fauna. Burrowing animals including Indian Pangolin, snakes (Indian Rat

snake, Russell’s Viper etc.), ground-roosting bird species and lizard

burrowing holes can be directly affected by excavation or indirectly affected

by the weakening of the soil layers. The weakening of soil layers will also

promote grass and shorter vegetation instead of denser scrub and can change

the floral and faunal composition in the area.

Aquatic species including several waders (egrets, herons, stilts and

sandpipers), waterfowl (Spot-billed Ducks, Bar-headed Geese), water birds

(cormorants, darters, ibis’es and waterhens) and amphibians (frogs and toads)

will be directly affected by the deterioration in water quality. For most of the

species, the effect will be through the loss of foraging resources. This is

because floral composition can change from the changes in water quality, as

species that are more tolerant to harsher water conditions would thrive along

the banks of the waterbody.

Anthropogenic movement will create an increased stress on faunal species.

Mammals, birds and reptiles in the project study area are particularly

susceptible to this movement. Mammal species are also susceptible to higher

noise levels from anthropogenic movement and construction due to their

better auditory perception. Noises can affect mating and breeding behaviour

in all species that utilize sound to communicate with one another and find

suitable mates.


may have some significance for IUCN Endangered species and Schedule I

mammal species. Sensitivity of species is considered High as per Table 7.3 as

there are globally threatened species and Schedule I mammal species as per

IWPA (1972), which may experience impacts.

Impact magnitude on habitat is considered Small as impacts occur over a

small area and do not affect habitat function/viability regionally. Impact

magnitude on species is considered Small as they do not cause a significant

change to the population of these species.

The overall impact significance has been assessed as Moderate for habitat and

Moderate for species.

Mitigation Measures



Construction and transportation activities should be avoided at night (6:00

pm to 6:00 am) and should particularly avoid high activity areas like tree

clusters or water bodies during dawn (6:00 am to 7:30 am) and dusk (5:00

pm to 6:00 pm);

Areas with pre-existing burrows or ground roosting sites of birds should

be avoided when possible;


214

Temporary barriers should be installed on excavated areas;

Hazardous materials should not be stored near natural drainage channels;

Simultaneous revegetation on outskirts of project activity area should be

practiced for areas that have loose or unstable soil to avoid erosion and

sedimentation;

Efforts should be made to minimize construction noise and the use of

noise barriers should be considered for high noise levels;

Waste materials should be cleared in a timely manner and the use of

artificial lights should be minimized so as to not attract wildlife;

Good housekeeping should be followed for construction activities, waste

packaging material should be properly disposed;

Proper sanitation facilities should be provided at the labour camps;

Labour movement should be restricted between construction camps and

construction sites;

Vehicle movement should be restricted in areas and times where wildlife

is most active;

Anti-poaching, trapping and hunting policy among employees and

contractors should be strictly enforced; and

General awareness regarding fauna should be enhanced through trainings,

posters, etc. among the staff and labourers.


The implementation of suggested mitigation measures can significantly

reduce the impacts from excavation and sedimentation/contamination but

there will still be some impacts due to noise and anthropogenic movement.

The residual impacts for species will remain at Minor as while impacts of

construction activity will be reduced there will continue to be some

disturbance to fauna and flora.

Table 7.42 Impact significance of construction activities during the construction phase

Impact Impact significance of construction activities during the construction

phase





Impact Scale Largely restricted to construction area and immediate surroundings

with potential to have impacts on water bodies


Likelihood Likely



(Habitat) Low Medium High



Impact Significance Not significant Minor Moderate Major

Significance of impact is considered Moderate for habitat and species.


215

Residual Impact


Residual Impact

Significance

Not significant Minor Moderate Major

Significance of impact is considered Moderate for species

Laying of approach roads

Context

Approach roads are integral part of any wind farm projects as they are

established usually away from habitation and main commutation routes.

These approach roads are solely used for project related activities.

Construction of approach roads are the only activities in the construction

phase that can be adjusted to a large degree based on ecological concerns. The

construction of roads to connect the individual WTGs with the main access

road should be conducted with respect to the following ecological concerns

mentioned below:


Avoidance of vegetation clusters;

Approach road should not be constructed in forest patches in proximity to

the WTGs;

Conducted with minimum clearance of vegetation with proper use of the

open barren spaces present on site;

Avoid large grasses or small shrubs that might be preferred habitat for

mammals and bird species;

Avoid ground roosting sites and previously burrowed holes when

possible; and

Consult with locals in regards to areas where mammal activities are

highest and these areas should be avoided for approach road construction.

Whenever feasible, existing village or tractor roads should be upgraded to

create an approach road minimizing the disturbances on local flora and fauna.


The significance of impacts from construction activities is being assessed as

per Table 7.39 for open scrubland and agricultural lands and for burrowing

species, mammals and breeding birds.

The agricultural areas show the predominance of trees like Azadirachta indica,

Ficus religiosa, Prosopis cineraria, Tamarindus indica, Albizia saman, Millettia

pinnata, Cocos nucifera, Delonix regia, Moringa oleifera and Borassus flabellifer, and

shrubs like Argemone mexicana, Capparis decidua and Cassia auriculata.

Approach roads are generally unpaved and movement of vehicles in unpaved

roads often leads to dust deposition on nearby vegetation which may affect

photosynthesis, respiration, transpiration and overall affect the productivity.


216

The faunal species most susceptible to approach road construction are ground

roosting birds, burrowing animals and mammalian species. In Belluguppa

wind farm these comprise:

Ground roosting birds: Larks, quails, nightjars, lapwings, etc.

Burrowing animals: Common fox, lizards, snakes, etc.

Mammalian species: Indian Pangolin and Blackbuck.

All of the above have preferred habitat for foraging, mating and

nesting/nurturing that could be affected by approach road construction.

Approach roads falling within natural pathways of mammal and reptile

species could increase the chances of road kill.


have some significance for IUCN Endangered Species (viz. Indian Pangolin).

Sensitivity of species is considered High as there are globally threatened

species and Schedule I mammal species as per IWPA (1972), experiencing

these impacts.

Impact magnitude for habitat is considered Small as impacts occur over a

small area and do not affect habitat function/viability regionally. Furthermore

impacts to species are considered Small as they do not cause a significant

change to the population of these species.

The overall impact significance has been assessed as Moderate for habitats

and Moderate for species

Mitigation Measures



It is recommended that construction of roads for the project be carried out

in a phased manner by focusing on clusters of WTGs at a given time to

allow impacted fauna to adjust to the disturbed areas;

Construction and transportation activities should be avoided at night (6:00

pm to 6:00 am) and if possible avoid times of high activity during dawn

(6:00 am to 7:30 am) and dusk (5:00 pm to 6:00 pm);

Anti-poaching and hunting policy should be strictly enforced;

Number of routes should be minimized for construction and

transportation;

Speed limit of vehicles plying on these routes should be kept to 10-15

km/hr to avoid road kill;

If access roads are created in key crossing points for herpetofauna and

smaller mammals, then culverts or alternate paths should be provided to

avoid road kill; and

When grasses or small shrubs are removed for access road construction,

replanting should be implemented after the construction phase to allow

mammals and birds to utilize these resources in the next breeding season.


217


If the mitigation measures and in-built controls are followed then the residual

impacts for species can be reduced to Not significant.

Table 7.43 Impact significance of approach road laying during construction phase

Impact Construction of Approach roads





Impact Scale Limited to approach roads and construction areas




(Habitat) Low Medium High



Impact Significance Not Significant Minor Moderate Major

Significance of impact is considered Moderate for habitats and species.

Residual Impact


Residual Impact

Significance

Not Significant Minor Moderate Major

Significance of impact is considered Not significant both for habitat

and species.

7.6.3 Impacts during Operation Phase

The biggest source of ecological impacts in the operation phase is associated

avifauna and bat mortality and collision risk with operating wind turbine

blades and electrical hazards from transmission infrastructure. The impacts in

the operation phase are considerably larger due to the presence of multiple

wind farms in the Belluguppa area that multiply the hazards for flying bird

and bat species.

Impacts from the operation phase of the project on the local ecology have been

assessed with respect to the following activities:

Operating wind turbine blades:

o Collision and mortality risks to birds and bats;

o Air pressure changes from blade movement;

o Behavioural avoidance by flying species and increased energy

expenditure; and

o Barrier effects that lead to connectivity issues and access to resources.

Collision and electrical hazards from transmission infrastructure:

o Electrical hazards to birds while perching and taking off from

transmission lines; and


218

o Risk of colliding with the transmission lines.

Collision and mortality risk to avifauna and bats from operating wind

turbine blades

Context

An operational wind farm has several wind turbine generators located 200m

to 1 km apart (on average) that rotate at speeds relative to the wind. The

rotating blades and the varying speeds of their movement is a collision hazard

to flying birds and bats. The hazard is especially pronounced for birds

categorized as ‘aerial hunters’, that is, birds that hunt and catch prey in the air.

The make of the installed WTG is S111-2.1 MW, and flying birds and bats are

susceptible if they fly at a height of 34 to 146 meters from the ground in close

vicinity to the operating turbines. A bird that avoids collision with the blades

can still be impacted by the visual movement of the blades, noise from the

rotation and/or low air pressure areas created by the blades.

Birds adjust to the presence of the wind farm by changing their behaviour.

Flight deviation, alternate resource utilization, dispersion from the wind farm

area and changing flight heights are types of behavioural changes that the

birds can utilize to adjust to the wind farm. These avoidance behaviours

however, can still result in night collisions, foggy conditions and collisions

due to sudden change in wind speeds. The energy expenditure to avoid the

wind farm can be a strain on birds and decrease energy reserves for foraging,

hunting, socializing and breeding. The avoidance and dispersion can also lead

to loss of foraging resources, habitats and migration pathways.

Embedded / In-built Controls

Embedded controls for wind farm operation would need to be adopted in the

planning and construction stage by designing the wind farm to minimize

collision risk. Some in-built controls are listed below:

Inter-turbine distance should be large enough that birds can avoid turbine

blades and utilize minimal energy while doing so;

Avoid siting of WTGs near water bodies, tree clusters, etc.; and

WTGs should be sited in areas that are visible from a manoeuvrable

distance for flying species and shouldn’t be located near sudden changes

of elevation, large trees or be blocked by any manmade/natural structure.


The significance of impacts from hazards associated with turbine blade

movement is being assessed as per Table 7.39 for bird and bat species.

The birds most susceptible to wind farm collisions are aerial hunters such as

the Black shouldered Kite (Elanus axillaris), Red-necked Falcon (Falco

chicquera), Brahminy Kite (Haliastur indus), Shikra (Accipiter badius), Black Kite

(Milvus migrans), Oriental Honey Buzzard (Pernis ptilorhynchus), White-eyed


219

Buzzard (Butastur teesa), Tawny Eagle (Aquila rapax), Short-toed Snake Eagle

(Circaetus gallicus) and Crested Serpent Eagle (Spilornis cheela). There could be

an increase in collision risk with WTG’s to water birds (terns, ibis’es, herons &

storks) moving from the Kanekallu Tank and Jeddipalli Reservoir to other

wetlands and water bodies in the study area. The birds are at risk of collision

if they either fly in the high or low to moderate risk zones as shown below in

Figure 7.5. The collision risk increases when there is high wind and low

visibility.

Figure 7.5 Schematic representation of collision risk zones to birds and bats

Wind turbine placement also plays a role in barrier effects and habitat

utilization of birds. In the study area, this includes placement of wind turbine

generators near water bodies, in small open scrub patches, agricultural land,

near several previously dried water bodies.

The aforementioned impacts are common to most wind farms in the world.

One of the concerns that merits further investigation is the presence of other

wind farms within 5 km of the existing wind farm. The presence of other wind

farms can enhance the negative impacts on susceptible bird and bat species

and has to be analysed further.

The Black-bellied Tern is listed as Endangered and birds that are most

susceptible to wind farm collisions are protected by IWP Schedule I, therefore

the species sensitivity has been assessed as High. However as most of these

species are abundant it is unlikely that mortality from collisions or

electrocution will cause any changes in the population regionally, thus

magnitude of effect on species would be Small. Impacts from wind farm

operation are thereby deemed Moderate.


220

Mitigation Measures


on avifaunal species:

Flash lamps on the WTGs will prevent bird collision at nights;

Waste materials should not be left lying around and if any waste is found

then it should be cleared immediately so as to not attract birds near the

WTG blades;

Avoid the use of areas of high bird concentrations;

Wind turbine generators should be properly maintained to ensure that

turbine blade speeds are regulated and blade throws are avoided

Restoring herb layers in the vicinity of the site to prevent raptors flying in

close vicinity of wind farm to prey on rodents;

Check should be imposed so that dead carcasses are not disposed near the

WTG areas so that the vultures are not attracted;

The study area falls within the CAF flight corridor (Figure 5.27). Baseline

data generation for bird species visiting the study area during migratory

season is required as the monitoring would give probable flight path of

migratory birds during their daily movement;

The study should also involve survey of bird species specific to water

bodies (ducks and geese) along with terrestrial migratory species which

may also be under threat of collision risk; and

Based on the outcome of the study additional mitigation measures shall be

suggested.


After implementation of mitigation measures, the significance of the impacts

is retained as Moderate as while mitigation methods may reduce mortality of

protected species, we do not anticipate complete cessation of mortality.

Table 7.44 Impact significance of collision and mortality risk to avifauna and bats from

operating wind turbine blades

Impact Bird & Bat Collision Risk





Impact Scale Limited to core zone of the wind farm as well as a displacement radius

of 1 km for birds that are showing avoidance behaviour


Likelihood Likely





Significance of impact is considered Moderate for flying fauna


221

Residual Impact


Residual Impact

Significance


Significance of impact is considered Moderate for species

Collision and electrical hazards from transmission infrastructure

Context

Several species of birds identified during the ecological study were found

perched on wires and poles in the area. Fifty two kilometres of internal

transmission lines with approximately 1037 poles will be constructed. These

transmission lines and poles can potentially constitute an electrocution and

collision hazard to birds. Some birds also utilize the transmission towers for

nesting by placing the nests across wires or using holes in the tower itself.

Embedded/ In-built Control

There are no embedded controls to prevent birds from roosting/nesting on

transmission poles and colliding with transmission wires.


Many avifaunal species observed during the ecological survey were perching

on existing transmission lines. The species included the Black-shouldered Kite,

Indian Roller, Indian Silverbill, Laughing Dove, Pied Bushchat, Purple

Sunbird, Small-green Bee-eater, White-breasted Kingfisher, Pied Kingfisher,

Long-tailed Shrike and Indian Hoopoe. The number of birds that utilize

electrical components for roosting can be considered a representative sample

of the number of birds that show this behaviour. The numbers could be higher

during breeding and migratory season due to greater nesting habitat required

and number of species present respectively. There could be an increase in

collision risk with transmission wires to water birds (terns, ibis’es, herons &

storks) moving from the Kanekallu Tank and Jeddipalli Reservoir to other

wetlands and water bodies in the study area.

Due to the presence of the Endangered Black-bellied Tern and the likelihood

that Schedule I species protected under the IWPA (1972) will use the

transmission poles, the species sensitivity is assessed as High. As these species

are common in the region and the impacts are unlikely to cause changes in the

population, the impact magnitude has been assessed as Small.

Mitigation Measures


on avifaunal species:

The study area falls within the CAF flight corridor (Figure 5.27).

Collection of baseline data on migratory birds visiting the study area in

the migratory season by using vantage point methodology and


222

wetland surveys is required as the monitoring would give probable

flight path of migratory birds during their daily movement;

The study will also involve survey of bird species specific to water

bodies (ducks and geese) along with terrestrial migratory species

which may also be under threat of collision risk;

Based on the outcome of the study additional mitigation measures

shall be suggested;

Regular checking of the vacuums or holes in the towers to avoid

nesting by any of the birds;

The transmission poles should be raised with suspended insulators in

order to reduce the electrocution of bird species;

Bird-safe strain poles require insulating chains at least 60 cm in length

should be adopted; and

Marking overhead cables using diffractors and avoiding use in areas of

high bird concentrations of species vulnerable to collision.


After implementation of mitigation measures, the significance of residual

impacts will be Moderate. We retain this significance, as while the mitigation

measures are likely to reduce mortality, we do not expect complete cessation

of mortality.

Table 7.45 Impact significance of collision and electrical hazards from transmission

infrastructure on avifaunal species

Impact Electrocution hazards





Impact Scale

Limited to electrical components of the wind farm including wind

turbine generators, transmission lines (internal and external) and

transmission poles.


Likelihood Likely





Significance of impact is Moderate for species.

Residual Impact


Residual Impact

Significance


Significance of impact is considered Moderate.


223

7.6.4 Cumulative Impact Assessment for Flying Fauna

The presence of other wind farms in the study area can contribute to

multiplying the impacts on the avifaunal species. Birds most susceptible to

this are aerial hunters, such as the Black shouldered Kite (Elanus axillaris),

Red-necked Falcon (Falco chicquera), Brahminy Kite (Haliastur indus), Shikra

(Accipiter badius), Black Kite (Milvus migrans), Oriental Honey Buzzard (Pernis

ptilorhynchus), White-eyed Buzzard (Butastur teesa), Tawny Eagle (Aquila

rapax), Short-toed Snake Eagle (Circaetus gallicus) and Crested Serpent Eagle

(Spilornis cheela).

As per Scottish Natural Heritage’s assessment of cumulative impacts of

onshore wind energy developments (1), the following needs to be factored into

a cumulative impact assessment for birds in wind farms:

Table 7.46 Summary of cumulative impacts

Cumulative Impact

Parameter

Relevance to

current study

Remarks

Construction of

wind farm near an

eco-sensitive area

Not Relevant The Belluguppa wind farm is not located in proximity

to any protected or Eco-sensitive area.

Threatened or

protected avifaunal

species found in the

project study area

Relevant Endangered, Near Threatened and 10 nationally

protected species were recorded in the study area.

Increased

disturbance on

avifaunal species

from anthropogenic

movement, noise

and visual hazards

from multiple wind

farms.

Relevant Whitfield and Roddick did a study on disturbance

distance for select bird species and found that

approximately 155 m is the median distance at which

breeding birds will enter an ‘alert’ state and

approximately 60 m is the median distances for

breeding birds to take flight.

Birds that are disturbed in this way have less suitable

habitat to move to.

Loss of habitat,

nesting and

foraging sites and

the resultant

displacement of

population

Relevant Continued difficulty in accessing resources means

that birds may change their overall range, territory

and flight patterns, no longer bringing birds to the

wind farm vicinity. A study by Pearce-Higgins et.

al (2) indicates that smaller raptors are displaced by

500-1000m, lapwings are displaced by 200-600m, pipit

are displaced by 500-600m and stonechats are

displaced by 400-800m from a wind turbine generator

on average. With other wind farms developed in

close proximity, free space between the windfarm

would reduce; reduction in space could lead to lack of

foraging and nesting sites and increased competition

Increased risk of

collisions

Relevant Collision risk is calculated as annual loss of avifauna

for the duration of the wind farm life cycle (~25-30

years). One of the factors that determine collision risk

is inter-turbine distance across all wind farms in the

area. The inter-turbine distance in the study area is

(1) http://www.snh.gov.uk/docs/A675503.pdf (2) Pearce-Higgins, J.W. et. al. 2009. The distribution of breeding birds around upland wind farms. Journal of Applied

Ecology. 46: 1323-1331


224

Cumulative Impact

Parameter

Relevance to

current study

Remarks

500m minimum but the inter-turbine distance as a

function of the other wind farms is undetermined and

would need to be obtained to understand the collision

risk.

Excessive energy

expenditure from

behavioural

avoidance and

behavioural

displacement

Relevant Birds that are disturbed or displaced will find

alternate routes to find foraging resources, nesting

habitat or migration pathways and would therefore

utilize more energy in the process. The presence of

multiple wind farms indicate that birds would need

even more energy to completely avoid wind turbine

generators or travel by even longer routes for

migration and daily flight patterns.

Increased noise and

visual impacts from

blade movement

Relevant The combined movement of wind turbine blades will

increase low pressure zones, visual impacts from

shadow flicker and noise on communities and

biodiversity. The impacts from the above are less than

collision and electrical risk associated with wind farm

but will contribute to the cumulative impacts on the

local ecology.

To determine the cumulative impacts for current study, it is recommended

that a desktop study be carried out to know the following;

Inter-turbine distance for other wind farms (operational, under

construction and proposed) in the area;

Presence of IWP Schedule I and any species not classified as “Least

Concern” according to IUCN Red List V 2016.1 from ecological baseline

studies carried out in adjoining wind farms;

Secondary information on avifaunal presence in all water bodies or habitat

features across a 5 km radius of other wind farm;

Basic modelling to understand habitats that would be inaccessible due to

wind farm design, bird displacement numbers as provided by Pearce-

Higgins et. al study; and

Basic modelling on anthropogenic activity in the area by obtaining

information on village census, industries/projects that are active in the

vicinity and any proposed projects that are coming up in the region in the

next 5 years.

A cumulative impact assessment will utilize the following formula:

Box 7.2 Cumulative Impact Assessment

Cumulative Impact Assessment

Collision Mortality Displacement Habitat Loss

displacement of susceptible bird species +

development.


225

7.7 KEY SOCIAL IMPACTS

7.7.1 Impacts to local communities

Criteria

For the assessment of social impacts, the sensitivity and magnitude criteria


The social impacts associated with the construction, operations and

decommissioning stages have been assessed qualitatively and in some cases

quantitatively (subject to availability of data), using professional judgement

and based on past experience from similar projects.

Table 7.47 Impact Magnitude for Local Communities

Extent / Duration / Scale / Frequency

Large

Change dominates over baseline conditions. Affects the majority of the area

or population in the area of influence and/or persists over many years. The

impact may be experienced over a regional or national area.

Medium

Clearly evident difference from baseline conditions. Tendency is that impact

affects a substantial area or number of people and/or is of medium duration.

Frequency may be occasional and impact may potentially be regional in

scale.

Small

Perceptible difference from baseline conditions. Tendency is that impact is

local, rare and affects a small proportion of receptors and is of a short

duration.

Negligible Change remains within the range commonly experienced within the

household or community.

Table 7.48 Receptor Sensitivity for Local Communities

Category

High Profound or multiple levels of vulnerability that undermine the ability to

adapt to changes brought by the Project.

Medium Some but few areas of vulnerability; but still retaining an ability to at least in

part adapt to change brought by the Project.

Low Minimal vulnerability; consequently with a high ability to adapt to changes

brought by the Project and opportunities associated with it.

On the basis of this understanding of magnitude and sensitivity, the

significance of impacts will be assessed, as depicted in the table below.

Table 7.49 Impact Significance Matrix

Receptor Sensitivity Impact Magnitude


Low Negligible Negligible Minor Moderate

Medium Negligible Minor Moderate Major

High Negligible Moderate Major Critical


226

Impact Significance on Community Health and Safety due to Traffic Hazards

Source of Impact

The receptors for impacts on community health and safety include settlements

in the close proximity of the project site (within 1km and along the access road

and transmission line (within 100 m from the centreline), which will be

exposed to health and safety impacts related to the project activities.

Since the project is in its operational phase the key community health and

safety risk include:

Cumulative impacts of increased traffic in the area owing to the numerous

wind farm projects in the area; and

Risk from collapse of WTG structures due to accidental blade throws and

natural disasters

Embedded/ In Built Control

Suzlon has a health and safety policy in place which includes community health and safety. The Policy states that Suzlon will ‘Proactively consult and communicate with employees and stakeholders about health, safety and environment matters.’ Consequently, all the drivers for Suzlon has been briefed and trained on vehicle safety and controlled speed. Significance of Impact

Based on the above the impact after implementing the embedded controls is

assessed to be moderate.


The following risk mitigation measures are suggested to minimize the

risks/hazards with the operational phase of the project on the community

health and safety:

As part of stakeholder engagement, the project will also propagate health

awareness amongst the community, including setting up of health camps,

The traffic movement for the project in the area will be regulated to ensure

road and pedestrian (including livestock) safety and the local community

should be given an orientation regarding traffic safety

Table 7.50 Impact Significance on Community Health and Safety due to Traffic Hazards

Impact Social and Community Health and Safety






Frequency Project lifecycle



227

Impact Social and Community Health and Safety

Resource/Receptor


Impact

Significance


Significance of impact is considered Moderate


Residual Impact


Residual Impact

Significance




The Residual Impact Significance has envisaged to be minor.

Impacts to communities due to shadow flicker incidents

Overview

Shadow flicker is a term used to describe the pattern of alternating light

intensity observed when the rotating blades of a wind turbine cast a shadow

on a receptor under certain wind and light conditions. Shadow flicker occurs

under a limited range of conditions when the sun passes behind the hub of a

wind turbine and casts an intermittent shadow over neighbouring properties.

Indian energy planning and environmental policies and legislation contains no

specific shadow flicker requirements and recommendations. At present, only

Germany has detailed guidelines on limits and conditions for calculating

shadow impact.1 The International guidelines for shadow flicker assessment is

summarised in Box 7.3.

Box 7.3 International Guidelines for Shadow Flicker Assessment

(1) 1 These are found in “Hinweise zur Ermittlung und Beurteilung der optischen Immissionen von

Windenergianlagen” (WEA-Shattenwurf-Hinweise).

According to the German guidelines, the limit of the shadow is set by two factors:

orizon must be at least 3 degrees;

The maximum shadow impact for a neighbour to a wind farm according to the German

guidelines is:

case);

In Sweden and Denmark there are no official guidelines as yet on shadow flickering, but for

practical purposes, 10 hours (Denmark) and 8 hours (Sweden) real case (weather-dependent)

shadow impact is used as the limit. In the UK, no official limits are in force, however an

assessment must be made at all dwellings within ten rotor diameters of the turbine locations

(PPS22 (2004) for England), TAN8 for Wales). In Ireland, a worst-case 30 hours per year, 30

minutes per day limit has been set.


228

Note: In India, at present there is no standard in case of non-forest land diversion for wind power

projects. However, as per Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEFCC) guidelines, a minimum

distance of 300 m is recommended between windmill and highways or village habitation.

Shadow flicker is most pronounced at sunrise and sunset when shadows are

the longest, and at high wind speeds (faster rotating blades leading to faster

flicker). A UK government report recommends that for inhabitants near wind

turbines, shadow flicker should be limited to 30 hours in a year and 30

minutes in a day1. There is anecdotal evidence internationally that shadow

flicker could lead to stress and headaches. There is also a fear that shadow

flicker, especially in the range of 2.5-50 Hertz (2.5-50 cycles per second) could

lead to seizures in epileptics and may also scare away livestock.

An analysis of those conditions that may lead to shadow flicker and the

location of potential sensitive receptors (residential and community

properties) is provided in this section. The timing and duration of this effect

can be theoretically calculated from the geometry of the wind turbines, their

orientation relative to nearby houses and the latitude of the potential site,

using specialised software such as WindPro 3.0. The results provide the total

number of hours in a year when a theoretical shadow flicker will occur. This

is most pronounced during sunrise and sunset when the sun’s angle is lower

and the resulting shadows are longer. However the actual shadow flicker

could be substantially lower compared to theoretical values because shadow

flicker does not occur where there is vegetation or other obstructions between

the turbines and the shadow receptors; if windows facing a turbine are fitted

with blinds or shutters; or if the sun is not shining brightly enough to cause

shadows. The theoretical calculations done by WindPro 3.0 does take into

account the reduction in shadow flicker due to topographic features, however

it does not take into account the reduction in shadow flicker due to these

onsite factors i.e. vegetation. Simple geometry relating to the position of the

sun and the angle of the turbine blades can also eliminate or significantly

reduce the effects of shadow flicker. In addition, shadow flicker will only

occur inside buildings where the flicker is occurring through a narrow

window opening.

Weather conditions at the site, such as bright sunshine, will greatly enhance

the occurrence and intensity of shadow flicker, whereas cloud density, haze or

fog will cause a reduction. Receptors further away from the turbines which

may have experienced a shadow flicker effect under bright sunshine

conditions will, as a result of these weather conditions, experience either no

effect or one which is greatly reduced in intensity. The distance between

receptors and turbines has a large effect on the intensity of shadow flicker.

Shadow flicker intensity can be defined as the difference in brightness

between the presence and absence of a shadow at any given location. This

study does not examine variations in intensity but rather the occurrence in

number of hours shadow flicker may occur, whether or not this is clearly

(2) (1) Draft EIA Guidelines Wind Power Sector, prepared by Centre for Science and Environment, New Delhi


229

distinct or barely noticeable. The assessment assumes a conservative worst

case of bright sunshine conditions in all periods when flicker may occur.

Considering all of the above points, the likelihood of shadow flicker occurring

is greatest when the circumstances listed below exist simultaneously.

The receptor is at a position which is between 130° clockwise (1) and

anticlockwise from north and located within 10 turbine rotor diameters of

the wind turbine (~1000 m).

The sun is shining and visible in the sky in line with the monthly mean

sun-shine hours at nearby location.

The wind speeds are between 3 m/s and 22 m/s and the turbine is

therefore in operation.

The turbine blades are perpendicular to the line between the sun and the

observer or receptor most of time as per reported wind mast data.

In India at present, there is no agreed level of shadow flicker identified as

causing a significant effect. However, considering the international guidelines

(refer to Box 7.3) a threshold of 30 hours per year has therefore been

considered and applied for this assessment.

Assessment Methodology and Modelling

Shadow flicker calculations have been made using WindPro 3.0. software. The

model used in this analysis is very conservative and assumes the following

conditions:

the mean monthly sunshine hours have been taken from the India

Meteorological Department (IMD) station at Chennai covering the data

period (1969 – 1993)2;

the wind turbines have been considered operational with wind speed

more than 3 m/s and for the same wind mast data has been considered,

which indicates that about 83% time of the year, the wind turbines will be

operational;

the blades of the wind turbines are perpendicular with northwest -

southeast orientation have been considered based on the predominant

wind direction available from the wind mast data at site, which could

result in maximum possible size circular/ elliptical;

there are no trees, buildings or vegetation on the surface which may

obscure the line of sight between shadow receptor and turbine;

the sun can be represented as a single point;

Flicker is ignored if sun is less than 3° above horizon (due to atmospheric

diffusion/ low radiation/ sheltering);

Huts with windows as well as concrete structures within settlements are

considered as shadow receptors1.

(1) It is acknowledged by this assessment however that India is at a lower latitude than the European countries and

therefore angles of shadow flicker may be narrower. (1) 2 Available in WindPro database of climatological data


230

The following data inputs were used in this study:

a digital elevation model of the site (National Aeronautics and Space

Administration (NASA) Shuttle Radar Topography Mission (SRTM) Data

at 30 m resolution);

latitude and longitude at centre of the site used to calculate the position of

the sun (calculated in GIS using WGS84);

mean monthly sun-shine hours recorded over a period of 25 years at a

nearby IMD solar radiation station (Chennai);

wind mast data at site for wind class and frequency distribution;

turbine locations – coordinates (identified in GIS);

turbine rotor diameter for Suzlon S111 turbines is 111 m;

hub height is 90 m;

tilt angle of the ‘window’ (always assumed vertical);

shadow receptors contain on openings measuring 0.9 m by 1.2 m facing

towards the closest wind turbines; and

height above ground level of the ‘window’ 0.9 m.

Receptors

The maximum horizontal distance between a receptor affected by shadow

flicker and turbine location for example has been identified as being equal to

the diameter of the turbine multiplied by ten. In this instance, turbine rotor

diameter is 111.80 m; and therefore an area envelope of 1000 m from the

nearest turbine is used in shadow flicker analyses. However, the shadow

receptors have been taken into consideration falling within 500 m from each of

the WTG as the impact of shadow flicker reduces with distance.

Based on the site walkthrough for the purpose of WTG profiling receptors

have been observed within 500 m and have been elaborated upon in the WTG

profiling in Chapter 2 of this report.

The Model – WindPro Shadow

SHADOW is the WindPro 3.0 calculation module that calculates how often

and in which intervals a specific neighbour or area will be affected by

shadows generated by one or more WTGs. These calculations are worst-case

scenarios (astronomical maximum shadow, i.e. calculations which are solely

based on the positions of the sun relative to the WTG). Shadow impact may

occur when the blades of a WTG pass through the sun’s rays seen from a

specific spot (e.g. a window in an adjacent settlement). If the weather is

overcast or calm, or if the wind direction forces the rotor plane of the WTG to

stand parallel with the line between the sun and the neighbour, the WTG will

not produce shadow impacts, but the impact will still appear in the

calculations. In other words, the calculation is a worst-case scenario, which

represents the maximum potential risk of shadow impact. A calendar can be

(1) 1 It is likely that some of these straw huts are also used as shaded structure for cattle and storage areas.


231

printed for any specific point of observation, which indicates the exact days,

and time periods where shadow impact may occur. Apart from calculating the

potential shadow impact at a given neighbour, a map rendering the iso-lines

of the shadow impact can also be printed. This printout will render the

amount of shadow impact for any spot within the project area.

The calculation of the potential shadow impact at a given shadow receptor is

carried out simulating the situation. The position of the sun relative to the

WTG rotor disk and the resulting shadow is calculated in steps of 1 minute

throughout a complete year. If the shadow of the rotor disk (which in the

calculation is assumed solid) at any time casts a shadow reflection on the

window, which has been defined as a shadow receptor object, then this step

will be registered as 1 minute of potential shadow impact. The following

information is required:

The position of the WTGs (x, y, z coordinates)

The hub height and rotor diameter of the WTGs

The position of the shadow receptor object (x, y, z coordinates)

The size of the window and its orientation, both directional (relative to

south) and tilt (angle of window plane to the horizontal).

The geographic position (latitude and longitude) together with time zone

and daylight saving time information.

A simulation model, which holds information about the earth’s orbit and

rotation relative to the sun.

The map showing the WTGs of the project and the shadow receptor has been

presented in Figure 7.6. The map of shadow flicker in the real case scenario is

presented in Figure 7.7. The project shadow flicker assessment data overview

has been provided in Annex I. The project shadow calendar graphical has

been provided in Annex J.


232

Figure 7.6 Map showing WTG and shadow receptor for the Project


233

Figure 7.7 Map showing WTG and shadow receptor for the Project: real case scenario


234

Table 7.51 Shadow Flicker Analysis for Receptors observed to be within 500 m of the WTGs

Shadow

Receptor Code

and Type

Village UTM Co-ordinates** Height

(m) (1) Nearest WTG Approximate Distance

from Nearest WTG

[m]

Real Case

Scenario (2)

X (m E) Y (m N) Shadow hours per

year [hr/year] *

A House Sreerangapuram 722979 1629496 470.7 BLG-014 0.37 km SSW 83:42

B House Sreerangapuram 722918 1629610 469 BLG-014 0.30 km SSW 0:00

C House Sreerangapuram 723180 1630274 465.5 BLG-014 0.43 km N 0:00

D House Nakalapalli 726066 1628871 474.9 BLG-015 0.45 km N 0:00

E House Nakalapalli 726116 1628810 471.6 BLG-015 0.40 km N 0:00

G House Beluguppa Tanda 728671 1627038 486.9 BLG-024 0.44 km E 27:42

H House Beluguppa Tanda 728579 1627011 486.5 BLG-024 0.37 km SSE 25:48

I House Beluguppa Tanda 728494 1626985 488.0 BLG-024 0.31 km SSE 0:00

J House Beluguppa Tanda 728447 1626915 487.0 BLG-024 0.34 km SSE 0:00

K House Beluguppa Tanda 728437 1626786 490.8 BLG-024 0.41 km SSE 0:00

L House Beluguppa Tanda 728442 1626709 491.0 BLG-024 0.48 km SSE 0:00

M House Beluguppa Tanda 728588 1626850 489.1 BLG-024 0.46 km SSE 0:00

N House Nakalapalli 726644 1629101 480.7 BLG-024 0.43 km SSW 7:16

O House Nakalapalli 726566 1629100 480.3 BLG-024 0.48 km SSE 5:56

P Warehouse Beluguppa 730422 1626883 476.3 BLG-080 0.48 km W 44:05

Q House Tagguparthy

737275 1628740

489.1

BLG-157 and

BLG-158 Within 500 m radius of

BLG-157 and BLG-158 0:00

R House Tagguparthy

737202 1628739

488.2

BLG-157 and


BLG-157 and BLG-158 0:00

S House Tagguparthy

737113 1628747

491.5

BLG-157 and


BLG-157 and BLG-158 0:00

(1) Height of WTG location above mean sea level (2) Real case scenario is based on climatic information of average sunshine hours in every month of a year based on minimum 25 years data of nearby IMD station. This is not linked with wind speed.

However, in real case scenario, availability of WTGs above cut-off velocity do considered which is generally 80 to 90% time of a year.


235

Shadow

Receptor Code

and Type

Village UTM Co-ordinates** Height

(m) (1) Nearest WTG Approximate Distance

from Nearest WTG

[m]

Real Case

Scenario (2)

X (m E) Y (m N) Shadow hours per

year [hr/year] *

T House Tagguparthy

737016 1628752

489.8

BLG-157 and


BLG-157 and BLG-158 0:00

U House Tagguparthy

737287 1628795

489.9

BLG-157 and


BLG-157 and BLG-158 0:00

V House Tagguparthy

737198 1628801

487.7

BLG-157 and


BLG-157 and BLG-158 0:00

W House Tagguparthy

737112 1628806

488.5

BLG-157 and


BLG-157 and BLG-158 0:00

X House Tagguparthy

737059 1628864

488.7

BLG-157 and


BLG-157 and BLG-158 22:33

Y House Tagguparthy

736934 1628898

490.0

BLG-157 and


BLG-157 and BLG-158 29:22

(1) Height of WTG location above mean sea level (1) Real case scenario is based on climatic information of average sunshine hours in every month of a year based on minimum 25 years data of nearby IMD station. This is not linked with wind speed.

However, in real case scenario, availability of WTGs above cut-off velocity do considered which is generally 80 to 90% time of a year.

*Values highlighted in bold represent greater than 30 hours per year of shadow flicker.


236

Impact Assessment

Given the guidelines of 30 hours or less per year is considered to be

acceptable, the operation of the wind farm theoretically results in shadow

flicker impacts that could be considered as significant for the purposes of this

study. The results show that theoretical shadow flickers in real case scenario

occurs at WTGs BLG-014 and BLG-080 with shadow flicker values of 83:42 and

44:05 shadow hours per year (Table 7.51). Based on the shadow flicker data,

the village of Thagguparthy falls within the 500 m radius of both, WTG BLG-

157 and WTG BLG-158, thereby leading to potential shadow flicker impacts in

the long term.

It is relevant to emphasise that predicted hours of shadow flicker effects are

real case scenarios with certain assumptions. Assumptions made during the

analysis include optimal meteorological, natural light and geometrical

conditions for the generation of shadow flicker. The assessment does not

account for trees or other obstructions that intervene between receptor and

turbine during times when effects may occur. The assessment calculation is

therefore an over estimation in the probability of effects. It should also be

noted that for shadow effects to occur, properties need to be occupied, with

blinds or curtains open and views to the wind turbine unobstructed.

However, for the purposes of assessment, it has been assumed that all worst-

case circumstances apply. The impact assessment of shadow flickering in this

regard is envisaged to be minor.

Mitigation Measures

There will be close monitoring through engagement with residents during the

operational phase where there are predicted impacts from shadow flicker. The

likelihood of direct line of sight to the location of proposed turbine locations

can be assessed visually and the potential for using screening like higher

fencing and planting trees can be explored at problem locations. The use of

curtains can also be explored. If these prove effective and the impacts

mitigated, the shutting down of turbines during certain environmental

conditions, which meet the physical requirements for theoretical shadow

flicker to occur, will not be required.

Should the impact of shadow flicker be identified, and the mitigation

measures proposed above prove ineffective, further analysis can be carried out

to identify the exact timings and conditions under which shadow flicker

occurs, and a technical solution sought. This is likely to involve pre-

programming the turbine with dates and times when shadow flicker would

cause a nuisance for nearby receptors. A photosensitive cell can be used to

monitor sunlight, and the turbine could potentially then be shut down, when

the strength of the sun, wind speed and the angle and position of the sun

combines to cause a flicker nuisance. As a means of best practice, it would be

recommended to shift WTGs to atleast beyond 350 m from the village to

minimise the impacts of shadow flicker.


237

Assessment of Residual Impacts

The results of the WindPro shadow flicker assessment show a real case

estimate with certain assumptions and the mitigation measures above will be

implemented for the identified properties that experiences shadow flicker.

Residual impacts following the application of required mitigation measures, as

discussed above, is likely to result in to negligible impacts.

Table 7.52 Impact Significance of Shadow flickering on sensitive receptors

Impact Shadow Flickering during the Operation Phase





Impact Scale Within 500 m of WTGs, particularly BLG-014 and BLG-080.

Frequency During sunny days

Likelyhood Likely



Low Medium High

Shadow flicker impact as a result of WTGs BLG-014 and BLG-080 on

receptors with shadow flicker values of 83:42 and 44:05 shadow

hours per year

Impact Significance


Considering the overall impact magnitude and vulnerability of

social receptors, the impact significance is assessed minor.


Residual Impact



Residual Impact

Significance



Impacts to communities due to accidents including natural disasters and

blade throw incidents

Source of Impact

A failure of the rotor blade can result in the ‘throwing’ of a rotor blade, which

may affect public safety. The overall risk of blade throw is extremely low.

Further, there are chances of malfunction or destructions due to natural

disasters such as storms, cyclones, earthquakes and lightning.

Any communities lying in close proximity to the WTG are receptors of this

type of impact. Blade throw risk for public safety is treated as extremely low


238

as in the event of failure the blade can reach between 15-100 m from the wind

turbine.

The project area is not prone to storms and cyclones and does not fall in an

active earthquake prone zone. The Project area falls in Zone II according to

the Seismic Hazard Map of India. Zone II is defined as a zone having low

damage risk zone and vulnerable to earthquakes of intensity MSK VII (as

defined by Building Materials and Technology Promotion Council).

The area witnesses intense lightening during showers and it is possible that a

lightning strike could damage various components notwithstanding the

lightning protection deployed in the machine. The lightning may cause fire on

the WTG and may also spread to any nearby human habitation or vegetation

Micro-siting guidelines take into account safety setback distance. The WTG

design and micro-siting guidelines1 reduces the likelihood of safety risks to

public to a great extent. Reportedly, the WTGs have embedded lighting

protection. The rotor blades are equipped with a lightning receptors mounted

in the blade. The turbine is grounded and shielded to protect against

lightning, however, lightning is an unpredictable force of nature, and it is

possible that a lightning strike could damage various components

notwithstanding the lightning protection deployed in the machine.

WTGs will shut down at pre-set wind cut off limits to prevent chances of

blade throw.


Based on the above the impact significance after implementing the embedded

controls is assessed to be negligible.

Additional Mitigation/Management Measures

Although the embedded controls are sufficient to address the effects of

accidental impacts, we suggest following measures to be included in the

ESMS:

The disaster management cell of the district and the nearest fire-service

station should be involved in preparedness for emergency situation;

Company should ensure it has adequate third party insurance cover to

meet the financial loss to any third party due to such emergencies.

1 As per micrositing Guidelines by NIWE, the developer shall leave a distance of 2x D perpendicular to the predominant

wind direction and 3 XD distance in the pre-dominant wind direction. This hould be applied for flat and complex terrain.


239

Table 7.53 Significance of impacts of accidents to communities as a result of natural

disasters and blade throw incidents

Impact Accidents and natural disasters including natural disasters and blade

throw incidents





Impact Scale Within 100 m of the WTGs. There are no communities in close

proximity to any of the WTGs.

Frequency Operation phase.


Receptor Sensitivity Low Medium High

Impact Significance




Residual Impact


Residual Impact

Significance




The Residual Impact Significance has been determined to be negligible.

7.7.2 Economic Loss/Displacement due to selling of land

Source of Impact

On an average 3-5 acres of land is being purchased for each WTG and there

are 48 WTGs in the project area. Besides this, 28 acres of land for pooling sub-

station have also been purchased by land aggregator and transferred in the

name of Suzlon.

Land use classification of the study area villages as presented in social

baseline section shows that more than 90% of total land area of each village is

either unirrigated land or culturable waste land. Most of the private farmlands

falling in the project area has been officially listed as single crop, non-

irrigated land with low productivity. Moreover the income received from

cultivation is insufficient to meet their family needs. Hence, most of the

cultivators in the area also have alternate source of income. In order to have

additional income people are even migrating to urban areas for labor work.

Moreover land of the proposed project is sold on the basis of buyer and seller

negotiations and the offer price is reportedly more than the prevailing circle

rate. Hence, economic loss from the sale of land is foreseen to have negligible

magnitude of impact.


240

The proceeds of the land sale has provided financial resources to people for

investment in non-agricultural pursuits in order to diversify their livelihood

options or to invest in better education and future for their kids by migrating

to adjacent towns and cities. The land purchase process has escalated the land

price and the community would gain more benefits in future land

transactions.

Although major portion of land in study area is unirrigated land but still it

serves for cultivating two key cash crops of the region i.e. Ground nut and

Bengal gram.

Though the area is plagued by low farm productivity and agricultural

indebtedness, and the farmers are keen to sell their farm lands at market price,

on an average 63% of the main workers in the study area are still agricultural

labourers. Moreover, the study area has multiple wind farm projects in

operation and the area has witnessed a significant land sale for wind farm

projects in the area. This could lead to a cumulative impact on loss of

economic livelihood for the local agricultural laborers.

From the consultations, it has also been observed that most of the agricultural

laborers are from the marginalized segments of the society. So, they are highly

vulnerable to any small changes in the local employment opportunities.

Embedded provision

Suzlon undertakes CSR activities in the project area and as a part of that

focuses on increasing micro-enterprise initiatives and provides skill training

for women.



assessed to be moderate.

Mitigation Measures

Considering the limited non-farm employment opportunity in project area,

CSR activities would contribute towards skilling the locals for alternate

income opportunities.

Vocational Skill Development of Women;

Micro-enterprise solutions appropriate for the geographical area;

Water shed management and revival of traditional rainwater harvesting

measures for improving land for agriculture; and

Revival of millets and other traditional food grains and promotion of

organic agricultural practices. This would reduce the water stress for

irrigation as well as reduce the input costs for farming.


241



assessed to be minor.

Table.7.54 Significance of impact due to economic loss due to selling of land

Impact Economic loss due to selling of land





Impact is likely to affect the project foot print area villages.

Impact Scale

Number of land owners actually being impacted by the project is quite

small as compared to combined size of population of the villages where

land parcel has been purchase or planned to be purchased.

Frequency Pre-Construction Phase

Likelihood Likely


Resource/Receptors

Sensitivity

Low Medium High

Local population has limited non-farm employment opportunity and reduced land for agriculture may adversely affect the local agricultural labourers. However, poverty and illiteracy of population makes the social situation quite sensitive.


Significance of impact is considered moderate.


Residual Impact Magnitude

Positive Negligible Small Medium Large

Residual Impact significance


Residual Impact Significance is minor.

7.7.3 Impact on local employment opportunity

Source of Impact

It is evident from the social baseline conditions of the study area that major

working population of the entire study area villages is agriculture labour,

working on other’s field for a sum negotiated with cultivator/owner of the

field. Non-agriculture workers are limited to about 10% in study area villages.

The existing scenario of the agriculture in the study area also indicates that it

is not actually sound enough to meet requirements of the people who are

dependent upon this sector. In absence of any industrial activity in the study

area, people have to resort to distress migration. There have been also cases of

women being forced into prostitution because of lack of alternate income

source.


242

During operation phase of the project, employment opportunities won’t be

much for local people and it could be restricted to requirement of few security

personnel and few housekeeping staff at site office.

Table.7.55 Significance of employment opportunity

Impact Impact on local employment opportunities during project cycle




Impact Extent

Local Regional International

Locals would have short term employment opportunities during

construction phase of the project. However people from across the State

of Andhra Pradesh and other State, though in limited number are

likely be engaged in the project during project cycle in semi-skilled and

skilled category of manpower.

Frequency Construction Phase, operation and decommissioning phase of the

project


Receptor sensitivity Low Medium High


Significance of impact is considered Minor.

Enhancement Measures





Micro-enterprise solutions appropriate for the geographical area; and

Water shed management and revival of traditional rainwater harvesting measures for improving land for agriculture.

7.7.4 Social Development through Corporate Social responsibility (CSR) Initiatives

Context

As observed in the Social Baseline section, Anantpur is one of the backward

districts in the country and is plagued by an agricultural crisis. The area has

been declared drought prone and there are many instances of distress

migration.

Embedded Measures

Orange has a CSR policy and they are reportedly undertaking community

development activities in their other wind farm locations. No documents

pertaining to the same was made available and therefore, their proposed

activities could not be elaborated in this section.


243

Table 7.56 Significance of Social Development Opportunities

Impact Impact on local employment opportunities during project cycle




Impact Extent

Local Regional International

Locals could be skilled to develop alternate income opportunities.

Agriculture could be revived by reintroducing traditional food grains

and strengthening existing water harvesting structures and ground

water recharge systems.

Frequency Operation phase of the project


Receptor sensitivity Low Medium High


Significance of impact is considered major.

Enhancement Measures





Micro-enterprise solutions appropriate for the geographical area; and

Water shed management and revival of traditional rainwater harvesting

measures for improving land for agriculture.

Revival of millets and other traditional food grains and promotion of

organic agricultural practices. This would reduce the water stress for

irrigation as well as reduce the input costs for farming.

7.7.5 Cumulative environmental and social impacts

The study area in which the wind power project is spread across has other

wind power Suzlon accounting for greater than 200 MW of wind power being

generated in the area. In the absence of credible data on the footprint and

potential impacts as a result of wind farms that are operational in the area,

with the possibility of more projects coming up in the area, in the near future,

it is difficult to assess the cumulative impact on the region. However some of

the most likely impacts would be attributed to (i) air quality (ii) noise (iii)

shadow flicker impacts to villages in the vicinity of the WTGs (iv) traffic

hazards and (iv) economic loss for agricultural labourers have been envisaged.


244

8 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

8.1 INTRODUCTION

This Section presents the Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP)

for OUWPPL Project in the district of Anantapur, in Andhra Pradesh. The

purpose of this ESMP is to specify the standards and controls required to

manage and monitor environmental and social impacts during different

phases of project life cycle, i.e. Construction, operation and decommissioning

phases. To achieve this, the ESMP identifies potential adverse impacts from

the planned activities and outlines mitigation measures required to reduce the

likely negative effects on the physical, natural and social environment. This is

in accordance to IFC Performance Standards 1 which emphasizes the

importance of managing social and environmental performance through the

lifecycle of the Project.

8.2 OUWPPL’S ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

To ensure the efficacy of environmental and social management plan, certain

institutional mechanisms with well-defined roles and responsibilities is

essential for effective implementation of identified mitigation measures

during construction, operation and maintenance phase and decommissioning

phases, respectively.

8.2.1 OUWPPL’s EHS Management

At the time of the site visit, the site engineer of OUWPPL was responsible for

overseeing the EHS aspects of the project and liaising with the EHS Manager

of Suzlon. It was understood that OUWPPL will be setting up a team at the

corporate level and the site level, with responsibilities are currently being held

by Orange. The EHS personnel of OUWPPL will have the ultimate

responsibility of implementing the provisions of the ESMP with the help of

the Suzlon. This role will include the ongoing management of environmental

and social impacts, monitoring of contractor performance as well as

developing mechanisms for dealing with environmental and social problems,

throughout the operation, maintenance phase and decommissioning phases,

respectively.

OUWPPL will also ensure that the activities of its contractors as well as

Suzlon’s contractors are conducted in accordance with good practice

measures, implementation of which will be required through contractual

documentation. The EHS aspects shall be the responsibility, of both, OUWPPL

and Suzlon.


245

8.3 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

OUWPPL will play the primary role of supervisor to oversee the project

performance pertaining to environment, health, safety and social issues.An

outline for responsibilities of the proposed EHS department is given below:

8.3.1 Environmental, Health and Safety Department (EHS Department)

Environment, Health and Safety department shall be responsible for

monitoring of the implementation of the various actions which are to be

executed by the agencies specified in the ESMP.

In general, the EHS department shall perform the following activities:

Preparation of required documents on environmental and social

management;

Ensuring availability of resources and appropriate institutional

arrangements for implementation of ESMP;

Implementation of the health and safety measures;

Collection of the statistics of health of workers;

Providing support during routine medical check-ups of workers;

Awareness and implementing safety programmes;

Providing job specific induction training;

Compliance of regulatory requirements;

Carrying out environmental audits;

Identify unsafe acts and conditions and suggest remedies;

Develop safety culture and comply with company’s EHS policy and

standard requirements;

Encourage and enforce the use of PPE’s;

Educate all employees for the use of PPE’s and safe practices;

Direct, coordinate and orient the safety activities;

Promulgate the spread of policy, objectives, rules and/or regulations;

Perform a thorough investigation of all accidents and review the

recommendations to avoid any repetition;

Monitoring the progress of implementation of ESMP; and

Reviewing and updating the ESMP as and when required for its effective

implementation.

8.4 INSPECTION, MONITORING AND AUDIT

Inspection and monitoring of the environmental impacts of the Project

activities will increase the effectiveness of ESMP. Through the process of

inspection and auditing, OUWPPL must ensure that the conditions stipulated

in various permits are complied. The inspections and audits will be done by

the EPC contractor, trained team of OUWPPL’s EHS department subject to be

reviewed and conducted by external agencies/experts. The entire process of


246

inspections and audits should be documented. The inspection and audit

findings are to be implemented by the site in-charge in their respective areas.

8.5 REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION

OUWPPL will develop and implement a programme of reporting through all

stages of the project cycle. Delegated personnel shall require to fully

complying with the reporting programme in terms of both timely submissions

of reports as per acceptable level of detail. Reporting will be done in form of

environmental check list, incident record register, environmental and social

performance reports (weekly, monthly, quarterly, half yearly, yearly etc.).

External Reporting and Communication

EHS head is responsible for ensuring that communication with regulatory

agencies and stakeholders are maintained as per the requirement. All

complaints and enquiries are to be appropriately dealt with and records

should be maintained in a Complaint/Enquiry Register by the delegated staff

of EHS.

Internal Reporting and Communication

Inspection and audits finding along with their improvement program are to

be regularly reported to the senior management for their consideration. The

same are also to be communicated with the staff working on the project.

To maintain an open communication between the staff and management on

EHS and social issues the followings are being used:

Team Briefings;

On-site work group meetings;

Work Specific Instructions; and

Meeting with stakeholders.

Documentation

Documentation is an important step in implementing ESMP. OUWPPL will

establish a documentation and record keeping system to ensure recording and

updating of documents per the requirements specified in ESMP. The

documents should be kept as hardcopies as well as in electronic format.

Responsibilities have to be assigned to relevant personnel for ensuring that the

ESMP documentation system is maintained and that document control is

ensured through access by and distribution to, identified personnel in form of

the following:

Master Environment Management System document;

Legal Register;

Operation control procedures;


247

Work instructions;

Incident reports;

Emergency preparedness and response procedures;

Training records;

Monitoring reports;

Auditing reports; and

Complaints register and issues attended/closed.

8.5.1 ESMP Review and Amendments

The ESMP act as an environment and social management tool which needs to

be reviewed periodically to address changes in the organisation, process or

regulatory requirements.

Following a review, the EHS head of OUWPPL will be responsible for making

the amendments in the ESMP.

The amended ESMP will be communicated to all the staff.

8.6 TRAINING PROGRAMME AND CAPACITY BUILDING

Training is needed for effective implementation of ESMP. The training

programme will ensure that all concerned members of the team understand

the following aspects:

Purpose of management plan for the project activities;

Requirements of the management plan and specific action plans;

Understanding the sensitive environmental and social features within and

surrounding the project areas; and

Aware of the potential risks from the Project activities.

The EHS head of OUWPPL will ensure that Environmental health and safety

induction training and job specific trainings are identified and given to the

concerned personnel for construction activities and operation of the wind

farm.

Also general environmental awareness will be increased among the project’s

team to encourage the implementation of environmentally sound practices

and compliance requirements of the project activities. This will help in

minimising adverse environmental impacts, compliance with the applicable

regulations and standards, and achieving performance beyond compliance.

The same level of awareness and commitment will be imparted to the

contractors and sub-contractors prior to the commencement of the project.


248

8.6.1 Environmental and Social Management Plan

This section outlines the potential adverse impacts, mitigation measures,

monitoring and management responsibilities during construction operation

and decommissioning phases of the Project.

The purpose of ESMP is to:

Provide an institutional mechanism with well-defined roles and

responsibilities for ensuring that measures identified in ESIA designated

to mitigation potentially adverse impacts are implemented;

List all suggested mitigation measures and control technologies,

safeguards identified through the ESIA process;

Provide Project monitoring program for effective implementation of the

mitigation measures and ascertain efficacy of the environmental

management and risk control systems in place; and

Assist in ensuring compliance with all relevant legislations at local, state

and national level for the Project.

In order to minimize adverse impacts during the different phases of the

project lifecycle, mitigation measures, monitoring plan and responsibilities for

its implementation are given in Table 8.1. The responsibility for

implementation of ESMP will primarily lie with the EHS department of

Suzlon under the supervision with the EHS department of OUWPPL.


249

Table 8.1 Environmental and social management and monitoring plan for OUWPPL’s wind Power Project

S. N. Environmental/ Social

Resource

Aspect, Potential

impact/issue

Mitigation Measure Responsibility

for ensuring

mitigation

implementatio

n

Means of verification

that mitigation has

been met

Timing and

frequency of

monitoring

Responsibility for

implementation of

monitoring

Supervision

responsibility

Reporting

requirements

Phases

Co

nst

ruct

ion

Op

era

tio

n

De

com

mis

sio

nin

g

1 Environment

(i) Land Use, Soil and

Land Capability

Change in land use EPC contractor should ensure

that unnecessary disturbance of

surrounding features are

avoided.

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon

Site Inspection Weekly Monitoring EHS Manager Suzlon EHS Team

OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Vegetation should be cleared

only in locations where WTGs,

ancillary facilities, transmission

lines and access/internal roads

are planned, to minimize the

impact on the surrounding

ecosystem.

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

After construction, labour

camp, batching plant and stock

yard areas should be restored to

pre-construction state.

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Soil erosion Stripping of top soil should be

done just prior to excavation.

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Topography should be restored

to extent possible.

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Stock piles and disturbed areas

should be kept moist to avoid

wind erosion.

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Simultaneous revegetation to

stabilize soil.

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Loss of Fertile Soil Removed topsoil to be stored

separately, protected and

reused for landscaping within

the Project area

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Soil Compaction Heavy vehicles should

designate select routes

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Heavily compacted areas

should be ploughed

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Heavy machinery should

designate select routes to

minimize soil compaction

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager


250


Resource

Aspect, Potential

impact/issue


for ensuring

mitigation

implementatio

n


that mitigation has

been met

Timing and

frequency of

monitoring

Responsibility for

implementation of

monitoring

Supervision

responsibility

Reporting

requirements

Phases

Co

nst

ruct

ion

Op

era

tio

n

De

com

mis

sio

nin

g

Waste Generation Random disposal of waste

should not be allowed

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon

Site Inspection;

Record Keeping

Training records;

Visual Assessment

Weekly Monitoring EHS Manager Suzlon EHS Team

OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

No unauthorized dumping of

used oil and hazardous waste

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon

Site Inspection;

Record Keeping

Training records;

Visual Assessment


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Ensure daily collection and

periodic (weekly) disposal of

construction waste

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon

Site Inspection;

Record Keeping

Training records;

Visual Assessment


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Hazardous waste should be

appropriately labelled, stored

onsite and reused or disposed

OUWPPL and

Suzlon Site

Management

Site Inspection;

Record Keeping

Training records;

Visual Assessment


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Municipal solid waste from

labour camps should be

segregated onsite

OUWPPL and

Suzlon Site

Management

Site Inspection;

Record Keeping

Training records;

Visual Assessment


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Dismantled waste should not be

left over in the whole Project

area and should be collected

and stored at designated areas

for further segregation and

disposal

OUWPPL and

Suzlon Site

Management

Site Inspection;

Record Keeping

Training records;

Visual Assessment

Once EHS Manager Suzlon EHS Team

OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Hazardous waste should be

stored in labelled drums with

impervious surfaces at

designated points onsite and

disposed through an

appropriate vendor

OUWPPL and

Suzlon Site

Management

Site Inspection;

Record Keeping

Training records;

Visual Assessment

Once EHS Manager Suzlon EHS Team

OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Soil Contamination Sewage should be disposed

through soak pits or septic

tanks

OUWPPL and

Suzlon Site

Management

Site Inspection;

Record Keeping

Training records;

Visual Assessment


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Regular maintenance of

transport vehicles should be

carried out

OUWPPL and

Suzlon Site

Management

Site Inspection;

Record Keeping

Training records;

Visual Assessment


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Unloading and loading

protocols should be prepared

OUWPPL and

Suzlon Site

Management

Site Inspection;

Record Keeping

Training records;

Visual Assessment


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Guidelines should be prepared

for immediate clean-up of

spillages

OUWPPL and

Suzlon Site

Management

Site Inspection;

Record Keeping

Training records;

Visual Assessment


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager


251


Resource

Aspect, Potential

impact/issue


for ensuring

mitigation

implementatio

n


that mitigation has

been met

Timing and

frequency of

monitoring

Responsibility for

implementation of

monitoring

Supervision

responsibility

Reporting

requirements

Phases

Co

nst

ruct

ion

Op

era

tio

n

De

com

mis

sio

nin

g

Oil/lubricants should be stored

on impervious floors in the

storage area having secondary

containment

OUWPPL and

Suzlon Site

Management

Site Inspection;

Record Keeping

Training records;

Visual Assessment


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Guidelines and procedures

should be prepared and

followed for immediate clean-

up actions following any

spillages

OUWPPL and

Suzlon Site

Management

Site Inspection;

Record Keeping

Training records;

Visual Assessment


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Oil/lubricants should be stored

on impervious floors in the

storage area having secondary

containment

OUWPPL and

Suzlon Site

Management

Site Inspection;

Record Keeping

Training records;

Visual Assessment


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Guidelines and procedures

should be prepared and

followed for immediate clean-

up actions following spillages

OUWPPL and

Suzlon Site

Management

Site Inspection;

Record Keeping

Training records;

Visual Assessment


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Unloading and loading

protocols should be prepared

for diesel, oil and used oil

respectively and workers

should be trained to prevent

spills and leaks

OUWPPL and

Suzlon Site

Management

Site Inspection;

Record Keeping

Training records;

Visual Assessment


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

(ii) Water Resources and

Quality

Water Resources

availability

Construction labour should be

educated about water

conservation

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon

Quantification of water

consumed and record

keeping


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Optimum use of water during

sprinkling of roads for dust

settlement, vehicle washing and

concrete mixing.

OUWPPL and

Suzlon Site

Management

Quantification of water

consumed and record

keeping

Continuous

Monitoring

EHS Manager Suzlon EHS Team

OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Regular inspection to prevent

water leakages

OUWPPL and

Suzlon Site

Management

Site Inspection Continuous

Monitoring


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Optimum use of water during

domestic use, dust settlement

and washing of vehicles

OUWPPL and

Suzlon Site

Management


Monitoring


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Water Quality Proper covering and stacking of

loose construction material to

prevent surface run-off

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon

Site Inspection Monthly Monitoring EHS Manager Suzlon EHS Team

OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Provision of septic tanks and

soak pits

OUWPPL and

Suzlon Site

Management


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Toilets, soak pits, septic tanks

and waste collection to be built

away from natural drainage

channels

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager


252


Resource

Aspect, Potential

impact/issue


for ensuring

mitigation

implementatio

n


that mitigation has

been met

Timing and

frequency of

monitoring

Responsibility for

implementation of

monitoring

Supervision

responsibility

Reporting

requirements

Phases

Co

nst

ruct

ion

Op

era

tio

n

De

com

mis

sio

nin

g

Provision of well-connected

storm water drains

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


Monitoring EHS Manager Suzlon EHS Team

OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Licensed contractors for

management and disposal of

waste sludge

OUWPPL and

Suzlon Site

Management



OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Good housekeeping in the

storage yard to avoid spillage

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon

Site Inspection and

Surprise Visits

Continuous


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Adoption of spill/leakage

clearance plan for immediate

clearing of spills/leaks

OUWPPL and

Suzlon Site

Management



OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Labourers should be given

training towards proactive use

of designated areas for waste

disposal and use of toilets

OUWPPL and

Suzlon Site

Management



OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Spills/Leakage clearance plan

to be adopted for immediate

clearing of spills and leakages

OUWPPL and

Suzlon Site

Management



OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

(iii) Ambient Noise Increased noise levels

during construction

activities

Limit number of heavy vehicles

to only those that are necessary

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon

Site Inspection;

Record Keeping

Training records;

Visual Assessment


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Avoid villages and

communities while determining

project access roads

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon

Site Inspection;

Record Keeping

Training records;

Visual Assessment


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Limit engine breaking and horn

usage of vehicles

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon

Site Inspection;

Record Keeping

Training records;

Visual Assessment


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Construction work to be carried

out during daytime hours (6:00

am to 10:00 pm)

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon

Site Inspection;

Record Keeping

Training records;

Visual Assessment


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Vehicles and equipment should

be well maintained

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon

Site Inspection;

Record Keeping

Training records;

Visual Assessment


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Regular maintenance of WTGs OUWPPL and

Suzlon Site

Management



OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager


253


Resource

Aspect, Potential

impact/issue


for ensuring

mitigation

implementatio

n


that mitigation has

been met

Timing and

frequency of

monitoring

Responsibility for

implementation of

monitoring

Supervision

responsibility

Reporting

requirements

Phases

Co

nst

ruct

ion

Op

era

tio

n

De

com

mis

sio

nin

g

Periodic monitoring of noise

near the sources of generation

to ensure compliance with

design specification

OUWPPL and

Suzlon Site

Management



OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Creation of noise barriers

between receptors and WTGs

OUWPPL and

Suzlon Site

Management



OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

(iv) Visual Landscape Visual Landscape/ visual

aesthetic impacts

Ancillary structures presence

and area should be minimized

to the extent necessary

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon

Site Inspection and

Surprise Visits

Continuous


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Construction areas should be

restored to original form

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon

Site Inspection and

Surprise Visits

Continuous


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Signage related to wind farms

should be discrete and confined

to entrance gates

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

No other corporate or

advertising signage should be

displayed on site

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

The footprint of operations and

maintenance facilities as well as

parking and vehicular

circulation should be clearly

defined and not allowed to spill

over into other areas of the site

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

Use of certain colours reduces

the visual contrast between

turbine structures and

background

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

(v) Shadow Flicker Use of high fencing at problem

locations

OUWPPL and

Suzlon Site

Management



OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

2 Social


254


Resource

Aspect, Potential

impact/issue


for ensuring

mitigation

implementatio

n


that mitigation has

been met

Timing and

frequency of

monitoring

Responsibility for

implementation of

monitoring

Supervision

responsibility

Reporting

requirements

Phases

Co

nst

ruct

ion

Op

era

tio

n

De

com

mis

sio

nin

g

(i) Traffic Hazards Potential vehicular

accidents

The traffic movement for the

project in the area will be

regulated to ensure road and

pedestrian (including livestock)

safety

Put in place a grievance

mechanism to allow for

community members to report

any concern or grievance

related to project activities

OUWPPL and

Suzlon Site

Management

Discussion with EHS

Managers of both,

OUWPPL and Suzlon,

Visual inspection

Monthly Monitoring EHS Manager Suzlon EHS Team

OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

(ii) Blade Throw and

Natural Disasters

Public Safety The disaster management cell of

the district and the nearest fire-

service station should be

involved in preparedness for

emergency situation;

Company should ensure it has

adequate third party insurance

cover to meet the financial loss

to any third party due to such

emergencies.

Put in place an Adequate

Grievance redressal mechanism

to capture community concerns

O & M Team

Suzlon

Visual Inspection and

Record Keeping


OUWPPL

Report from EHS

Manager (Suzlon)

to OUWPPL site

EHS Manager

(iii) Vulnerable

communities

Decrease in agricultural

labour work due to land

sale

Undertake a profiling of the

various social groups in the

study area, to understand the

individual needs and concerns

of the social groups and identify

community development and

CSR programmes in accordance

to the same

Orange CSR Study report/CSR

report

Weekly Monitoring CSR team CSR –Orange CSR Report for the

Project Area

3. Ecology

(i) Vegetation Vegetation Clearance Vegetation disturbance and

clearance should be restricted to

the project study area

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon

Visual Inspection Weekly Monitoring EHS Manager Suzlon EHS Team

OUWPPL

Report from EPC to

EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

Areas with vegetation patches

around water source should be

avoided during planning of

ancillary components

EHS Manager

Suzlon


OUWPPL

Internal discussion

with EHS team and

reported in

quarterly report

Top soil that is disturbed

should be stored separately for

restoration of the habitat

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


OUWPPL

Report from EPC to

EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

Unnecessary disturbance of

neighbouring vegetation should

be strictly prohibited

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


Surprise Visits


OUWPPL

Report from EPC to

EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL


255


Resource

Aspect, Potential

impact/issue


for ensuring

mitigation

implementatio

n


that mitigation has

been met

Timing and

frequency of

monitoring

Responsibility for

implementation of

monitoring

Supervision

responsibility

Reporting

requirements

Phases

Co

nst

ruct

ion

Op

era

tio

n

De

com

mis

sio

nin

g

Simultaneous revegetation on

outskirts of project activity

should be practiced for areas

that are determined to have

loose or unstable soil

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


Surprise Visits


OUWPPL

Report from EPC to

EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

Local grass species should be

seeded in disturbed areas

during monsoon

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon

After Construction Upon Completion of

Task


OUWPPL

Report from EPC to

EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

(ii) Construction Activities Excavation, anthropogenic

movement, noise and

sedimentation

Construction and transportation

activities should be avoided at

night and in peak areas during

dawn and dusk

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


Surprise Visits


OUWPPL

Report from EPC to

EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

Project should be conducted in

a phased manner with

construction activities limited to

one cluster of WTGs at one time

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


OUWPPL

Report from EPC to

EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

Areas with pre-existing

burrows and ground roosting

sites for birds should be

avoided when possible

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


OUWPPL

Report from EPC to

EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

Hazardous materials should not

be stored near natural drainage

channels

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


OUWPPL

Report from EPC to

EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

Efforts should be made to

minimize construction noise

and the use of noise barriers

should be considered for high

noise levels.

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


Record Keeping

Weekly Reports and

When noise barriers

are utilized


OUWPPL

Report from EPC to

EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

Waste materials should be

cleared in a timely manner and

the use of artificial lights should

be minimized so as to not

attract wildlife

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


Surprise Visits


OUWPPL Report from EPC to

EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

Labour movement should be

restricted between construction

camps and construction sites

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon



EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

Vehicle movement should be

restricted to only when

necessary in areas where

wildlife is active

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


Surprise Visits



EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

Anti-poaching and hunting

policy should be strictly

enforced

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon



EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

General awareness regarding

fauna should be enhanced

through trainings, posters, etc.

among the staff and labourers

OUWPPL and

Suzlon Site

Management

Record Keeping Monthly Monitoring EHS Manager Suzlon EHS Team

OUWPPL Internal discussion

with EHS team and

reported in

quarterly report


256


Resource

Aspect, Potential

impact/issue


for ensuring

mitigation

implementatio

n


that mitigation has

been met

Timing and

frequency of

monitoring

Responsibility for

implementation of

monitoring

Supervision

responsibility

Reporting

requirements

Phases

Co

nst

ruct

ion

Op

era

tio

n

De

com

mis

sio

nin

g

(ii) Laying of approach

roads

Construction, widening

and upgrade of access and

internal roads

Access road construction

should be carried out in a

phased manner with

construction activities limited to

one cluster of WTGs at one time

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon



EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

Construction and transportation

activities should be avoided at

night and in peak areas during

dawn and dusk

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


Surprise Visits



EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

Number of routes should be

minimized for construction and

transportation

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon



EHS Manager

Speed limit of vehicles plying

on these routes should be kept

to 10-15 km/hr to avoid road

kill

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


Surprise Visits



EHS Manager

If access roads are created

across key crossing points for

herpetofauna and smaller

mammals, then culverts or

alternate paths should be

provided to avoid road kills.

EHS Manager Visual Inspection When Required EHS Manager Suzlon EHS Team

OUWPPL Internal discussion

with EHS team and

reported in

quarterly report

When grasses or small scrubs

are removed for access road

construction (or any other

construction), replanting should

be implemented after the

construction phase to allow

roosting mammals and birds to

utilize these resources in the

next breeding season

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon

Visual Inspection Upon Completion of

Task



EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

(iii) Hazards from

operational wind

turbine blades

Bird collisions, visual

impairment, noise and low

pressure areas

Flash lamps on the WTGs will

prevent bird collision at nights

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon

Visual Inspection Before

Commissioning of

Wind Farm



EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

During operation and

maintenance activities, all bird

carcasses found in the wind

farm should be recorded and

photographed with details

about the distance from the

closest wind turbine generator

and the name of the wind

turbine generator

O & M Team

Suzlon


Record Keeping



EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

Weekly bird mortality counts

should be undertaken for the

first two years of the wind farm

operation to determine if there

is any risk of bird collision from

the wind farm

O & M Team

Suzlon


Record Keeping



EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL


257


Resource

Aspect, Potential

impact/issue


for ensuring

mitigation

implementatio

n


that mitigation has

been met

Timing and

frequency of

monitoring

Responsibility for

implementation of

monitoring

Supervision

responsibility

Reporting

requirements

Phases

Co

nst

ruct

ion

Op

era

tio

n

De

com

mis

sio

nin

g

Collection of baseline data on

migratory birds visiting the

study area in the migratory

season by using vantage point

methodology and wetland

surveys

O & M Team

Suzlon and

External

consultants

Survey Report Once during

migration season



EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

Waste materials should not be

left lying around and if any

waste is found then it should be

cleared immediately so as to not

attract birds near the WTG

blades

O & M Team

Suzlon


Surprise Visits



EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

Wind turbine generators should

be properly maintained to

ensure that turbine blade

speeds are regulated and blade

throws are avoided

O & M Team

Suzlon

Visual Inspection Monthly Monitoring EHS Manager Suzlon EHS Team


EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

Herb layers to be restored in

the vicinity of the site to prevent

raptors flying in close vicinity

of wind farm to prey on rodents

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


Commissioning of

Wind Farm



EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

Check should be imposed so

that dead carcass is not

disposed near the WTG areas so

that the vultures are not

attracted

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon



EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

(iv) Hazards from

transmission

infrastructure

Birds roosting or nesting

on transmission towers

and lines

Bird safe strain poles with

insulating chains of at least 60

cm in length should be adopted

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


Commissioning of

Wind Farm



EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

Regular checking of vacuums or

holes in the towers during

breeding season should be

conducted

O & M Team

Suzlon Visual Inspection Monthly Monitoring EHS Manager Suzlon EHS Team


EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

Transmission poles should be

raised with suspended

insulators to the extent possible

O & M Team

Suzlon Visual Inspection Monthly Monitoring EHS Manager Suzlon EHS Team


EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

Overhead cables should be

marked using diffractors and

avoid the use of areas of high

bird concentrations

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon


Commissioning of

Wind Farm



EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

Collection of baseline data on

migratory birds visiting the

study area in the migratory

season by using vantage point

methodology and wetland

surveys

O & M Team

Suzlon and

External

consultants

Survey Report Once during

migration season



EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

4. Occupational Health

and Safety


258


Resource

Aspect, Potential

impact/issue


for ensuring

mitigation

implementatio

n


that mitigation has

been met

Timing and

frequency of

monitoring

Responsibility for

implementation of

monitoring

Supervision

responsibility

Reporting

requirements

Phases

Co

nst

ruct

ion

Op

era

tio

n

De

com

mis

sio

nin

g

Obtain and check safety method

statements from contractors

before allowing them to work

on site

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon

Visual Inspection,

Record keeping and

surprise visits

Before

Commissioning of

Wind Farm



EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

Allow only authorized people

on site

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon

Visual Inspection,

Record keeping and

surprise visits

Before

Commissioning of

Wind Farm



EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

Implement a disaster

management plan to account

for natural disasters, fires,

accidents and emergency

situations

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon

Visual Inspection,

Record keeping and

surprise visits

Before

Commissioning of

Wind Farm



EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

Display health and safety

notifications at appropriate and

easily visible places

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon

Visual Inspection,

Record keeping and

surprise visits

Before

Commissioning of

Wind Farm



EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL

Monitor health and safety

performance through an

operating audit system

EPC Contractor

engaged by

Suzlon

Visual Inspection,

Record keeping and

surprise visits

Before

Commissioning of

Wind Farm



EHS Manager

Suzlon/ OUWPPL


259

9 IMPACT SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

9.1 INTRODUCTION

This Environmental and Social impact assessment has been conducted to

evaluate the impacts associated with the wind farm project 100.8 MW wind

farm project located near the village of Beluguppa in the district of Anantapur

in Andhra Pradesh. The impact assessment has been conducted in compliance

with the Administrative Framework identified herein, including relevant

national legislative requirements, international conventions etc.

9.2 IMPACTS REQUIRING DETAILED ASSESSMENT

Following a Scoping exercise, this ESIA was focused on interactions between

the Project activities and various resources/receptors that could result in

significant impacts. The table below (Table 9.1) presents the outcomes of the

comprehensive assessment of identified impacts as a result of the various

phases of the Project.

Table 9.1 Impact Assessment Summary

Impact Description Impact

nature

Significance of Impact Residual Impact

Construction Phase

Change in Land use Negative Moderate Moderate

Soil Erosion Negative Minor Negligible

Soil Compaction Negative Minor Negligible

Improper Waste disposal Negative Minor Negligible

Leaks and spills Negative Minor Negligible

Ecological impacts due to

Vegetation Clearance Negative Moderate Not Significant

Ecological impacts due to

construction activities Negative Moderate Moderate

Ecological impacts due to laying of

approach roads Negative Moderate Not Significant

Water Availability Negative Minor Minor

Water Quality Negative Negligible Negligible Ambient Air Quality Negative Minor Negligible

Aesthetics and Landscape concerns Negative Minor Negligible

Noise Levels Negative Moderate Minor

Occupational Health and Safety Negative Moderate Minor


Leaks and spills Negative Negligible Negligible Water Availability Negative Negligible Negligible Occupational Health and Safety Negative Minor Minor

Noise Levels-Daytime Negative Minor Negligible

Noise Levels-Night Time Negative Moderate Minor

Shadow Flicker Negative Minor Negligible

Impacts from traffic hazards Negative Moderate Minor


260

9.3 CONCLUSION

The project is a green energy project comprising of 48 WTGs to generate

approximately 100.8 MW power through wind energy. The Project and its key

components such as access road, site office building, and external

transmission lines, are likely to have potential environmental impacts on

baseline parameters such as land use, ambient air quality, noise quality etc. in

the immediate vicinity of WTGs. The social impacts from the project are

assessed to be generally beneficial in terms of local employment and overall

local area development.

The Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) describes mitigation

measures for impacts specific to project activities and also discuss

implementation mechanism. Project specific management plans are also

provided for certain project activities such as waste management, bird/ bat

management, stakeholder consultation etc.

To conclude, the implementation of ESMP/ Management plans will help

OUWPPL in complying with its internal requirements as well as national/

state regulatory framework in addition to meeting the requirements of it’s

lenders.

Impacts from Blade Throws and

Natural Disasters Negative Minor Negligible

Impact on Local Agricultural

Laborers Negative Moderate Minor

Impact on local employment

opportunity Positive

Impact on Social Development Positive

Collision and mortality risk to

avifauna and bats from operating

wind turbine blades

Negative Moderate Moderate

Collision and electrical hazards

from transmission infrastructure Negative Moderate Moderate

Aesthetics and Landscape concerns Negative Minor Negligible


Land and Soil Environment Negative Minor Minor to negligible

Ambient Air Quality Negative Minor Minor

Occupational Health and Safety Negative Moderate Minor

Annex A

Photo-documentation

BLG 123

BLG 124

BLG 125

BLG 077

BLG 078

BLG 075

BLG 025

BLG 017

BLG 018

BLG 007

BLG 016

BLG 015

BLG 028

BLG 085

BLG 084

BLG 082

BLG 157

BLG 156

BLG 154

BLG 027

BLG 026

Annex B

Policies of Orange

Annex C

Applicable Environmental

Standards

ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT

C1

1.1.1 Ambient Air Quality Standards

National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)

National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQ Standards), as prescribed by

MoEFCC vide, Gazette Notification dated 16th November, 2009 are given below in

Table.1.

Table.1 National Ambient Air Quality Standards

Pollutant Time Weighted

Avg.

Concentration in Ambient Air

Industrial, Residential,

Rural & Other Areas

Ecologically Sensitive

Areas (notified by

Central Government)

Sulphur dioxide (SO2)

g/m3

Annual Average* 50 20

24 Hours** 80 80

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

g/m3


24 Hours** 80 80

Particulate Matter (PM 10)

g/m3


24 Hours** 100 100

Particulate Matter (PM 2.5)

g/m3


24 Hours** 60 60

Ozone (O3)

g/m3

8 Hours** 100 100

1 Hour** 180 180

Lead (Pb)

g/m3

Annual Average* 0.50 0.50

24 Hours** 1.0 1.0

Carbon monoxide (CO)

mg/m3

8 Hours** 02 02

1 Hour** 04 04

Ammonia (NH3)

g/m3

Annual* 100 100

24 Hours** 400 400

Benzene (C6H6)

g/m3

Annual* 05 05

-

particulate phase ng/m3

Annual* 01 01

Arsenic (As)

ng/m3

Annual* 06 06

Nickel (Ni)

ng/m3

Annual* 20 20

Note: *Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular site taken twice a

week 24 hourly at uniform interval.

** 24 hourly/8 hourly/1 hourly monitored values, as applicable shall be complied with 98% of the time in a

year. 2% of the time, it may exceed but not on two consecutive days of monitoring.

As the project is in rural/residential set up, NAAQS for rural/residential area

will be applicable for the project.

IFC/WB Air Emissions and Ambient Air Quality Standards

The IFC/WB General EHS guidelines on Air emissions and ambient air

quality, specifies that emissions do not result in pollutant concentrations that

reach or exceed relevant ambient quality guidelines and standards by

applying national legislated standards, or in their absence World Health

Organization (WHO) Ambient Air Quality guidelines as represented in Table

2


C2

Table.2 WHO Ambient Air Quality Guidelines

Pollutant Averaging Period Guideline Value in g/m3

Sulphur Dioxide 24-hour 24-hour

10 minute 10 minute

125 (Interim target-1)


Nitrogen Oxide 1 year 40 (guideline)

1 hour 200 (guideline)

Particulate Matter 10 1 year 70 (Interim target-1)



20 (guideline)

24 hour 150 (Interim target-1)



50 (guideline)

Particulate Matter 2.5 1 year 35 (Interim target-1)



10 (guideline)

24 hour 75 (Interim target-1)


37.5 (Interim target-3)

25 (guideline)

Ozone 8-hour daily 8-hour daily

Maximum Maximum

Source: IFC/WB General EHS Guidelines: Air emissions and ambient air quality, 30 April 2007

Interim target means Interim targets are provided in recognition of the need for a staged approach to

achieving the recommended guidelines.

1.1.2 Water Quality Standards

As per the Bureau of Indian Standards, (IS 10500: 2012) drinking water shall

comply with the requirements given in Table 3.

Table.3 Indian Drinking Water Standard (IS 10500: 2012)

S.N Substance/ Characteristics Requirement

(Acceptable limit)

Permissible limit in

absence of alternate

source

1. Colour, Hazen units, max 5 15

2. Odour Unobjectionable -

3. Taste Agreeable -

4. Turbidity, NTU, max 5 5

5. pH value 6.5 - 8.5 No Relaxation

6. Total hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l, max 200 600

7. Iron (as Fe) mg/l, max 0.3 No relaxation

8. Chlorides (as Cl) mg/l, max 250 1000

9. Free residual chlorine, mg/l, min 0.2 1

10. Dissolved solids mg/l, max 500 2000

11. Calcium (as Ca) mg/l, max 75 200

12. Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l, max 30 100

13. Copper (as Cu) mg/l, max 0.05 1.5

14. Manganese (as Mn) mg/l, max 0.1 0.3

15. Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l, max 200 400

16. Nitrate (as NO3) mg/l, max 45 No relaxation


C3

S.N Substance/ Characteristics Requirement

(Acceptable limit)

Permissible limit in

absence of alternate

source

17. Fluoride (as F) mg/l, max 1.0 1.5

18. Phenolic compounds (as C6H6OH)

mg/l, max 0.001 0.002

19. Mercury (as Hg) mg/l, max 0.001 No relaxation

20. Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l, max 0.003 No relaxation

21. Selenium (as Se) mg/l, max 0.01 No relaxation

22. Arsenic (as As) mg/l, max 0.01 0.05

23. Cyanide (as CN) mg/l, max 0.05 No relaxation

24. Lead (as Pb) mg/l, max 0.01 No relaxation

25. Zinc (as Zn) mg/l, max 5 15

26. Anionic detergents (as MBAS) mg/l,

max 0.2 1.0

27. Total Chromium (as Cr) mg/l, max 0.05 No relaxation

28. Polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons (as

PAH) g/l, max 0.0001 No relaxation

29. Mineral Oil mg/l, max 0.5 No relaxation

30. Pesticides mg/l, max Absent 0.001

31.

Radioactive materials:

a) Alpha emitters Bq/l, max

b) Beta emitters pci/l, max

0.1 1.0

No relaxation No relaxation

32. Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3), mg/l, max 200 600

33. Aluminium (as Al) mg/l, max 0.03 0.2

34. Boron, mg/l, max 0.5 1.0

35. Ammonia (as total ammonia-N). mg/l,

max 0.5 No relaxation

36. Barium (as Ba), mg/l, max 0.7 No relaxation

37. Chloramines (as Cl2), mg/l, max 4.0 No relaxation

38. Silver (as Ag), mg/l, max 0.1 No relaxation

39. Sulphide (as H2S), mg/l, max 0.05 No relaxation

40. Molybdenum (as Mo), mg/l, max 0.07 No relaxation

41. Nickel (as Ni), mg/l, max 0.02 No relaxation

42. Polychlorinated biphenyls, mg/l, max 0.0005 No relaxation

43.

Trilomethanes:

a) Bromoform, mg/l, max

b) Dibromochloromethane, mg/l, max

c) Bromodichloromethane, mg/l, max

d) Chloroform, mg/l, max

0.1 0.1 0.06 0.2

No relaxation No relaxation No relaxation No relaxation

Bacteriological Quality

1.

All water intended for drinking:

a) E. coli or thermotolerant coliform

bacteria

Shall not be detectable in any 100 ml sample

-

2.

Treated water entering the distribution

system:


bacteria

b) Total coliform bacteria

Shall not be detectable in any 100 ml sample; Shall not be detectable in any 100 ml sample.

-

3.

Treated water in the distribution system:


bacteria

b) Total coliform bacteria

Shall not be detectable in any 100 ml sample; Shall not be detectable in any 100 ml sample.

-

Source: Central Pollution Control Board


C4

General Standards for discharge

The general standards for discharge are as prescribed under the Environment

Protection Rules, 1986 and amendments. The project intends to treat the

domestic waste water in septic tanks and soak pits. The general standards for

discharge of environmental pollutants are detailed in Table 4.

Table.4 General Standards for Discharge of Environmental Pollutants

S.

N

Parameter Standards

Inland surface

water

Public sewers Land for

Irrigation

1. Colour and odour Refer to Note 1 - Refer to Note 1

2 Suspended solids mg/l, max. 100 600 200

3 Particle size of suspended solids Shall 850 micron IS

sieve

- -

4 PH value 5.5 to 9.0 5.5 to 9.0 5.5 to 9.0

5 Temperature Shall not exceed 50

C above the

receiving water

temperature

- -

6 Oil and grease, mg/l max, 10 20 10

7 Total residual chlorine, mg/l max 1.0 - -

8 Ammonical nitrogen (as N), mg/l max. 50 50 -

9 Total Kjeldahl nitrogen (as N); mg/l max 100 - -

10 Free ammonia (as NH3), mg/l max 5.0 - -

11 Biochemical oxygen demand (3 days at

270 C), mg/l max

30 350 100

12 Chemical oxygen demand, mg/l max 250 - -

13 Arsenic (as As) mg/l, max 0.2 0.2 0.2

14 Mercury (As Hg) mg/l max. 0.01 0.01 -

15 Lead (as Pb) mg/l, max 0.1 1.0 -

16 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l, max 2.0 1.0 -

17 Hexavalent chromium (as Cr +6) mg/1

max

0.1 2.0 -

18 Total chromium (as Cr) mg/1 max 2.0 2.0 -

19 Copper (as Cu) mg/1, max 3.0 3.0 -

20 Zinc (as Zn) 5.0 15 -

21 Selenium (as Se) 0.05 0.05 -

22 Nickel (as Ni) mg/1,max 3.0 3.0 -

23 Cyanide (as CN) mg/1,max 0.2 2.0 0.2

24 Fluoride (as F) mg/1,max 2.0 15 -

25 Dissolved phosphates (as P) mg/1,max 5.0 - -

26 Sulphide (as S) mg/1,max 2.0 - -

27 Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH)

mg/1,max

1.0 5.0 -

28 Radioactive materials: (a) Alpha emitters

micro curie mg/1,max

(b) Beta emitters micro curie mg/1

10-7

10-6

10-7

10-6

10-8

10--7

29 Bio-assay test 90% survival of fish

after 96 hours in

100% effluent

90% survival of

fish after 96

hours in 100%

effluent

90% survival of

fish after 96

hours in 100%

effluent

30 Manganese 2 mg/1 2 mg/1 -

31 Iron (as Fe) 3mg/1 3mg/1 -

32 Vanadium (as V) 0.2 mg/1 0.2 mg/1 -


C5

S.

N

Parameter Standards

Inland surface

water

Public sewers Land for

Irrigation

33 Nitrate Nitrogen 10 mg/1 - -

Source: as per G.S.R 422 (E) dated 19.05.1993 and G.S.R 801 (E) dated 31.12.1993 issued under the

provisions of E (P) Act 1986.

Designated Best Use Classification of Surface Water

The designated best use classification as prescribed by CPCB for surface water

is as given in Table 5 below:

Table .5 Primary Water Quality Criteria for Designated-Best-Use-Classes

Designated-Best-Use Class

Criteria

Drinking Water Source

without conventional

treatment but after

disinfection

A Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 50 or

less



Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20oC 2mg/l or

less

Outdoor bathing

(Organized)

B Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 500 or

less




less

Drinking water source

after conventional

treatment and

disinfection

C Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 5000

or less

pH between 6 to 9



less

Propagation of Wild life

and Fisheries

D pH between 6.5 to 8.5


Free Ammonia (as N) 1.2 mg/l or less

Irrigation, Industrial

Cooling, Controlled

Waste disposal

E pH between 6.0 to 8.5

Electrical Conductivity at 25oC micro mhos/cm

Max.2250

Sodium absorption Ratio Max. 26

Boron Max. 2mg/l

Below-E Not Meeting A, B, C, D & E Criteria

Source: Central Pollution Control Board

IFC/WB Guidelines for Treated Sanitary Sewage Discharge

Indicative values for treated sanitary sewage discharges are given in Table 6.

These are applicable to meet national or local standards or in the absence of

national standards for sanitary wastewater discharges and where either a

septic system or land is used as part of treatment system.

Table.6 Indicative values for treated sanitary wastewater discharges

Pollutants Units Guideline Value


C6

Pollutants Units Guideline Value

pH pH 6-9

BOD mg/l 30

COD mg/l 125

Total Nitrogen mg/l 10

Total Phosphorous mg/l 2

Oil and grease mg/l 10

Total suspended solids mg/l 50

Total Coliform bacteria MPN*/100ml 400

Source: General EHS Guidelines, World Bank Group, April 2007

*MPN = Most Probable Number

1.1.3 Noise Standards

Noise standards specified by the MoEFCC vide gazette notification dated 14th

February, 2000 based on the A weighted equivalent noise level (Leq) are as

presented in Table.7.

Table.7 Ambient Noise Standards

Area Code Category of Area Limits in dB(A) Leq

Day time* Night Time

A Industrial Area 75 70

B Commercial Area 65 55

C Residential Area 55 45

D Silence Zone** 50 40

Note:*Day time is from 6 am to 10 pm, Night time is10.00 pm to 6.00 am;**Silence zone is an area comprising

not less than 100 meters around premises of hospitals, educational institutions, courts, religious places or any

other area which is declared as such by the competent authority. Use of vehicle horns, loud speakers and

bursting of crackers are banned in these zones. Source: Noise Pollution (Regulation and control)Rules,2000)

As the project is in rural/residential set up, noise standards for residential

area will be applicable for the project.

IFC/WB Noise Standards

As per the IFC/WB, General EHS Guidelines on noise management, noise

impacts should not exceed the levels presented in Table 8 or result in a

maximum increase in background levels of 3 dB at the nearest receptor

location off-site.

Table.8 Noise Level Guidelines

Receptor

One Hour LAeq (dBA)

Daytime

07:00 - 22:00

Night time

22:00 - 07:00

Residential;

Institutional;

Educational

55

45

Industrial;

Commercial

70 70

Source: IFC/WB, General EHS Guidelines on noise management, 30 April, 2007


C7

1.1.4 Hazardous Waste Management

The Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary

Movement) Rules, 2008 were promulgated under Environment (Protection)

Act 1986, which was further amended in July 2009, September 2009, March

2010 and August 2010.

The major hazardous wastes to be released due to the proposed project are

used or waste/used oil, oil containing rags and jutes. The categories of the

wastes as applicable to construction and operation phases of the project and as

covered under Schedule 1 of the Hazardous wastes Rules, 2008 are given in

the Table 9.

Table.9 List of Hazardous Wastes Generated in the Project: Schedule-1 of HWM

Rules, 2008

Category No. Processes Hazardous Wastes

5 Industrial operations using

mineral/synthetic oil as lubricant in

hydraulic systems or other applications

5.1 Used spent Oil

5.2 Wastes/ residues containing

oil

Schedule V (Part A) to these rules provide specifications for Used Oil suitable

for reprocessing /recycling as given in Table 10. If the specifications are

exceeded the oil should be incinerated properly.

Table 10 Specifications of Used Oil Suitable for Recycling: Schedule V (Part A)

S.N Parameter Limit

1 Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) < 2ppm maximum

2 Lead 100 ppm maximum

3 Arsenic 5 ppm maximum

4 Cadmium+ Chromium+ Nickel 500 ppm maximum

5 Polyaromatic hydrocarbons (PAH) 6% maximum

The Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) has stipulated different

environmental standards w.r.t. ambient air quality, noise quality, water and

waste water for the country as a whole under EP Act, 1986.

Annex D

Environmental Monitoring

Results Ambient Air Quality

Annex E


Results Ambient Noise

Quality

Annex F


Results Surface Water Quality

Annex G


Results Ground Water

Quality

Annex H


Results Soil Quality

Annex I

Project Shadow Flicker

Assessment Data Overview

windPRO 3.0.639 by EMD International A/S, Tel. +45 96 35 44 44, www.emd.dk, [email protected] windPRO7/21/2016 9:22 AM / 1

Project:

Orange_BellugupaDescription:

100.8 MW Wind Farm Project near Beluguppa Village, AnantapurDistrict, Andhra Pradesh

Licensed user:

ERM India Private Limited Building 10, 4th Floor, Tower A, DLF Cyber CityIN-122002 Gurgaon+91 124 4170300Naval Chaudhary / [email protected]:

7/19/2016 2:35 PM/3.0.639

SHADOW - Main ResultCalculation: ShadowAssumptions for shadow calculationsMaximum distance for influenceCalculate only when more than 20 % of sun is covered by the bladePlease look in WTG table

Minimum sun height over horizon for influence 3 °Day step for calculation 1 daysTime step for calculation 1 minutes

Sunshine probability S (Average daily sunshine hours) [GOA / PANJIM]Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

10.04 10.28 9.34 9.65 9.45 4.31 3.22 4.18 5.94 7.85 9.14 9.61

Operational timeN NNE ENE E ESE SSE S SSW WSW W WNW NNW Sum145 93 318 1,452 1,106 156 110 76 1,003 2,248 346 156 7,209

Idle start wind speed: Cut in wind speed from power curve

A ZVI (Zones of Visual Influence) calculation is performed before flickercalculation so non visible WTG do not contribute to calculated flickervalues. A WTG will be visible if it is visible from any part of the receiverwindow. The ZVI calculation is based on the following assumptions:Height contours used: Elevation Grid Data Object: Orange_Bellugupa_EMDGrid_0.wpg (1)Obstacles used in calculationEye height: 1.5 mGrid resolution: 20.0 m

All coordinates are inUTM (north)-WGS84 Zone: 43

WTGsWTG type Shadow data

Easting Northing Z Row data/Description Valid Manufact. Type-generator Power, Rotor Hub Calculation RPMrated diameter height distance

[m] [kW] [m] [m] [m] [RPM]BLD-076 726,967 1,629,378 482.1 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-007 724,235 1,626,859 482.9 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-008 724,425 1,627,329 480.3 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-009 724,157 1,627,761 482.3 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-010 723,818 1,628,120 479.5 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-011 723,366 1,628,655 473.9 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-012 723,078 1,628,880 474.1 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-013 723,227 1,629,369 471.0 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-014 723,151 1,629,821 467.5 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-015 725,966 1,628,436 474.7 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-016 726,124 1,627,974 479.9 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-017 726,612 1,627,617 484.1 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-018 726,736 1,627,032 480.2 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-024 728,225 1,627,147 483.7 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-025 727,976 1,627,668 482.1 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-026 727,542 1,628,115 481.1 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-027 727,359 1,628,568 482.3 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-028 727,472 1,629,035 483.0 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-075 731,375 1,629,040 480.3 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-077 731,816 1,628,201 477.4 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-078 731,900 1,627,827 475.6 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-079 731,311 1,627,167 476.7 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-080 730,875 1,626,724 476.7 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-081 731,317 1,626,022 482.3 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-082 731,292 1,625,496 486.1 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-083 731,263 1,624,968 486.7 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-084 732,151 1,624,801 484.5 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-085 731,541 1,624,148 489.7 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-086 734,097 1,625,966 488.0 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-087 733,847 1,626,377 481.4 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-088 733,666 1,627,040 480.9 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-089 733,379 1,627,474 484.8 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-090 733,382 1,627,933 488.6 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0

To be continued on next page...


Project:



Licensed user:


7/19/2016 2:35 PM/3.0.639

SHADOW - Main ResultCalculation: Shadow

...continued from previous pageWTG type Shadow data

Easting Northing Z Row data/Description Valid Manufact. Type-generator Power, Rotor Hub Calculation RPMrated diameter height distance

[m] [kW] [m] [m] [m] [RPM]BLG-123 735,742 1,626,712 485.6 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-124 736,052 1,626,397 489.9 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-125 736,336 1,625,936 487.3 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-152 737,582 1,631,468 492.4 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-153 737,555 1,630,743 492.2 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-154 737,491 1,630,225 489.3 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-155 737,569 1,629,824 487.5 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-156 737,446 1,629,375 483.4 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-157 737,381 1,629,014 485.0 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-158 737,223 1,628,529 492.0 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-159 737,084 1,628,064 488.7 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-160 737,217 1,627,595 491.0 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-161 737,660 1,626,908 497.1 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-162 737,559 1,626,456 502.8 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0BLG-163 737,563 1,625,983 499.6 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! Yes Suzlon S111-2,100 2,100 111.8 90.0 1,000 0.0

Shadow receptor-InputNo. Name Easting Northing Z Width Height Height Degrees from Slope of Direction mode

a.g.l. south cw window[m] [m] [m] [m] [°] [°]

A House 722,979 1,629,496 470.7 1.0 1.0 1.0 -43.5 90.0 Fixed directionB House 722,918 1,629,610 469.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 -135.6 90.0 Fixed directionC House 723,180 1,630,274 465.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.0 90.0 Fixed directionD House 726,066 1,628,871 474.9 1.0 1.0 1.0 9.5 90.0 Fixed directionE House 726,116 1,628,810 471.6 1.0 1.0 1.0 23.9 90.0 Fixed directionG House 728,671 1,627,038 486.9 1.0 1.0 1.0 -238.0 90.0 Fixed directionH House 728,579 1,627,011 486.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 -248.8 90.0 Fixed directionI House 728,494 1,626,985 488.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 -227.7 90.0 Fixed directionJ House 728,447 1,626,915 487.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 -215.7 90.0 Fixed directionK House 728,437 1,626,786 490.8 1.0 1.0 1.0 -215.6 90.0 Fixed directionL House 728,442 1,626,709 491.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 -198.5 90.0 Fixed directionM House 728,588 1,626,850 489.1 1.0 1.0 1.0 -225.2 90.0 Fixed directionN House 726,644 1,629,101 480.7 1.0 1.0 1.0 -136.6 90.0 Fixed directionO House 726,566 1,629,100 480.3 1.0 1.0 1.0 -126.8 90.0 Fixed directionP Warehouse 730,422 1,626,883 476.3 1.0 1.0 1.0 -71.2 90.0 Fixed directionQ House 737,275 1,628,740 489.1 1.0 1.0 1.0 17.0 90.0 Fixed directionR House 737,202 1,628,739 488.2 1.0 1.0 1.0 -1.5 90.0 Fixed directionS House 737,113 1,628,747 491.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 -14.8 90.0 Fixed directionT House 737,016 1,628,752 489.8 1.0 1.0 1.0 -35.0 90.0 Fixed directionU House 737,287 1,628,795 489.9 1.0 1.0 1.0 202.6 90.0 Fixed directionV House 737,198 1,628,801 487.7 1.0 1.0 1.0 212.6 90.0 Fixed directionW House 737,112 1,628,806 488.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 222.9 90.0 Fixed directionX House 737,059 1,628,864 488.7 1.0 1.0 1.0 249.0 90.0 Fixed directionY House 736,934 1,628,898 490.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 -119.2 90.0 Fixed direction

Calculation ResultsShadow receptor

Shadow, worst case Shadow, expected valuesNo. Name Shadow hours Shadow days Max shadow Shadow hours

per year per year hours per day per year[h/year] [days/year] [h/day] [h/year]

A House 172:06 130 1:31 83:42B House 0:00 0 0:00 0:00C House 0:00 0 0:00 0:00D House 0:00 0 0:00 0:00E House 0:00 0 0:00 0:00G House 84:46 124 0:57 27:42H House 101:34 100 1:11 25:48I House 0:00 0 0:00 0:00J House 0:00 0 0:00 0:00K House 0:00 0 0:00 0:00



Project:



Licensed user:


7/19/2016 2:35 PM/3.0.639


...continued from previous pageShadow, worst case Shadow, expected values

No. Name Shadow hours Shadow days Max shadow Shadow hoursper year per year hours per day per year[h/year] [days/year] [h/day] [h/year]

L House 0:00 0 0:00 0:00M House 0:00 0 0:00 0:00N House 15:21 39 0:29 7:16O House 12:35 36 0:26 5:56P Warehouse 89:39 160 0:55 44:05Q House 0:00 0 0:00 0:00R House 0:00 0 0:00 0:00S House 0:00 0 0:00 0:00T House 0:00 0 0:00 0:00U House 0:00 0 0:00 0:00V House 0:00 0 0:00 0:00W House 0:00 0 0:00 0:00X House 81:46 84 1:11 22:33Y House 79:46 113 0:57 29:22

Total amount of flickering on the shadow receptors caused by each WTGNo. Name Worst case Expected

[h/year] [h/year]BLD-076 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-007 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-008 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-009 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-010 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-011 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-012 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-013 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 172:06 83:42BLG-014 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-015 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-016 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-017 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-018 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-024 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 134:31 38:09BLG-025 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-026 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-027 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-028 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 15:39 7:25BLG-075 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-077 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-078 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-079 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 19:30 7:12BLG-080 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 70:09 36:25BLG-081 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-082 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-083 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-084 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-085 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-086 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-087 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-088 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-089 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-090 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-123 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-124 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-125 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-152 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-153 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-154 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-155 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-156 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-157 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 130:41 41:45BLG-158 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-159 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00



Project:



Licensed user:


7/19/2016 2:35 PM/3.0.639


...continued from previous pageNo. Name Worst case Expected

[h/year] [h/year]BLG-160 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-161 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-162 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00BLG-163 Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! 0:00 0:00

Annex J

Project Shadow Calendar

Graphical


Project:



Licensed user:


7/19/2016 2:35 PM/3.0.639

SHADOW - Calendar, graphicalCalculation: Shadow

WTGs

BLG-013: Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! BLG-024: Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O!


Project:



Licensed user:


7/19/2016 2:35 PM/3.0.639


WTGs

BLG-024: Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O!


Project:



Licensed user:


7/19/2016 2:35 PM/3.0.639


WTGs

BLG-028: Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! BLG-079: Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O! BLG-080: Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O!


Project:



Licensed user:


7/19/2016 2:35 PM/3.0.639


WTGs

BLG-157: Suzlon S111 2100 111.8 !O!

ERM consulting services worldwide www.erm.com

ERM has over 1 0 offices

Across the following

countries worldwide

Argentina Netherlands

Australia Peru

Belgium Poland

Brazil Portugal

China Puerto Rico

France Singapore

Germany Spain

Hong Kong Sweden

Hungary Taiwan

India Thailand

Indonesia UK

Ireland USA

Italy Venezuela

Japan Vietnam

Korea

Malaysia

Mexico

ERM India Private Limited

Building 10, 4th Floor

Tower A, DLF Cyber City

Gurgaon – 122 002, NCR , India

Tel: 91 124 417 0300

Fax: 91 124 417 0301

Regional Office – West

102, Boston House,

Suren Road, Chakala

Andheri Kurla Road, Andheri (East)

Mumbai- 400093 India

Office Board Telephone: 91- 22 -4210 7373 (30 lines)

Fax: 91- 022- 4210 7474

Regional Office – West

702 Abhishree Avenue,

Near Nehru Nagar Circle, Ambawadi

Ahmedabad -380006 India

Tel: +91 79 66214300

Fax: +91 79 66214301

Regional Office -South

Ground Floor, Delta Block

Sigma Soft Tech Park

Whitefield, Main Road

Bangalore- 560 066, India

Tel: +91 80 49366 300 (Board)

Regional Office –East

4th Floor, Asyst Park,

GN-37/1, Sector-V,

Salt Lake City,

Kolkata 700 091

Tel : 033-40450300

www.erm.com

NOC FROM PANCHAYATS Annexure 2

Translated NOC Gram Panchayath Resolution

Beluguppa Mandal Beluguppa Gram Panchayath During the year 2016, -------- month, on date ------ at 11:00 Hrs, under the chairmanship of Gram Panchayat Sarpanch, the Gram Panchayat memers have assembled and in this meeting the following resolution was unanimously agreed. Subject it was thoroughly discussed about the issue of “No Objection Certificate” regarding the establishment of windmills in the lands purchased by the M/S Sujaalan Gujarat Wind Park Limited by customers Orange Uravakonda Wind Power Private Limited, wherever needed, in the private lands of Narinjagundla Palli revenue villages within the limits of Narinjagundla Palli Gram Panchayath of Beluguppa Mandal. Resolution It was discussed and resolved in the Gram Panchayat that there is no objection for the establishment of Windmills as per the application of the M/S Sujaalan Gujarat Wind Park Limited, Hyderabad. Sd. Sarpanch Beluguppa Gram Panchayat Beluguppa Mandal

NOC from Belaguppa


NOC from Shreegangapuram


NOC from Nakkalpalli


NOC from Duddekunta


NOC from Yerraguddi


NOC from Thagguparthy

Annexure- 4

SOCIAL SAFEGUARDS SCREENING CHECKLIST

Subproject: 100 MW Wind Power Project at Belaguppa in Anantapur District of Andhra Pradesh I. Involuntary Resettlement Impact Checklist

Probable Involuntary Resettlement Effects Yes No Not

Known Remarks

Involuntary Acquisition of Land

1. Will there be land acquisition?

√ Required land was procured through direct purchase from landowners. No involuntary acquisition of land

2. Is the site for land acquisition known?

√

3. Is the ownership status and current usage of land to be acquired known?

√ All land purchased for the Project was owned by private landowners. The land use type of purchased land was agricultural.

4. Will easement be utilized within an existing Right of Way (ROW)?

√

5. Will there be loss of shelter and residential land due to land acquisition?

√

6. Will there be loss of agricultural and other productive assets due to land acquisition?

√ Low productive agricultural land has been purchased directly for the Project and not acquired. Hence there is no loss

7. Will there be losses of crops, trees, and fixed assets due to land acquisition?

√

8. Will there be loss of businesses or enterprises due to land acquisition?

√

9. Will there be loss of income sources and means of livelihoods due to land acquisition?

√

Involuntary restrictions on land use or on access to legally designated parks and protected areas 10. Will people lose access to natural resources, communal facilities and services?

√

11. If land use is changed, will it have an adverse impact on social and economic activities?

√ Land use of the purchased land is changed from agricultural to industrial for the Project. However, this will not have any adverse impacts.

12. Will access to land and resources owned communally or by the state be restricted?

√

Information on Displaced Persons:

Annexure- 4

Any estimate of the likely number of persons that will be displaced by the Subproject? [√ ] No [ ] Yes If yes, approximately how many? ______________________ Are any of them poor, female-heads of households, or vulnerable to poverty risks? [ ] No [ ] Yes Are any displaced persons from indigenous or ethnic minority groups? [√ ] No [ ] Yes

2. Indigenous Peoples Impact Screening Checklist

KEY CONCERNS

(Please provide elaborations on the Remarks column)

YES NO NOT KNOWN Remarks

Indigenous Peoples Identification

1. Are there socio-cultural groups present in or use the subproject area who may be considered as "tribes" (hill tribes, schedules tribes, tribal peoples), "minorities" (ethnic or national minorities), or "indigenous communities" in the subproject area?

√

2. Are there national or local laws or policies as well as anthropological researches/studies that consider these groups present in or using the subproject area as belonging to "ethnic minorities", scheduled tribes, tribal peoples, national minorities, or cultural communities?

Not Applicable

3. Do such groups self-identify as being part of a distinct social and cultural group?

Not Applicable

4. Do such groups maintain collective attachments to distinct habitats or ancestral territories and/or to the natural resources in these habitats and territories?

Not Applicable

5. Do such groups maintain cultural, economic, social, and political institutions distinct from the dominant society and culture?

Not Applicable

6. Do such groups speak a distinct language or dialect?

Not Applicable

7. Has such groups been historically, socially and economically marginalized, disempowered, excluded, and/or discriminated against?

Not Applicable

8. Are such groups represented as "Indigenous Peoples" or as "ethnic minorities" or "scheduled tribes" or "tribal populations" in any formal decision-making bodies at the national or local levels?

Not Applicable

B. Identification of Potential Impacts

9. Will the subproject directly or indirectly benefit or target Indigenous Peoples?

Not Applicable

10. Will the subproject directly or indirectly affect Indigenous Peoples' traditional socio-cultural and belief practices? (e.g. child-rearing, health, education, arts, and governance)

√

Annexure- 4

KEY CONCERNS

(Please provide elaborations on the Remarks column)

YES NO NOT KNOWN Remarks

11. Will the subproject affect the livelihood systems of Indigenous Peoples? (e.g., food production system, natural resource management, crafts and trade, employment status)

√

12. Will the subproject be in an area (land or territory) occupied, owned, or used by Indigenous Peoples, and/or claimed as ancestral domain?

√

C. Identification of Special Requirements Will the subproject activities include:

13. Commercial development of the cultural resources and knowledge of Indigenous Peoples?

√

14. Physical displacement from traditional or customary lands?

√

15. Commercial development of natural resources (such as minerals, hydrocarbons, forests, water, hunting or fishing grounds) within customary lands under use that would impact the livelihoods or the cultural, ceremonial, spiritual uses that define the identity and community of Indigenous Peoples?

√

16. Establishing legal recognition of rights to lands and territories that are traditionally owned or customarily used, occupied or claimed by indigenous peoples ?

√

17. Acquisition of lands that are traditionally owned or customarily used, occupied or claimed by indigenous peoples ?

√

D. Anticipated subproject impacts on Indigenous Peoples

Subproject component/ activity/ output Anticipated positive effect Anticipated negative effect

1. Establishment of Wind Power Plant

Indirect only as it is a power generation project.

none

2. Land requirement

none No IP community land involved and/or affected by the project.

resettlement planning document · 2018-03-09 · resettlement planning document this social...

Documents